Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Incitec Pivot Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited

ipl · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ipl
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Incitec Pivot Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
2024

We acknowledge the Traditional Owners 
of the lands upon which we operate and 
recognise their continuing connection 
to land, waters, and culture. We pay our 
respects to their Elders past and present.
2
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
3
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
ABOUT US	
 4
Key Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Who We Are. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
IPL Strategy Snapshot. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK	
 12
FY24 Year in Review. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
Chair Report .. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
Chief Executive Officer & Managing Director Report . . .  .  . . . .   17
Operating and Financial Review. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS	
34
Keeping People and the Environment Safe . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Our People and Culture. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
Climate Change . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
Sustainability . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
Commitment to our Communities. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
GOVERNANCE	
46
Corporate Governance . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
Board of Directors. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
Executive Leadership Team . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
FINANCIAL AND STATUTORY REPORTS	
54
Directors’ Report. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
Remuneration Report. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
Financial Report. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    83
Independent Auditor’s Report. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	
130
Shareholder Information. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Five Year Financial Statistics. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   133
Glossary. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   134
Corporate Directory. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   135

ABOUT US
4
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
ABOUT US
5
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
About  
Us
Our iconic brands and 
advanced technology 
solutions cater to 
customers in agriculture, 
mining, quarrying and 
construction across  
six continents.

ABOUT US
6
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
ABOUT US
7
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Ormstown
Augusta
(Maine Drilling and Blasting)
Simsbury
New Galilee
(Wampum Hardware)
Grundy
(Vedco)
Coquimbo
Santiago
Copiapó
Rainy River
Cheyenne
Calgary
St Helens
Salt Lake City
(WESCO)
Littleton
(Buckley Powder)
Lincoln
Mojave
Carthage
Dinamita
Gomez Palacio
Guadalajara
(Grupo Nitro)
Louisiana
Cayenne
(Guyanexplo)
Biwabik
Wolf Lake
Evansville
(Warex)
Graham
CHILE
MEXICO
CANADA
US
Dyno Nobel
Corporate/Sales Office
Ammonium Nitrate
Emulsions
Initiation Systems
Explosive Services
Agricultural Products
Industrial Chemicals
Manufacturing/Distribution 
Joint Ventures/Investments
Incitec Pivot Limited
Company Headquarters
Decarbonisation Project
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Corporate/Sales Office
Feedstock
Fertiliser Services
Agricultural Products
Industrial Chemicals
Manufacturing/Distribution  
Joint Ventures/Investments
Mt Isa
Phosphate Hill
Moranbah
Curragh
Moura
(Queensland Nitrates QNP)
Noumea
(Katiramona Explosif SAS)
(Nord Sud Dynamitage Sofiter)
Werribee
Geelong
Southbank
Amailloux
Toka Tindung
Vonges
Pontailler
Jakarta
Martabe
Singapore
Port Hedland
Pilbara
Perth
Kalgoorlie
Handil
Tujuh Bukit
Berau
Melak
Ulaanbaatar
(Titanobel Mongolia)
AUSTRALIA
SINGAPORE
INDONESIA
PAPUA NEW 
GUINEA
NEW 
CALEDONIA
MONGOLIA
Gibson Island
Helidon
Hunter Valley
Soma
Kayseri
Ankara
TURKEY
Dakar
Douala
Cotonou
SENEGAL
CAMEROON
BENIN
SOUTH
AFRICA
FRANCE
Lihir
Pretoria
(SASOL Dyno Nobel) 
(Enviro Blasting Services)
Johannesburg
(Det Net)
Key Operations
1.4
million tonnes
ammonium nitrate 
produced
0
significant
environmental  
incidents
2.7
million tonnes
fertiliser sold
over
 5,600
employees worldwide
operations across
6  
continents
3.1%
Australian First Nations
employees in our 
Australian workforce

ABOUT US
8
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
ABOUT US
9
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Who We Are
Incitec Pivot Limited (IPL) is a leading global manufacturer and supplier to the resources and 
agricultural sectors. Our iconic brands and advanced technology solutions serve customers  
in the essential industries of agriculture, mining, quarrying and construction. With over 5,600 
employees worldwide, we maintain a steadfast commitment to safety, guided by our core value  
of "Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere."
As an ASX100 company, IPL operates two industry-leading businesses: Dyno Nobel, a global leader in explosives, and Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers (IPF), a major provider of fertilisers along Australia’s east coast. Together, we maintain a robust presence across six continents, 
serving customers in Australia, North America, Europe, Asia, South America, and Africa.
Sustainability and innovation are at the core of our operations. Our ambition is to achieve Net Zero operational emissions by 2050, or  
sooner if practicable. Our comprehensive Net Zero Pathway outlines the technologies and enablers necessary to reduce our greenhouse  
gas (GHG) emissions. Additionally, our scope 3 Pathway details strategies to lower emissions throughout our supply chain, ensuring a 
holistic approach to climate responsibility.
This commitment to sustainability is intertwined with our efforts to support communities, safeguard the environment, and drive long-term 
success for our business partners.
Dyno Nobel
Dyno Nobel traces its origins to the pioneering work of Alfred Nobel, 
the inventor of dynamite and a key figure in the development of the 
modern explosives industry. His groundbreaking innovations laid the 
foundation for what would eventually become Dyno Nobel, a global 
leader in explosives and technical blasting services. Today, we carry 
forward Nobel's legacy of innovation, safety and reliability, providing 
essential solutions to industries that drive global infrastructure, 
energy and resource development.
As one of the largest industrial explosives distributors, Dyno 
Nobel plays a vital role in helping customers achieve their safety, 
efficiency, and sustainability goals. With major manufacturing 
hubs across Australia and the US – including Cheyenne, Wyoming, 
Louisiana, Missouri, and Moranbah, Queensland – we produce a 
wide range of high-quality explosives and offer extensive blasting 
services. Operating in markets such as Australia, Canada, the US, 
Indonesia, Mexico, Chile, Papua New Guinea, Turkey and France, 
we support our valued customers in mining, quarrying, and 
construction.
With a deep understanding of the evolving needs of our customers, 
we are committed to providing the cutting-edge solutions 
necessary for their success today and in the future.
Innovation and technology
Innovation is at the core of our mission. Our advanced  
technology solutions, including DIFFERENTIAL ENERGY® and 
sophisticated electronic detonators like DigiShot® Plus.4G, 
empower customers to tackle complex challenges. As the demand 
for decarbonisation grows, Dyno Nobel is meeting the increasing 
need for battery minerals and metals essential to the energy 
transition. By developing new automated blasting methods and 
advanced remote-loading technologies, we ensure safer, more 
efficient mineral extraction for the future.
Practical and reliable solutions
Our commitment to customer satisfaction and operational  
value is evident in the introduction of DYNOBULK® FLEX Mobile 
Processing Units (MPUs) for our Bowen Basin customers. These 
advanced MPUs are designed to optimise the transportation 
and delivery of raw materials to the bench, enhancing on-bench 
productivity while ensuring the explosives are tailored to suit the 
specific geology and hole conditions.
Our research and development efforts focus on creating practical 
innovations that address our customers’ unique needs. With 
multiple centres around the world, Dyno Nobel ensures that their 
advanced technologies and solutions are accessible to customers 
in various regions. These centres focus on developing practical 
innovations tailored to the unique challenges faced by customers. 
This includes advancements in blasting methods, safety protocols, 
and environmental sustainability. 
From electric MPUs to solar-powered charging stations, Dyno 
Nobel is dedicated to offering cutting-edge solutions that meet 
both operational and environmental goals.
Global experts and collaborative partners
The development and introduction of NOBELFIRE®, a suite of 
blast design and analysis software, enables our customers to 
optimise blasting outcomes through physics-based fragmentation 
modelling and the industry’s most accurate vibration prediction.
These innovations, combined with our global team of industry-
recognised blasting experts DYNOCONSULT™, are integrated 
into DRILL TO MILL™. This tailored program delivers savings and 
optimised outcomes across the entire mining value chain through 
rapid operations diagnostics, opportunity identification, and 
implementation that reduce costs and maximise profits.
Dyno Nobel’s future efforts will focus on further optimising energy 
distribution and leveraging advanced technologies to enhance 
overall efficiency, safety and profitability.
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
As Australia’s leading fertiliser manufacturer and distributor, IPF  
has proudly supported Australian agriculture for over a century. 
Trusted by farmers across the country, we deliver more than 2m 
tonnes of fertiliser annually, both domestically and to a diverse 
international customer base, ensuring consistent supply of high-
quality nutrients backed by expert knowledge. According to the 
2023 Roy Morgan Survey, IPF was voted Australia’s most trusted 
brand in fertilisers and chemicals, and remained a top finalist  
in 2024.
Agriculture is critical to the Australian economy, contributing  
$82bn in 2023-24 and set to reach $100bn by 2030. With 239,000 
people employed in this vital industry, IPF plays a significant role  
in ensuring that Australian farmers remain productive and 
competitive. Our efforts go beyond delivering products – we 
supply essential expertise that enables sustainable and efficient 
agricultural practices.
IPF’s 18 strategically placed distribution centres, including 11  
in deep-water ports, ensure seamless access to our products  
for farmers across the country.
We are leading the way in promoting sustainability through 
our Enhanced Efficiency Fertiliser range, which helps growers 
maintain yields while lowering greenhouse gas emissions linked to 
nitrogen fertilisation. Liquid fertilisers are becoming an increasingly 
popular choice among farmers due to their ease of storage, precise 
application, and broader usage windows, and we are proud to be  
at the forefront of this trend.
IPF’s key brands, such as Granulock®, SuPerfect® and our  
patented nitrification inhibitor eNpower®, continue to deliver 
reliable and innovative crop nutrition solutions. Our NATA-
accredited Nutrient Advantage® Laboratory and expansive 
network of suppliers and agents across the east coast of Australia 
ensure farmers receive expert guidance and products tailored 
to improving yield and soil health. Internationally, through  
IPF – Singapore, we also trade in key markets such as Asia Pacific, 
the US and Latin America.
Innovation and digital transformation
IPF is committed to driving digital innovation to boost productivity 
for both our business and our customers. Our Project Pulse digital 
platform simplifies transactions and provides a more agile and 
user-friendly tech solution for our customers. This foundation 
will support future innovations, ushering in an era of increased 
simplicity and self-serve capabilities, empowering our customers 
with better tools and data to enhance their farming operations.
Investment in more sustainable fertilisers
At the cutting edge of agricultural research, IPF is the lead industry 
partner in the $12m Australian Research Council-funded Hub 
for Smart Fertilisers, aimed at developing next-generation ‘smart 
fertilisers.’ This research focuses on increasing the efficiency of 
nitrogen use by up to 20%, helping farmers apply less fertiliser 
while reducing environmental impacts. In partnership with leading 
institutions like the University of Melbourne, La Trobe University, 
and Elders Rural Services, the Hub is developing revolutionary 
solutions to nitrogen management, making a positive impact  
on both farm productivity and environmental stewardship.
Securing Australia's agricultural future with Perdaman 
Chemicals and Fertilisers for long-term urea supply
Our long-term partnership with Perdaman represents a significant 
step forward for Australia’s fertiliser industry. Under a 20-year 
offtake agreement, IPF will source up to 2.3m tonnes of granular 
urea fertiliser annually from the $6.4bn Perdaman plant in Karratha, 
Western Australia. Set to commence production by 2027, this 
partnership provides a reliable local fertiliser supply, reducing 
dependence on imports and strengthening Australia’s domestic 
food security.
At IPF, we remain dedicated to innovation, sustainability, and 
supporting Australian farmers with the solutions they need to 
thrive in a changing agricultural landscape.

ABOUT US
10
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
ABOUT US
11
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Strategic drivers
Our Vision
Zero Harm
Zero Harm is good business. It’s 
achieved through industry leading 
performance in occupational health, 
personal safety, process safety and  
the environment.
Talented & Engaged People
The right people with the right skills, in 
the right roles working collaboratively. 
This enables us to gather and capture 
diverse ideas across our organisation.
Customer Focus
Deepening our customer relationships 
and strategic partnerships across our 
businesses ensures we can innovate 
and share technologies and solutions 
that improve our customers’ businesses.
Leading Technology Solutions
Improve safety, reduce environmental 
impacts and create a positive social 
impact, whilst increasing productivity 
and efficiency in our customers’ 
operations.
Manufacturing Excellence
Be a world class manufacturing 
organisation, delivering personal and 
business growth. Achieved through 
Zero Harm, reliable operations and 
being cost competitive.
Profitable Growth
Focused on growth opportunities that 
are distinctive to our differentiated 
technology, core markets, core 
capabilities and advantaged market 
segments.
Our vision is to become the leading provider of explosives technology and solutions 
worldwide, united under one global brand – Dyno Nobel. We will achieve this with our 
cutting-edge technology, enhanced operational efficiencies for our customers and expansion 
into new markets while maintaining our commitment to safety and sustainability.
	» Boost profitability and operational efficiency through our Transformation Program, with initiatives 
that can help to generate positive impacts on EBIT through FY25.
	» Expand in Latin America and Africa through capital-light investments, targeting supply gaps  
in low-risk growth markets.
	» Leverage technology-driven solutions such as DigiShot® and DIFFERENTIAL ENERGY®, to deliver 
high-margin offerings and long-term customer value.
Our vision is to inspire productivity for farmers, our staff and the communities we serve. 
We will be the leading supplier of nutrients and know-how for Australian agriculture.
	» Support Australasian food security.
	» Leverage distribution footprint and laboratory to provide best in class products and services 
to agricultural markets, including specialty blends, enhanced efficiency fertilisers, liquid 
fertilisers and other value add services.
	» Deliver data and digital solutions for our customers.
	» Secure our Brisbane Primary Distribution Centre customer footprint.
Purpose
Unlocking the potential in the  
Earth to help people grow.
Ambition
IPL will be a safe, efficient  
and industry leading company.
IPL is a leading manufacturer and supplier to the resources  
and agricultural sectors.
Our Values
IPL Strategy Snapshot
IPL’s strategy charts a dynamic course for the future of our two leading 
businesses – Dyno Nobel and IPF. Driven by our core values and strategic 
priorities, we are focused on strengthening and expanding our core operations 
while actively pursuing new growth avenues. Our strategy, informed by global 
market dynamics and competitive insights, clearly defines our objectives and 
the actions required to achieve them.

PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
12
PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
13
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
We are leveraging our  
unique competitive 
advantage to drive  
growth in existing  
and new markets.
Performance 
and Outlook

PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
14
PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
15
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
FY24 key business announcements and highlights
FY24 Year in Review
Dyno Nobel unveils state-of-
the-art automated electronic 
detonator plant in Helidon 
Opened a cutting-edge automated 
electronic detonator manufacturing 
plant in Helidon, enhancing our 
technological edge and production 
capabilities. 
Major Contract win for Dyno 
Nobel with Peabody
Secured two long term contract 
renewals with leading miner 
Peabody in Australia, and across 
its US operations. This contract win 
reinforces Dyno Nobel’s leadership in 
supply chain security and explosives 
technology across these two key 
markets.
Dyno Nobel invests $20m 
in Moranbah to lower GHG 
emissions 
Committed $20m to enhance the 
Moranbah Ammonium Nitrate plant's 
efficiency, significantly reducing 
greenhouse gas emissions and 
reinforcing our sustainability goals.
IPL's Sustainability recognised 
by S&P Global 
Admitted again to the S&P Global CSA 
Index for the 14th year.
IPF a Finalist for Most Trusted 
Brand by Roy Morgan 
IPF was recognised as a top finalist for 
Most Trusted Brand in the Chemical 
and Fertiliser category by Roy Morgan 
in 2024. In 2023, IPF was the winner of 
the same category.
Ambition to be the leading 
global explosives business
Through leveraging our competitive 
advantage and delivery of our 
Transformation program.
EBIT(1)
$580m
79%
of IPL sites had zero  
recordable injuries
90%
participation in  
Global SafeTEAMS program
0
significant  
environmental incidents
~$500m
returned to Shareholders  
in February 2024 in addition  
to the on-market share  
buyback that commenced  
in July 2024
NPAT(1)
$401m
IPL awarded the
Health, Safety  
& Environment 
Award 
at the 2024 Chemistry  
Australia Industry Awards
IPF recognised as a 
Leader of  
Agriculture & 
Environment 
in the Australian Financial Review's  
Sustainability Leaders list for 2024
(1)	 Excludes IMIs.
Completion of the sale 
of Waggaman Ammonia 
Production Plant 
Successfully finalised the sale of the 
Waggaman Ammonia Production 
Plant in Louisiana to CF Industries 
Holdings, Inc., further streamlining  
our operations. 
IPF launches ‘Dig Deep’  
for the agricultural sector
New magazine featuring in-depth 
industry insights, including global 
fertiliser market overviews, trading 
updates and agronomic research 
developments.
IPF's Portland facility’s  
$20m transformation to  
drive grower productivity
Completed a $20m transformation 
of the Portland facility, aimed at 
enhancing grower productivity and 
meeting the evolving needs of the 
agricultural sector.

PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
16
PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
17
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Chair Report
During the year we had three main strategic objectives – improve our 
explosives and fertilisers business performance, ensure the two businesses 
were separated and sell the fertiliser business. Pleasingly with the focus 
on commercial and operational improvement, business performance has 
improved, particularly in the second half of the financial year. We have 
also completed the material tasks to separate our two businesses.
(1)	 Reflects interim dividend of $83.6m and assumed final dividend of $119.2m (based on shares on issue at 30 September 2024). Does not include the special dividend of $197.5m paid during FY24.
Selling the fertilisers business has proved more difficult, particularly 
with the differences in performance of the manufacturing and 
distribution parts of the business. In 2025, we will run a process 
to exit the fertilisers business and maximise value; ensuring 
during the process that buyers can assess and bid on the main 
components separately.
During the year we completed the sale of our ammonia plant in 
Louisiana in December 2023 for $2.3bn and we have pledged 
a $1.4bn return to shareholders. We completed the first part of 
this program in February 2024 with a $500m capital return to 
shareholders, and we commenced our $900m on-market share 
buyback program in July 2024. To date, we've bought back around 
$149m worth of shares and we will continue to buy back shares 
during permissible trading windows in 2025.
Financial performance
Operational financial performance has been strong for explosives 
and the fertilisers distribution business. The fertiliser manufacturing 
business was disappointing with downtime at Phosphate Hill. After 
remedial action, the second half performance of all our businesses 
was strong. We reported Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) 
of $580m, excluding individually material items (IMIs), down from 
$880m in the prior corresponding period, primarily due to the sale 
of the Waggaman facility.
Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) excluding IMIs was $401m and our 
$290m operating cash flow and Net Loss After Tax and IMIs was 
$311m (FY23:$560m profit). The write downs of the fertilisers 
assets are in line with the assessed business values of particular 
assets going forward. The most significant factor in this analysis 
has been the long-term trend of dramatically increasing gas 
prices in the Eastern Seaboard of Australia and the inability to 
source competitive long term gas contracts for our fertilisers 
manufacturing plants. Higher gas prices and uncertainty of 
gas supply have culminated in the closure of the Gibson Island 
ammonia and urea plant, and the write down in value of the 
Phosphate Hill operation.
The Board was pleased to announce a final dividend of 6.3 cents 
per share, taking our total ordinary dividend for the financial 
year to 10.6 cents per share for a total return of ~$202.8m(1). In 
addition to these dividends, IPL returned capital to shareholders 
and bought back shares at a combined value of $649m. We remain 
committed to completing the $900m buyback program, with 
$751m remaining. Net debt to EBITDA decreased from 1.2x to 
0.8x, highlighting the strength of the balance sheet. Net debt also 
decreased by $763m to $652m.
In FY25, the Board will continue to focus on strong financial results 
and returns to shareholders, as we exit fertilisers and build on our 
competitive advantage in the global explosives market.
Sustainability 
I want to emphasise that the Board and Management are committed 
and focused on sustainability including Zero Harm. The safety for our 
employees, our communities and anyone linked to the IPL business 
remains paramount.
To identify sustainability-related risks and opportunities which  
could have a material impact on our businesses, our stakeholders  
or the environment, we conducted a comprehensive review in 2024. 
The risks and opportunities identified shaped our sustainability 
and decarbonisation strategies. Please read our 2024 Sustainability 
Report and 2024 Climate Change Report for more details.
We are pleased with the progress of the nitric acid plant N2O 
abatement projects, at Moranbah, Queensland and Louisiana, 
Missouri (LOMO), this year which will remove more than 95% of 
nitrous oxide emissions from the ammonium nitrate manufacturing 
process. Moranbah is now complete and LOMO will be completed 
in 2025. These projects are supporting our decarbonisation efforts 
and, importantly, lowering the scope 3 GHG emissions of customers 
who buy ammonium nitrate from these plants. Future project 
assessments of green ammonia, carbon sequestration and carbon 
offset programs are being actively investigated.
Leadership
In January of this year the Board welcomed Mauro Neves as  
CEO & MD. Mauro has focused the Executive Leadership Team 
on our strategic goals and overseen a strong operating financial 
performance with a significantly improved second half of the 
financial year.
The Dyno Nobel improvement and growth strategy being executed 
by the Management team is based on the competitive advantages 
of the business. These include the safe manufacture and supply 
of products and services across the full drill to mill value chain, 
combined with proprietary detonators and advanced delivery 
systems. Together these factors are translating into long- term 
contracts with customers and better returns for shareholders.
Together with the Board, I would like to acknowledge and thank 
Paul Victor for his energy, commitment and professionalism as CFO 
and interim CEO over his tenure and wish him well for the future.
The Board is looking forward to welcoming new Dyno Nobel Asia 
Pacific President, Tanya Rybarczyk to the Executive Leadership 
Team in February and want to acknowledge Greg Hayne who 
relocated to Salt Lake City to lead our Dyno Nobel Americas 
business. 
Regarding Board changes, we welcomed Fiona Hick, following her 
appointment as a non-executive director in September 2024. Fiona 
brings valuable executive leadership and operational experience 
to the Board. She has assumed the role of Chair of the Health, 
Safety, Environment and Community Committee, formerly held 
by Xiaoling Liu. We thank Xiaoling, who stepped down as a non-
executive director in May 2024, for her significant leadership as 
Committee Chair during her tenure. 
In conclusion, with the Board and Management, we look forward  
to completing the next phase of our strategy, simplifying our 
business focus on Dyno Nobel and putting all our efforts into  
the development of the leading global explosives business.
Greg Robinson 
Board Chair
Chief Executive Officer & 
Managing Director Report
Since joining the company in January this year, I have had the pleasure of 
visiting a large proportion of IPL’s sites globally, speaking with hundreds  
of our skilled and passionate people, and our valued customers from across 
the resources and agriculture sectors. I’ve been consistently impressed with 
the dedication and professionalism on display. It really is a privilege to be  
working alongside people with a genuine sense of pride and care for each  
other and our business.
Safety 
Safety remains our #1 priority, core to our strategy and a strategic 
lever for operational excellence, sustainability, and commercial 
outcomes. The tragic loss of a colleague as the result of a car 
accident on a public road in Australia during FY24, has reinforced 
our focus on risk management across all our sites globally and 
focused our attention on the importance of hazard identification 
and sharing lessons learned from incidents.
There is more work to do in this space given our Total Recordable 
Injury Rate (TRIFR) has increased this year with a Group TRIFR of 
1.08 in FY24, above the target of 0.8. Overall, 79% of all IPL sites had 
zero recordable injuries in FY24. The entire organisation is actively 
involved in steps to address this, with leadership interventions 
and a new integrated approach to process safety, operations risk 
management and fatality prevention under a single program.
In more pleasing news, IPL was awarded the Health, Safety & 
Environment Award at the Chemistry Australia Industry Awards  
for the Gibson Island “Finish with Pride” Program. This recognition 
is a testament to our shared commitment to prioritise the well-
being of our Gibson Island manufacturing workforce, even during 
challenging times such as closure and transition. We have also 
been able to sustain our excellent environmental performance 
across the company with zero Significant Environmental Incidents.
Business performance
During FY24, IPL delivered underlying EBIT growth of 18% 
compared to FY23, after adjusting for items related to the closure 
of manufacturing at Gibson Island and the sale of Waggaman.
	» Dyno Nobel Americas: EBIT of US$172m (FY23: US$390m) 
with the reduction in earnings largely due to the sale of 
the Waggaman facility. US Explosives earnings of US$132m 
increased 13%.
	» Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific: Record EBIT of $257m (FY23: $188m) 
with earnings and margins up strongly. Customer recontracting 
has helped the trajectory towards improved returns above 
cost of capital. The continued uptake of Dyno Nobel’s premium 
technology suite, particularly electronic detonators and 
DIFFERENTIAL ENERGY® emulsions has also supported these 
results.
	» Fertilisers Asia Pacific: EBIT of $120m (FY23: $153m) impacted 
by the closure of Gibson Island manufacturing and reduced 
productivity at Phosphate Hill. The Distribution business 
delivered an excellent year reflecting strong demand and 
effective management of fertiliser supply chains.
Strategic progress
We will deliver on our growth ambition by leveraging our  
strategic advantage centred around technology, customer 
relationships and innovative products. The Executive Leadership 
Team has been realigned to deliver our ambition and we have 
created a new role of Chief Growth Officer to drive our growth 
agenda. We have simplified our organisational structure and 
reduced layers of management to streamline decision making  
and we are empowering our people to collaborate and deliver 
safely and sustainably.
We've made significant progress in better managing our asset 
maintenance strategies over the past few years, which is helping 
to optimise spend. We have seen demonstrable improvements 
in operating performance and the solid set of FY24 results are 
evidence our strategy is working.
Significant contract renewals with BHP Mitsubishi Alliance and 
Peabody and new agreements with Fortescue and Anglo Gold 
Ashanti, are tangible examples of our competitive advantage  
in action.
During 2024, our fully automated electronic detonator plant at 
Helidon in Queensland, Australia went live. Investing in automation 
enhances operational efficiency and competitiveness while 
upholding the highest standards of safety and quality.
Looking forward
The separation of the Fertilisers business and the continued 
delivery of our ambitious transformation agenda are our main 
priorities for FY25. The delivery of these strategic goals is critical 
to achieving our ambition to be the global leader in the growing 
explosives market.
As part of our global branding for Dyno Nobel, we will continue  
to align to Alfred Nobel’s heritage and groundbreaking innovation 
as we take our cutting-edge technology in partnership with our 
customers, into the future.
Closing out FY24, our company is in a very strong position. We 
are confident in our roadmap to creating significant value for our 
shareholders and customers and opportunities for our people.
 
Mauro Neves 
CEO & Managing Director

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
18
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
19
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Operating and Financial Review
Group Overview
IPL is a leading supplier in the resources and agricultural sectors 
with an unrelenting focus on Zero Harm. With a team of over 5,600 
dedicated employees, the Company adds value to its customers 
through leading technology solutions, innovation, world class 
services focused on the needs of its customers and manufacturing 
reliability. Sustainability is interlinked with IPL’s strategy which is 
aimed at delivering sustainable growth and shareholder returns, 
while proactively managing those issues most material to the 
long-term sustainability of our business, the broader environment, 
and the communities in which we operate. IPL has an ambition 
of achieving Net Zero operational emissions by 2050, or sooner if 
practical.
IPL operates through three business units, details of which are set 
out in this review: 
	» Dyno Nobel Americas;
	» Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific; and 
	» Fertilisers Asia Pacific.
Through Dyno Nobel, the Company plays a critical role in releasing 
the world’s natural resources, to help build infrastructure and 
generate the energy we need to live in a modern world. 
Through Incitec Pivot Fertilisers’ 100-year heritage in Australian 
agriculture, IPL plays an important role in enabling sustainable 
food production to meet the rapidly rising demand for food around 
the world.
The Company has operations in Australia, North America, Europe, 
Asia, Latin America and Africa. 
Dyno Nobel Americas
Following the sale of the ammonia manufacturing facility at 
Waggaman, Louisiana on 1 December 2023, the Dyno Nobel 
Americas business now comprises two businesses:
	» Explosives; and
	» Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals.
Explosives
Dyno Nobel provides ammonium nitrate, initiating systems and 
services to the Quarry & Construction sector across the US; the Base 
& Precious Metals sector in the US mid-West, US West, Canada and 
Chile; and to the Coal sector in the Powder River Basin, Illinois Basin 
and Appalachia.
In North America, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium nitrate 
at its Cheyenne, Wyoming and Louisiana, Missouri plants. The 
Cheyenne, Wyoming plant is adjacent to the Powder River Basin, 
North America’s most competitive thermal coal mining region and 
is well positioned to service Base & Precious Metals in Western US. 
The Louisiana, Missouri plant has a competitive logistic footprint 
from which to support mining in both the Illinois Basin and 
Appalachia, as well as Quarry & Construction in the US mid-West, 
where it is the market leader.
Initiating systems are manufactured at Dyno Nobel’s facilities in 
Connecticut, Kentucky, Illinois, Missouri, Chile and Mexico, and are 
also sourced from DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd (DetNet), an IPL 
electronics joint venture.
Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals
The Dyno Nobel Americas business manufactures and distributes 
nitrogen-based fertilisers in the United States from its St Helens, 
Oregon and Cheyenne, Wyoming plants. 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
Through Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific, IPL provides ammonium nitrate 
based industrial explosives, initiating systems and services to the 
Metallurgical Coal and Base & Precious Metals sectors in Australia, 
and internationally to a number of countries including Indonesia, 
France, Papua New Guinea and Turkey through its subsidiaries and 
joint ventures. Ammonium nitrate is often sold in conjunction with 
proprietary initiating systems and services.
Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives distributor 
in Australia by volume, which in turn is the world’s third largest 
industrial explosives market. In Australia, Dyno Nobel primarily 
supplies its products to metallurgical coal mines in the east and to 
iron ore mines in the west.
In Australia, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium nitrate at its 
Moranbah ammonium nitrate plant, which is located in the Bowen 
Basin, the world’s premier metallurgical coal region. 
It also sources third party ammonium nitrate including in Western 
Australia to service the Iron ore and Underground sectors.
Initiating systems are manufactured in Australia at Dyno Nobel’s 
Helidon, Queensland facility and are also sourced from IPL facilities 
in the Americas and from DetNet (South African joint venture).
The Titanobel business, which was acquired in FY22, is highly 
complementary to Dyno Nobel’s existing operations and provides 
access to new markets where Dyno Nobel can leverage its premium 
technology offering. Titanobel is a leading industrial explosives 
manufacturer and drilling, blasting and technical services provider 
based in France.
Fertilisers Asia Pacific
IPL’s Fertilisers business in Australia is the largest domestic 
manufacturer and supplier of fertilisers by volume.
Internationally, the Fertilisers business sells to major offshore 
agricultural markets in Asia Pacific, the Indian subcontinent, Brazil 
and the United States. It also procures fertilisers from overseas 
manufacturers to meet domestic seasonal peaks. Much of this 
activity is conducted through Southern Cross Fertilisers Pte. Ltd.,  
a Singapore based subsidiary.
The Fertilisers business manufactures Di/mono ammonium 
phosphate fertilisers (DAP/MAP) at its Phosphate Hill 
manufacturing facility in Queensland, Australia.
(1)	 Return in invested capital, calculated as 12 month rolling Net Operating Profit After Tax, excluding individually material items/13 month rolling average operating fixed assets, intangible assets, 
operating net working capital, and assets classified as held-for-sale. 
(2)	 Net debt comprises the net of interest-bearing liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of derivative instruments economically hedging the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)	 Net debt (adjusted for average exchange rate for the year)/EBITDA ratio is calculated using 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs, minus lease depreciation. 
(4)	 Net debt incl TWC facilities (adjusted for average exchange rate for the year)/EBITDA ratio is calculated using 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs, minus lease depreciation. Net debt for this ratio  
has been adjusted to include the usage of trade working capital facilities.
(5)	 Interest Cover = 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs/net interest expense before accounting adjustments.
(6)	 TRIFR is calculated as the number of recordable incidents per 200,000 hours worked and includes contractors. TRIFR results are subject to finalisation of the classification of any pending incidents.
(7)	 FY23 TRIFR has been restated due to the reclassification of two injuries.
(8)	 Tier 1 and Tier 2 Process Safety Incidents as defined by the Center for Chemical Process Safety.
(9)	 Significant Environmental Incidents as assessed against IPL’s internal risk matrix with actual consequences of 5 or higher on a 6-level scale.
Group Summary
Year ended 30 September
IPL Group
FY24 
A$m
FY23 
A$m
Change 
A$m
Reported Revenue and Earnings
Revenue
 5,364.9 
 6,008.1 
(643.2)
EBITDA ex IMIs
 924.8 
 1,215.4 
(290.6)
EBIT ex IMIs
 579.8 
 879.8 
(300.0)
NPAT ex IMIs
 400.8 
 582.1 
(181.3)
IMIs after tax
(711.7)
(22.1)
(689.6)
Group NPAT
(310.9)
 560.0 
(870.9)
Return On Invested Capital(1)
Including goodwill
6.3%
6.1%
Excluding goodwill
8.7%
8.8%
Shareholder Returns
Cents Per Share
Earnings per share ex IMIs
 20.7 
 30.0 
Total ordinary dividends
10.6
15.0 
Credit Metrics
30-Sep-24
30-Sep-23
Net debt(2)
(651.6)
(1,415.0)
Net debt / EBITDA (ex IMIs)(3)
0.8x
1.2x
Net debt incl TWC facilities / EBITDA(4)
0.8x
1.4x
Interest cover(5)
12.5x
9.9x
Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) excluding Individually 
Material Items (ex IMIs)
IPL reported NPAT (ex IMIs) of $401m, a decrease of 31% compared 
to $582m in the pcp. The decrease is primarily due to the reduced 
earnings in FY24 from sold and discontinued operations (WALA 
and Gibson Island). The financial performance in this document is 
analysed on the underlying basis after re-basing for discontinued 
operations. Further information on the financial performance 
for the year is included in IPL’s Profit Report which accompanies 
IPL’s FY24 Financial Results materials released on the ASX on 11 
November 2024.
Individually Material Items (IMIs)
NPAT for FY24 includes after tax IMIs totalling a loss of $712m (FY23 
$22m) primarily relating to:
	» a non-cash $791m (after tax) impairment of the global 
Fertilisers business based on a value-in-use approach;
	» costs totalling $6m (after tax) incurred to optimally position 
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) for standalone operations;
	» a gain of $124m (after tax) on the sale of WALA;
	» business transformation costs of $22m (after tax) to identify 
opportunities for innovation, collaboration and more efficient 
ways of working across the Dyno Nobel business; and
	» site closure costs of $17m (after tax) relating to closure of 
manufacturing at the emulsion plant located in Warkworth, 
New South Wales. 
Capital Management
Earnings per share (EPS) ex IMIs of 20.7 cents decreased by 9.3 
cents compared to the FY23 EPS of 30.0 cents largely due to the 
sale of WALA and closure of Gibson Island.
A final dividend of 6.3 cents per share (unfranked) has been 
announced. This represents a 50% payout ratio of NPAT (ex IMIs).
Following the sale of WALA, IPL returned approximately $500m to 
shareholders via a pro-rata capital return including a share capital 
reduction of $302m and an unfranked special dividend of $198m. 
Additionally, IPL bought back shares valued at $149m as part of 
a planned $900m on-market share buyback program. IPL remain 
committed to executing the remainder of the program and has 
sufficient cash reserves and committed bank facilities to complete 
the buyback. 
The share buyback will be conducted in the ordinary course of 
trading and the exact amount and timing of share purchases will 
be dependent on regulatory requirements and market conditions.
These capital returns are in line with IPL’s Capital Allocation 
Framework which aims to enhance shareholder value through 
optimising its weighted average cost of capital while retaining 
an appropriately strong credit profile in support of its investment 
grade credit ratings.
Net Debt
Net debt decreased by $763m to $652m at 30 September 2024 
(pcp: $1,415m) and net debt/EBITDA ex IMIs decreased to 0.8x (pcp: 
1.2x). 
Net debt decreased during the year following receipt of $1.6bn of 
net cash proceeds from the sale of WALA, partly offset by $829m of 
total shareholder returns including a share capital return of $302m, 
dividends of $378m and a share buyback program of $149m. 
The Group’s investment grade credit ratings were maintained:
	» S&P: BBB (stable outlook)
	» Moody’s: Baa2 (stable outlook)
Zero Harm
IPL’s Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)(6) for the rolling 
twelve-month period ended 30 September 2024 was 1.08, up 
slightly from 0.92(7) at 30 September 2023. There were 18 Process 
Safety Incidents(8) recorded in FY24 (pcp: 14). The Company 
maintained its strong environmental safety record with no 
Significant Environmental Incidents during the year(9).

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
20
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
21
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Financial Performance
Year ended 30 September
Income Statement
FY24 
A$m
FY23 
A$m
Change 
%
Revenue
Business Revenue
DNA
 1,847.1 
 2,380.8 
(22)
DNAP
 1,478.4 
 1,500.6 
(1)
Fertilisers APAC
 2,098.0 
 2,203.4 
(5)
Eliminations
(58.6)
(76.7)
24
Group Revenue
 5,364.9 
 6,008.1 
(11)
EBIT
Business EBIT ex IMIs
DNA
 262.0 
 587.8 
(55)
DNAP
 256.7 
 188.3 
 36
Fertilisers APAC
 119.8 
 153.2 
(22)
Eliminations
(0.6)
 0.6 
(200)
Corporate
(58.1)
(50.1)
(16)
Group EBIT ex IMIs
 579.8 
 879.8 
(34)
EBIT margin
 10.8 %
 14.6 %
NPAT
Underlying interest expense(1)
(97.5)
(143.0)
32
Non-cash unwinding liabilities
(6.9)
(5.7)
(21) 
Net borrowing costs
(104.4)
(148.7)
30
Tax expense ex IMIs
(75.5)
(149.2)
49
Minority interest
 0.9 
 0.2 
nm* 
NPAT excluding IMIs
 400.8 
 582.1 
(31)
IMIs after tax
(711.7)
(22.1)
nm*
Group NPAT
(310.9)
 560.0 
(156)
* nm = not meaningful
FY24 Business Review
The Group reported FY24 EBIT (ex IMIs) of $580m, a decrease 
of $300m compared to the pcp. When adjusted for re-basing 
items including the Gibson Island facility, the sale of WALA and 
commodities movements, IPL delivered strong underlying earnings 
across all customer-facing businesses. Major movements for the 
year were as follows:
Re-basing items:
Gibson Island Closure: As previously disclosed, the Gibson Island 
plant ceased manufacturing activities in January 2023 and no 
further manufacturing activity is expected from this asset in its 
current state. As a result, production was lower compared to the 
pcp, decreasing earnings by $30m. 
WALA sale: As previously announced, IPL sold its ammonia 
manufacturing facility, WALA, effective 1 December 2023. As a 
result, only two months of earnings from the plant were included 
in the FY24 result, which has decreased earnings by $338m when 
compared to the pcp. 
Commodities & Foreign Exchange: FY24 earnings decreased by 
$22m driven by lower commodity prices related to the Ag & IC 
business, mainly due to Urea prices which decreased by 18% 
compared to the pcp.
Operational Performance:
Asia Pacific Explosives: DNAP delivered its highest EBIT result on 
record with margins and earnings increasing strongly compared 
to the pcp. Further progress in customer recontracting delivered 
excellent returns ($45m), and EBIT was further increased by 
additional growth in Metals customers and improved performance 
in Western Australia. The business continued to see a steady uptake 
of its premium technology suite, particularly electronic detonators 
and Differential Energy emulsions, delivering improved earnings 
of $11m in FY24. Titanobel continued to deliver against the 
acquisition business case with an additional $3m contribution from 
this business compared to the pcp. The result reflected ongoing 
cost management discipline across DNAP’s diverse end markets 
in Australia, Indonesia and EMEA. With a high quality customer 
base and strategically located manufacturing assets, DNAP is well 
positioned to continue earnings momentum and deliver further 
growth. 
Americas Explosives: Earnings improved by $11m ($13m 
including Ag & IC) during the year mainly driven by customer 
and technology growth in the higher margin Metals market with 
continued uptake in Dyno Nobel’s technology products. Ongoing 
pricing discipline and a keen focus on cost management across 
the business also increased earnings in FY24 with customer pricing 
increases and cost management initiatives more than offsetting 
additional costs relating to inflation. As a result, EBIT margins 
improved to 13.3% (FY23 11.7%) with the business well positioned 
for strategic growth. 
Fertilisers Distribution: The Fertilisers Distribution business 
delivered its strongest result on record with above average rainfall 
on the east coast of Australia increasing fertiliser demand which, 
when combined with a well-managed supply chain, resulted in 
earnings growth of $14m. 
Phosphate Hill Gas: Phosphate Hill’s contracted gas supply 
continued to be disrupted throughout the year due to the 
underperformance of a third-party provider. As a result, gas was 
purchased through optimisation across short term contract 
arrangements and spot purchases. The incremental cost of these 
purchases was $30m lower than the pcp, with the reduction 
resulting from a combination of lower gas usage and lower average 
cost. 
Manufacturing Reliability: Manufacturing reliability improved 
significantly in the second half. The negative impact on earnings 
for the full year of $50m was a reduction from the first half impact 
of $79m. The improvement was primarily driven by excellent 
production rates at Phosphate Hill which produced 479kmt in the 
second half, up from 261kmt in the first half which was impacted 
by cyclone Kirrily and by planned and unplanned plant downtime. 
The improved reliability at Phosphate Hill follows a series of 
successful interventions at the site including the implementation 
of a reliability taskforce together with a refreshed site leadership 
team. Reliability at IPL’s other major ammonia manufacturing 
facilities was strong with the Moranbah plant continuing its solid 
run despite nearing the end of its four year maintenance cycle and 
the Cheyenne facility attaining reliability levels above 90% post its 
FY23 turnaround.
Turnarounds: There were no major turnarounds conducted in 
FY24. The favourable movement of $12m related to turnarounds 
at LOMO and Cheyenne in the pcp. In FY25, planned maintenance 
is scheduled at Moranbah and LOMO. Phosphate Hill will continue 
to implement a program of works designed to deliver reliability 
improvements with the benefits reflected in improved production 
in the second half of FY24.
Financial Position
Year ended 30 September
Balance Sheet 
A$m
30 Sep 
2024
30 Sep 
2023
Change 
A$m
Assets
TWC - Fertilisers APAC
257.4
220.6
36.8
TWC - Explosives
 584.7 
 619.3 
(34.6)
TWC - Facilities
–
(266.2)
 266.2 
Group TWC
 842.1 
 573.7 
 268.4 
Net PP&E
 2,435.9 
 3,182.7 
(746.8)
Lease assets
 243.4 
 209.3 
 34.1 
Intangible assets
 2,545.7 
 2,394.4 
 151.3 
Net assets classified as held for sale
–
 2,207.3 
(2,207.3)
Net other assets
183.5
 205.8 
(22.3)
Total Assets
 6,250.6 
 8,773.2 (2,522.6)
Liabilities
Environmental & restructure liabilities
(212.8)
(154.7)
(58.1)
Tax liabilities
(270.0)
(542.1)
 272.1 
Lease liabilities
(271.3)
(234.7)
(36.6)
Net debt
(651.6)
(1,415.0)
 763.4 
Total Liabilities
(1,405.7)
(2,346.5)
 940.8 
Net Assets
 4,844.9 
 6,426.7 (1,581.8)
Equity
 4,844.9 
 6,426.7 (1,581.8)
Key Performance Indicators
Net Tangible Assets per Share
1.22
 1.60 
Fertilisers APAC – Ave TWC % Rev(1)
 19.1%
 20.8%
Explosives – Ave TWC % Rev(1)
 21.7%
 21.1%
Group – Ave TWC % Rev(1)
 20.7%
 21.0%
Credit Metrics
Net debt(2)
(651.6)
(1,415.0)
Net debt / EBITDA (ex IMIs)(3)
0.8x
1.2x
Net debt incl TWC facilities / EBITDA(4)
0.8x
1.4x
Interest cover(5)
12.5x
9.9x
Major movements in the Group’s Balance Sheet during the year include:
Assets
Trade Working Capital (TWC): Net increase of $268m. The 
movement was mainly due to a reduction in TWC facility usage 
during the year ($266m). 
The average trade working capital as a percentage of sales for the 
Explosives business increased by 0.6% compared to the pcp. The 
increase was largely due to investments in geographical growth 
markets and supported higher earnings in the International 
businesses which have a longer cash cycle. Methods to further 
rationalise trade working capital levels continue to be explored 
across the Explosives business as a key workstream of the business 
transformation project. Average trade working capital as a percentage 
of sales in the DNAP business improved year on year reflecting very 
strong debtor compliance and a reduction in inventory levels.
The average trade working capital as a percentage of sales for the 
Fertilisers business decreased by 1.7% compared to the pcp, reflecting 
the ongoing focus on optimising trade working capital metrics during 
the year and optimisation of average inventory levels.
Trade Working Capital Facilities
IPL uses trade working capital facilities to effectively manage the 
Group’s cash flows, which are impacted by seasonality, demand 
and supply variability. 
The Group has a non-recourse receivable purchasing agreement to 
sell certain domestic and international receivables to an unrelated 
entity in exchange for cash. As at 30 September 2024, there were 
no receivables sold under this arrangement (2023: $118m).
IPL also offers suppliers the opportunity to use supply chain 
financing. The Group evaluates supplier arrangements against several 
indicators to assess whether to classify outstanding amounts as 
payables or borrowings. As at 30 September 2024, the balance of the 
supply chain finance program was $nil (2023: $148m).
Once the proceeds from the sale of WALA were received in FY24 and 
Balance Sheet metrics were strong, the trade working capital facilities 
were repaid as an interest saving measure. IPL will continue to utilise 
the facilities in the future to manage the Group’s cash flows.
Net Property, Plant & Equipment (PP&E): Decrease of $747m 
($671m excluding the impact of FX translation) mainly as a result 
of the non-cash impairment of the Fertilisers business ($794m) and 
the depreciation charge for the year ($262m). This was partially 
offset by sustenance, strategic sustenance, and turnaround capital 
expenditure ($284m) and growth and sustainability capital spend 
($95m) during the year.
Intangible assets: Increase of $151m ($250m excluding the impact 
of FX translation) largely due to the recognition of the ammonia 
offtake agreement arising from the WALA sale ($454m), partially 
offset by the non-cash impairment of the Fertilisers business 
($196m) relating to goodwill.
Liabilities
Environmental & restructure liabilities: Increase of $58m largely 
driven by provisions recognised during the year in relation to the 
business transformation project and cessation of manufacturing at the 
Warkworth emulsion plant. In addition, the asset retirement obligation 
at Phosphate Hill was increased to reflect current estimates of future 
cash outflows. This was partially offset by spend against provisions 
associated with the closure of manufacturing at Gibson Island. 
Tax liabilities: Decrease of $272m mainly due to deferred tax 
assets recognised following the non-cash impairments of the 
Fertilisers business during the year. This tax accounting treatment 
does not generate a tax cash flow as the impairment charge is not 
tax-deductible.
Net debt: Decrease of $763m ($695m excluding the impact of 
FX translation) mainly due to net proceeds from the sale of WALA 
($1,640m) and operating cash inflows for the year ($290m). This 
was partially offset by dividends paid during the year ($378m), 
capital returned to shareholders ($302m) and a share buyback 
program ($149m). In addition, net debt was impacted by 
sustenance and strategic capital expenditure ($284m), growth and 
sustainability capital ($95m) and lease liability payments ($53m). 
Further details of movements in net debt are provided in the Cash 
Flow section of this report.
(1)	 Average TWC as % of revenue = 13-month average trade working capital/12 months rolling revenue. FY23 metrics include trade working captial balances classified as held-for-sale.  
FY22 metrics have been restated due to a reclassification of Precious Metals from PPE to Inventory in March 2022.
(2)	 Net debt comprises the net of interest-bearing liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of derivative instruments economically hedging the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)	 Net debt (adjusted for average exchange rate for the year)/EBITDA ratio is calculated using 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs, minus lease depreciation.
(4)	 Net debt incl TWC facilities (adjusted for average exchange rate for the year)/EBITDA ratio is calculated using 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs, minus lease depreciation. Net debt for this ratio  
has been adjusted to include the usage of trade working capital facilities.
(5)	 Interest Cover = 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs/net interest expense before accounting adjustments.
(1)	 Underlying interest expense represents total borrowing costs less non-cash discount unwind on the Group’s long-term liabilities.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
22
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
23
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Net Debt 
A$m
Maturity 
Month/Year
Facility 
Amount
Drawn 
Amount
Undrawn 
Amount
Syndicated Term Loan
10/25
 779.0 
–
 779.0 
EMTN / Regulation S notes
02/26
 104.1 
 104.1 
– 
Medium Term Notes
03/26
 431.3 
 431.3 
– 
EMTN / Regulation S Notes
08/27
 441.9 
 441.9 
– 
US Private Placement Notes
10/28
 361.3 
 361.3 
– 
US Private Placement Notes
10/30
 361.3 
 361.3 
– 
Total debt
 2,478.9  1,699.9 
 779.0 
Fair value and other adjustments
(48.6)
Loans from JVs, associates/other short term facilities
32.8
Cash and cash equivalents
(1,068.9)
Fair value of hedges
36.4
Net debt(1)
 651.6 
Net debt / EBITDA (ex IMIs)(2)
0.8x
Financial indebtedness decreased by $993m as explained in the 
Cash Flow section of this report.
Financial Indebtedness 
A$m
30 Sep 
2024
30 Sep 
2023
Change 
A$m
 Net debt(1)
 652 
 1,415 
(763)
 Lease liabilities 
 271 
 235 
 36 
 Trade working capital financing facilities 
–
 266 
(266)
 Total Financial Indebtedness 
 923 
 1,916 
(993)
Credit Metrics
Net debt/EBITDA: The ratio of 0.8x decreased by 0.4x compared 
with the pcp. The decrease was primarily a result of reduced net 
debt following the sale of WALA. The ratio remains well within the 
target ratio of equal or less than 1.5x.
Interest cover: Increased to 12.5x (pcp: 9.9x) and was well below 
the target range of equal or more than 6.0.
Credit ratings: Investment Grade credit ratings remained 
unchanged:
	» S&P: BBB (stable outlook)
	» Moody’s: Baa2 (stable outlook)
Debt Facilities
IPL has sufficient liquidity and headroom with $779m of available 
undrawn committed debt facilities at 30 September 2024. 
The average tenor of the Group’s debt facilities at 30 September 
2024 was 2.6 years (September 2023: 3.4 years). No committed debt 
facilities are due to mature until October 2025. 
Capital Allocation – Capital Expenditure
IPL’s capital allocation process is centralised and overseen by 
the Group’s Corporate Finance function. Capital is invested on 
a prioritised basis and all submissions are assessed against risk 
factors including health, safety, sustainability, operational, financial 
and other strategic risks. Capital is broadly categorised into first 
order capital (sustenance, turnaround, strategic, sustainability and 
minor growth) and second order capital (major growth where the 
total project is expected to cost greater than $5m).
The table below includes a summary of cash spend per business on 
capital:
Year ended 30 September
IPL Group
FY24 
A$m
FY23 
A$m
Change 
A$m
Capital Expenditure
DNA
69.2
 92.6 
(23.4)
DNAP
 47.6 
 39.8 
 7.8 
Fertilisers
 70.7 
 58.2 
 12.5 
Sustenance
187.5
 190.6 
(3.1)
DNA
 3.9 
 95.8 
(91.9)
DNAP
 15.3 
–
 15.3 
Fertilisers
 12.1 
 2.1 
 10.0 
Turnaround
 31.3 
 97.9 
(66.6)
DNA
 28.1 
 27.8 
 0.3 
DNAP
–
 3.2 
(3.2)
Fertilisers
 34.5 
 26.0 
 8.5 
Strategic Sustenance
 62.6 
 57.0 
 5.6 
DNA
 9.1 
 0.3 
 8.8 
DNAP
 9.2 
 5.6 
 3.6 
Fertilisers
 5.5 
 25.2 
(19.7)
Sustainability
 23.8 
 31.1 
(7.3)
DNA
 23.5 
 39.0 
(15.5)
DNAP
 35.8 
 31.0 
 4.8 
Fertilisers
 12.0 
 16.0 
(4.0)
1st and 2nd Order Growth
 71.3 
 86.0 
(14.7)
Total Continuing Operations
376.5
 462.6 
(86.1)
Discontinued Operations
2.2
32.5
(30.3)
Total
 378.7 
495.1
(116.4)
The FY24 sustenance spend of $188m was within the FY24 
guidance previously provided of $180m to $200m. Sustenance 
capital expenditure is used to ensure reliable operations at the 
Group’s manufacturing and distribution facilities in line with 
long term asset plans. The turnaround spend in FY24 of $31m 
largely related to completion of the Mt Isa turnaround, as well as 
preparations for the Moranbah turnaround in FY25.
Strategic one-off spend in FY24 of $63m largely included upgrades 
of Gibson Island distribution assets, the relocation of a research and 
development facility in the DNA business and Phosphate Hill mine 
life investment.
Subject to currency fluctuations, sustenance spend in FY25 is 
expected to be in the range of $180m to $220m. Turnaround spend 
is expected to be approximately $120m to $140m largely due to 
the major turnaround at Moranbah, with spend on sustainability 
targeted to be around $10m. These amounts exclude one-off 
strategic sustenance expenditure on Phosphate Hill mine life, 
Gibson Island relocation and system upgrades.
Sustenance spend is influenced by asset management plans and 
strategies. The Group is focused on improving capital effectiveness 
and efficiency to ensure asset reliability and optimal returns are 
delivered.
Cash Flow
Year ended 30 September
Cash Flow
FY24 
A$m
FY23 
A$m
Change 
A$m
Operating Cash Flow
EBITDA continuing operations ex IMIs
 866.1 
 808.0 
 58.1 
EBITDA discontinued operations
 58.7 
 407.4 
(348.7)
Net interest paid
(83.1)
(125.4)
 42.3 
Net income tax paid
(122.1)
(313.9)
 191.8 
TWC movement (excl FX movements)
(311.4)
 20.1 
(331.5)
Profit from JVs and associates
(62.2)
(61.4)
(0.8)
Dividends received from JVs
 32.8 
 37.7 
(4.9)
Environmental and site clean-up
(14.0)
(53.8)
39.8
Restructuring costs
(7.8)
(22.3)
 14.5 
Other non-TWC
(66.8)
 4.4 
(71.2)
Operating Cash Flow
290.2
 700.8 
(410.6)
Investing Cash Flow
Growth capital
(71.3)
(86.0)
 14.7 
Sustenance and strategic capital
(283.6)
(358.6)
 75.0 
Sustainability capital
(23.8)
(50.5)
 26.7 
Proceeds from asset sales
 30.4 
 13.3 
 17.1 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued 
operations
 1,639.7
–
 1,639.7
Acquisition of subsidiaries & non-
controlling interests
(4.3)
–
(4.3)
Investing Cash Flow
 1,287.1 
(481.8)
 1,768.9 
Financing Cash Flow
Dividends paid to members of IPL
(378.2)
(524.4)
 146.2 
Capital returned to members of IPL
(302.5)
–
(302.5)
Share buyback
(140.6)
–
(140.6)
Lease liability payments
(53.0)
(50.5)
(2.5)
Purchased shares for IPL employees
(5.5)
–
(5.5)
Non-cash gain on translation of foreign 
currency net debt
 68.1 
(17.5)
 85.6 
Non-cash movement in net debt
(2.2)
(5.4)
 3.2 
Financing Cash Flow
(813.9)
(597.8)
(216.1)
Change to net debt
 763.4 
(378.8)
 1,142.2 
Opening balance net debt
(1,415.0)
(1,036.2)
(378.8)
Closing balance net debt
(651.6)
(1,415.0)
 763.4 
Operating Cash Flow
Operating cash flows of $290m decreased by $411m compared to 
the pcp. Significant movements included:
EBITDA continuing operations ex IMIs: Increased underlying 
EBITDA for the Group of $58m driven by growth across all 
customer-facing businesses including successful customer 
recontracting for DNAP, customer and technology growth in the 
Metals market for DNA and record earnings for the Fertilisers 
Distribution business.
Net interest paid: Decreased by $42m principally as a result of 
reduced net debt levels for the Group following the receipt of 
proceeds from the sale of WALA.
Net income tax paid: Decreased by $192m in line with lower 
earnings compared to the pcp resulting from the sale of WALA  
in FY23.
TWC movement (excl FX movements): Decreased by $332m 
mainly driven by a reduction in TWC facility usage during the year.
Environmental and site clean-up: Related largely to payments 
against the Gibson Island closure provision.
Other non-TWC: Decreased by $71m mainly due to operational 
prepayments and settlement of legal provisions.
Investing Cash Flow
Net investing cash flows of $1,287m increased by $1,769m 
compared to the pcp. Significant movements included:
Sustenance and strategic capital: Reduced capital spend of $75m 
was mainly due to lower turnaround spend during the year with 
turnarounds at LOMO, St Helens and Cheyenne in FY23, as well as 
lower spend at WALA following the sale of the facility in December 
2023.
Sustainability capital: Sustainability spend in FY24 primarily 
reflected spend on the LOMO tertiary abatement and the 
Moranbah abatement project in line with IPL’s decarbonisation 
pathway. Spend was lower compared to the pcp driven by the sale 
of WALA.
Proceeds from asset sales: Increased by $17m reflecting the sale 
of excess land at Cheyenne.
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations: Represented 
the cash proceeds from the sale of WALA. A partial tax payment 
relating to the WALA sale was made in September 2024 ($157m) 
with the remaining balance of approximately $380m expected to 
be paid in January 2025.
Financing Cash Flow
Net financing cash outflow of $814m was $216m higher compared 
to the pcp. Significant movements included:
Dividends paid to members of IPL: Dividends of $378m 
included the $198m special dividend component of the previously 
announced $500m pro-rata capital return paid to shareholders in 
February 2024. This was funded from the proceeds of the WALA 
sale.
Capital returned to members of IPL: The $302m outflow was the 
capital reduction component of the $500m pro-rata capital return 
noted above. 
Share buyback: During the year, the Group bought back shares 
valued at $149m (of which $8m was settled post year-end) as part 
of a planned $900m on-market share buyback program.
(1)	 Net debt comprises the net of interest-bearing liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of derivative instruments economically hedging the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities.
(2)	 Net debt (adjusted for average exchange rate for the year)/EBITDA ratio is calculated using 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs, minus lease depreciation.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
24
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
25
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Year ended 30 September
Dyno Nobel Americas
FY24 
US$m
FY23 
US$m
Change 
%
Explosives
989.0
 999.0 
(1)
Ag & IC
171.0
 181.1 
(6)
Total Continuing Operations
 1,160.0 
 1,180.1 
(2)
WALA
55.5
 403.1 
(86)
Total Revenue
 1,215.5 
 1,583.2 
(23)
Explosives
131.9
 117.1 
 13 
Ag & IC
2.0
 8.9
(78)
Total Continuing Operations
133.9
126.0
6
WALA
37.7
 264.0 
(86)
EBIT
 171.6 
 390.0 
(56)
EBIT margin
Explosives
 13.3 %
 11.7 %
Ag & IC
1.2 %
4.9 %
WALA
 67.9 % 
65.5 % 
A$m
Revenue
1,847.1
 2,380.8 
(22)
EBIT
262.0
 587.8 
(55)
Notes
Average realised A$/US$ exchange rate
 0.66 
 0.66 
Urea (FOB NOLA) Index Price (US$/mt)
 358 
 439 
Dyno Nobel Americas FY24 earnings of US$172m decreased by 
US$218m, or 56%, compared to the pcp. Outlined below are the 
major earnings movements during the year for each business 
segment.
Explosives 
Re-basing items
WALA sale
The sale of the WALA facility in December 2023 resulted in a 
US$226m decrease in EBIT compared to the pcp.
Commodities
Unfavourable movements in Urea pricing reduced earnings by 
US$15m compared to the pcp.
Operational Business Performance
Explosives earnings for FY24 of US$132m was US$15m higher than 
the pcp principally due to the following:
EBIT Margins: EBIT margins (as a percentage of revenue) increased 
strongly in the period reflecting recent pricing increases and cost 
management initiatives. When measured on an EBIT per tonne 
basis, margins grew 15% during the year primarily reflecting the 
continued change in sales mix away from coal and into Metals. 
Growth / Price / Cost: Favourable movement of US$15m driven by 
increased demand in the higher margin Metals markets with a 12% 
growth in volumes on pcp due to growth in the Chile operations 
and continued customer uptake of Dyno Nobel’s technology. The 
net result of pricing increases and cost management initiatives also 
had a favourable impact on earnings during the year, offsetting 
any negative impacts relating to inflation. This was partly offset by 
lower coal volumes compared to the pcp and lower contributions 
from overseas joint ventures. Q&C volumes also experienced 
temporary negative impacts during the year, mainly driven by 
adverse weather in the US. 
CF Offtake: The offtake agreement with CF Industries added a net 
EBIT benefit of US$4m in FY24. This included a margin benefit of 
US$16m and a transport cost of US$2m for a total cash benefit of 
US$14m. This cash benefit was partially offset by a non-cash charge 
of US$10m relating to the amortisation of the original value of the 
agreement.
Depreciation: In line with previous guidance, depreciation 
expense was US$15m higher than the pcp mainly due to the 
Cheyenne and LOMO turnarounds successfully completed in FY23.
Turnaround: Earnings improved by US$8m reflecting the recovery 
of costs associated with the Cheyenne and LOMO turnarounds in 
FY23.
Other: The US$3m uplift largely reflected the net gain on sale of 
excess land at the Cheyenne, WY facility.
Dyno Nobel Americas
Market Summary
Quarry & Construction
41% of Explosives revenue was generated from the Quarry & 
Construction sector in FY24 (43% pcp). This sector was slightly 
softer, however, we expect improved demand in the following 
financial year. 
Base & Precious Metals
42% of Explosives revenue was generated from the Base & Precious 
Metals sector in FY24 (37% pcp). Volumes increased 12% during 
the year with revenues (in dollar terms) up 11% compared to the 
pcp. The largest increases in volumes came from higher production 
levels in the US Iron Range and operations in Chile.
Coal
17% of Explosives revenue was generated from the Coal sector in 
FY24 (20% pcp). Volumes were down 11% versus the pcp as lower 
natural gas prices incentivised the power sector to switch to gas-
generated power. This sector is expected to gradually decline over 
time. Increases in the Metals and Q&C markets are expected to 
more than offset the decline in coal earnings.
Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals (Ag & IC)
Ag & IC FY24 earnings, excluding the impact of commodity price 
movements (refer “Commodities” section above), increased by 
US$8m compared to the pcp. The favourable result was driven 
by recovery in production levels following the equipment failure 
and turnaround at St Helens in FY23, partially offset by unplanned 
outages at St Helens in FY24.
WALA Operations
The results of WALA up until completion date of the sale are 
presented below:
Year ended 30 September
WALA
FY24
FY23
Change %
Thousand metric tonne
Ammonia manufactured at WALA
 144.4 
 822.5 
(82)
Ammonia sold
 155.8 
 829.6 
(81)
US$m
External Revenue
 55.5 
 403.1 
(86)
Internal Revenue
 9.4 
 53.5 
(82)
Total Revenue
 64.9 
456.6
(86)
EBIT
 37.7 
 264.0 
(86)
 EBIT margin
 67.9 %
 65.5 %
Notes
Ammonia Realised Price (US$/mt)(1)
 437 
 550 
Realised Gas Cost (US$/mmbtu) (delivered)
 3.04 
 3.66 
Ammonia Tampa Index Price (US$/mt)(1)
 600
 653
Index Gas Cost (US$/mmbtu)(2)
 2.96 
 3.58 
Gas efficiency (mmbtu/mt)
 30 
 34 
WALA was sold effective 1 December 2023. WALA earnings of 
US$38m compared to US$264m in the pcp reflected the timing 
of the sale of the business with two months of earnings included 
in FY24 compared to twelve months in the pcp. FY24 earnings 
were also impacted by a significant fall in ammonia prices 
(approximately US$65m EBIT impact compared to the pcp), 
partly offset by a favourable movement in Henry Hub gas prices 
(approximately US$12m EBIT benefit).
EBIT 
US$m
(226)
(15)
390
3
8
149
15
4
8
(15)
172
FY24
Manufacturing
Reliability / Other
Other
Turnaround
Depreciation
CF Offtake
Growth /
Price / Cost
Re-based
FY23
Commodities
WALA
FY23
Explosives
Re-basing
FY23
Ag & IC
Increase
Decrease
Total
+15%
(1)	 WALA ammonia sales prices are based on a combination of index Ammonia Tampa prices and 1-month lagged index Ammonia Tampa prices. The index price shown in the table represents the 
average index price for the financial year adjusted for the one-month lag. 
(2)	 Average closing price of Nymex Henry Hub 1-month futures.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
26
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
27
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Year ended 30 September
DYNO NOBEL ASIA PACIFIC
FY24
FY23
Change %
Thousand metric tonne
Ammonium Nitrate  
– manufactured at Moranbah
 331.2 
 372.1 
(11)
Ammonium Nitrate sold
 722.8 
 756.9 
(5)
A$m
Australian Coal
 593.7 
 556.4 
 7 
Base & Precious Metals
 540.2 
 550.4 
(2)
International
 344.5 
 393.8 
(13)
Total Revenue
1,478.4
 1,500.6 
(1)
EBIT
 256.7 
188.3
36
 EBIT margin
17.4%
12.5%
Business Performance
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) FY24 earnings of $257m, increased 
$68m compared to the pcp due to the following: 
Customer Recontracting: $45m growth on the pcp from positive 
customer recontracting outcomes in Australia with the successful 
renewal of a significant portion of the customer contract book now 
completed. 
Customer Growth: $22m growth on the pcp, mostly driven by higher 
activity levels across Metals customers, improved performance in 
Western Australia and favourable mix in the Coal portfolio.
Technology Growth: $11m growth on the pcp, driven by strong 
electronics and Differential Energy emulsion volumes.
Titanobel: $3m growth on the pcp, driven by increased export 
demand and improved pricing with customers. Business 
integration and synergy is progressing in line with the acquisition 
plan.
EBIT Margins: EBIT margins improved significantly from 12.5% 
in the pcp to 17.4% in FY24 primarily due to the impact of 
recontracting outcomes which have a direct benefit to EBIT.  
The decrease in total revenue for the DNAP business was largely  
a function of a deterioration in exchange rates impacting revenue 
in the international businesses.`
Moranbah Plant: Production was 41kmt lower than the pcp due to the 
impact of the closure of Gibson Island as well as the short shutdown in 
March 2024 to complete the planned N2O abatement project. 
Market Summary
Australian Coal
40% of DNAP revenue for the year was generated from the 
Australian Coal sector, most of which was from supply to the 
metallurgical coal mines in the Bowen Basin.
Volumes from the Australian Coal sector decreased approximately 
6% due to lower Moranbah production volumes as noted above. 
Base & Precious Metals
37% of DNAP revenue was generated from the Base & Precious 
Metals sector, which comprises iron ore mines in Western Australia 
and hard rock and underground mines throughout Australia.
Volumes from the sector decreased 4% compared to the pcp as 
a result of temporary reductions in mining activities at certain 
customer sites.
International 
23% of DNAP revenue was generated internationally in Indonesia, 
Turkey, Papua New Guinea and France.
Volumes decreased by 1% compared to the pcp, mainly driven by 
reduced mining activities at large customer site.
Manufacturing
Production at Moranbah was 11% lower in FY24 reflecting the 
closure of Gibson Island. Ammonia Plant reliability improved to 
96% following a strong second half performance. 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
Year ended 30 September
Fertilisers Asia Pacific
FY24
FY23 Change %
Thousand metric tonne
Phosphate Hill production  
(ammonium phosphates)
 739.5 
 864.4 
(14)
Gibson Island production 
(urea equivalent)
–
 138.9 
(100)
A$m
Manufacturing
 472.4 
 648.8 
(27)
Distribution
 1,625.6 
 1,554.6 
5
Fertilisers APAC Revenue
 2,098.0 
 2,203.4 
(5)
Manufacturing
59.6
 107.5 
(45)
Distribution
 60.2 
 45.7 
32
Fertilisers APAC EBIT
 119.8 
 153.2 
(22)
EBIT margin
 5.7 %
 7.0 %
EBIT margin
    Manufacturing
 12.6% 
 16.6% 
    Distribution
 3.7% 
 2.9% 
Notes
Fertilisers APAC
Realised A$/US$ Exchange Rate(1)
 0.66 
 0.72 
Total Fertilisers APAC volumes sold (kmt)
 2,714.2 
 2,703.7 
Domestic Fertilisers APAC volumes  
sold (kmt)
 2,169.2 
 2,035.8 
Phosphate Hill
Realised AP Price (US$/mt)
 569 
 591 
Phosphate Hill production sold (kmt)
 765 
 825 
Realised AP Freight Margin (US$/mt)
 7.0 
 5.1 
Realised Cost per Tonne of AP (A$/mt)*
 788 
 723 
Gibson Island
Realised Urea Price (US$/mt)**
 N/A 
 519 
Gibson Island production sold subject to 
urea price movement (kmt)
 N/A 
 183 
* Weighted Average of AP including port costs. 
** GI manufacturing ceased operations in January 2023, FY23 Urea price stated as at 30 Sept 2023
Business Performance
Fertilisers Asia Pacific earnings of $120m was 22% lower than the 
pcp. Major movements for the year were due to the following:
Gibson Island Closure: As previously disclosed, the Gibson  
Island plant ceased manufacturing activities in January 2023.  
The resulting decrease in production resulted in a year on year 
decrease in earnings of approximately $19m. 
Cost of Gas – Phosphate Hill: Gas supply disruptions continued 
at Phosphate Hill in FY24 due to the underperformance of a third-
party provider. As a result, gas was purchased through optimising 
across short term contract arrangements and spot purchases. The 
incremental cost of these purchases was $30m lower than the pcp, 
with the reduction resulting from a combination of lower gas usage 
and lower average cost. 
Manufacturing Reliability: Manufacturing reliability was 
impacted by manufacturing interruptions and adverse weather 
events at Phosphate Hill during the first half of FY24. Production 
recovered strongly in the second half although earnings were 
impacted by $58m with lower production volumes compared to 
the pcp.
Volumes and Margins: The Distribution business delivered its 
strongest result on record(2) with earnings higher by $14m. The 
favourable result was driven by strong customer demand due to 
above average rainfall on the east coast of Australia and favourable 
farming conditions. Distribution EBIT margin per tonne increased 
strongly highlighting the benefit of the ongoing investment in 
IPF’s distribution network and capability, as well as the effective 
management of fertiliser supply chains to accommodate the 
strength and timing of customer demand.
Market Summary
Total Fertilisers Asia Pacific domestic sales volumes of 2,169k metric 
tonnes (mt) were 7% higher compared to FY23 sales of 2,036kmt. 
Volume growth reflected the strong trading conditions in the 
second half of FY24. 
Global fertiliser prices were slightly weaker compared to the prior 
year. Realised Ammonium Phosphate (AP) prices declined by 4%. 
However, the supply and demand dynamic remained broadly 
favourable to support stable prices in the near term.
Fertilisers Asia Pacific
FY24
Other
Titanobel
Technology
Customer
Recontracting
Re-based FY23
Moranbah Plant
(GI closure impact)
FY23
EBIT 
A$m
+45%
Increase
Decrease
Total
188
(11)
177
45
22
11
3
257
(1)
Re-basing
FY23
FY24
Distribution
Manufacturing
Reliability
Cost of Gas
- Phos Hill
Re-based FY23
GI Closure
FY23
EBIT 
A$m
153
14
120
134
(19)
30
(58)
Manufacturing
Re-basing 
from FY23
Distribution
Increase
Decrease
Total
(1)	 This rate is after allowing for the impact of hedging and is therefore different to the average spot rate for the year. 
(2)	 Highest earnings since IPL began reporting Fertilisers Distribution as a separate line item in 2017.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
28
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
29
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Manufacturing
Manufacturing performance in the Fertilisers Asia Pacific business 
in FY24 was as follows:
Phosphate Hill
Ammonium Phosphate production decreased to 740kmt, down 
14% on the pcp. The lower production reflects unplanned outages 
in the first half of FY24 in the ammonia and granulation plants at 
Phosphate Hill. Production was also impacted by the Cyclone Kirrily 
event and associated flooding in parts of northwest Queensland. 
Production volumes improved significantly during the second half 
of FY24 with improved plant reliability. Production in the second 
half of FY24 at 479kt was 10% higher than the pcp.
Ammonium Phosphate cost per tonne increased in FY24 reflecting 
the reduced production levels in the period. 
Outlook and Sensitivities
IPL does not generally provide profit guidance, primarily due to the 
earnings variability resulting from commodity price and foreign 
exchange movements. Instead, IPL provides an outlook for business 
performance expectations and sensitivities to key earnings drivers 
based on management’s current view at the time of this report. 
Outlook
Dyno Nobel Global
	» The global Dyno Nobel business is expected to benefit 
significantly from the sustainable transformation project.
	» Turnarounds in FY25 are expected to have an earnings impact 
of $45m to $55m for the year.
Dyno Nobel Americas
	» The base Explosives business is expected to achieve underlying 
growth rates in the mid-single digit range. 
	» The Metals markets are expected to continue to perform 
strongly and grow at above-GDP rates.
	» Quarries & Construction markets are expected to be relatively 
subdued in the first half of FY25 due to the impacts of recent 
hurricanes in the US.
	» Earnings will be impacted by turnaround activities at LOMO 
and Cheyenne plants and additional costs associated with 
global shortages of TNT.
	» The first half / second half earnings split for FY25 is expected to 
be more pronounced than prior years at approximately 30% in 
the first half and 70% in the second half.
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
	» Positive market conditions are expected to remain in Australia 
including firm, short-term demand outlook for coal and iron 
ore, and a tightening AN market.
	» Customer recontracting is expected to deliver further earnings 
benefits in FY25. 
	» Moranbah production forecast is expected to be approximately 
290kmt to 300kmt in FY25 compared to 331kmt in FY24 due to 
a planned 8 week turnaround of the ammonia plant.
	» Titanobel earnings growth is expected to continue, consistent 
with the acquisition business case and synergy realisation 
opportunities.
	» Technology growth is expected through the expansion of 
premium Differential Energy emulsion and continued uptake of 
premium electronic detonator technology, including Cyberdet 
wireless detonators.
	» The first half / second half earnings split is again expected to be 
weighted towards the second half (approximately 40% in the 
first half and 60% in the second half).
Transformation Program
	» The Dyno Nobel transformation program is progressing well 
and is expected to deliver further benefits in FY25. 
	» The Group currently expects an FY25 exit run rate of ~40-50% 
of the estimated total ~$300m EBIT uplift from the program.
Fertilisers Asia Pacific
	» Fertiliser’s earnings will continue to be dependent on global 
fertiliser prices, gas prices, the A$:US$ exchange rate and 
weather conditions.
	» The FY25 production range for Phosphate Hill is forecast to be 
between 790kmt to 860kmt principally as a result of planned 
maintenance activities required to conduct repairs and other 
work to increase site reliability over the period and into the future.
	» As a result of the planned outages, production at Phosphate 
Hill in FY25 is expected to be lower in the first half with 
approximately 40% to 45% of the full year production forecast 
to be delivered during the first half of FY25. 
	» Phosphate Hill gas – Phosphate Hill will continue to use a mix 
of supply sources including, gas supplied under the current 
contract from Power and Water Corporation (PWC), and top-
up gas from Northern Territory and East Coast suppliers. The 
diversity in gas supply has ensured Phosphate Hill production 
was not affected by the reduction of contracted gas supply 
from PWC. The incremental cost of procuring shortfall gas will 
vary significantly depending on the level of contracted gas 
that is supplied to the plant. IPL is currently assessing a range 
of gas cost scenarios. Based on these scenarios, IPL expects the 
incremental cost of shortfall gas compared to contract pricing 
in FY25 to be in the range of $30m to $90m depending on the 
timing of the recommencement of supply under the contract. 
	» A further update on Phosphate Hill gas supply will be provided 
at half year.
	» Distribution - earnings are expected to be within the normal 
$40m to $60m range, dependent on market conditions.
	» The first half / second half earnings split for FY25 is expected to 
be more pronounced than prior years at approximately 20% in 
the first half and 80% in the second half.
Group
Corporate: Corporate costs are expected to be approximately  
$50-55m in FY25. 
Borrowing Costs: Net borrowing costs for FY25 will be impacted 
by the size and timing of any returns of capital to shareholders, 
including the on-market share buyback. Net interest expense in 
FY25 is forecast to be $125m to $130m. 
Taxation: IPL’s effective tax rate for FY25, excluding IMIs is 
expected to be between 20% and 25%. The expected increase in 
the Group’s effective tax rate from the FY24 level is mainly driven 
by a reduction in the percentage of taxable earnings in the US 
following the sale of WALA. The tax rate range is highly sensitive to 
earnings mix movements across jurisdictions.
Sensitivities
The table provides sensitivities to key earnings drivers and should 
be read in conjunction with the footnotes found below.
Commodity
Proxy Index
EBIT Sensitivities
Americas
Urea(1)
FOB NOLA
  + / - US$10/mt = +/-U$1.8m 
FX EBIT Translation(2)
  + / - A$/US$0.01 = -/+ A$3.0m 
Asia Pacific
Ammonium Phosphates(3) FOB China/Saudi
 + / - US$10/mt = +/-A$11.2m
FX EBIT Transactional(3)
 + / - A$/US$0.01 = -/+A$9.5m
Note: Proxy Index prices are available on Bloomberg.
Sustainability
IPL’s commitment to operating sustainably is driven by the 
Company’s values which are core to the way it does business. IPL’s 
strategy is to deliver sustainable growth and shareholder returns 
while proactively managing those issues most material to the long-
term sustainability of its business.
Issues considered material to the sustainability of the Company are 
included in its 2024 Annual Report, 2024 Corporate Governance 
Statement, 2024 Climate Change Report, and 2024 Sustainability 
Report. These reports are expected to be released on 18 November, 
2024.
IPL is committed to respecting human rights and addressing 
modern slavery risks in its operations and supply chains and will 
release its fourth annual Modern Slavery Statement in February 
2025. This Statement sets out the actions taken in FY24 as well as 
future management plans.
Sustainability Performance Benchmarking
IPL has been included in the S&P Global CSA (formerly the Dow 
Jones Sustainability Index -DJSI) since 2010. Selection for the index 
is made each year following a review of IPL’s sustainability reporting 
as well as a comprehensive Corporate Sustainability Assessment 
questionnaire. IPL’s performance is benchmarked against peers in 
the global Chemicals sector.
During 2024, IPL was again selected for membership after 
completing the comprehensive Corporate Sustainability 
Assessment (CSA) questionnaire.
 S&P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment
Calendar Year
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
 DJSI Dimension
Economic
66
71
78
81
78
72
Environmental
56
61
72
69
71
73
Social
61
64
69
65
58
60
Total for IPL
60
65
73
72
69
69
Chemicals sector average
29
23
26
30
36
47
The Company is also a member of the FTSE4Good Index, completes 
the CDP Climate Change and Water Security reports each year 
and the EcoVadis questionnaire biennially, and is rated by MSCI, 
Moody’s VE Connect, Sustainalytics, CGI Glass Lewis and the CSR 
Hub.
During 2024, IPL participated in the Bloomberg Gender-Equality 
Index (GEI) for the sixth consecutive year. The GEI is a modified 
market capitalisation-weighted index that aims to track the 
performance of public companies committed to transparency 
in gender-data reporting. The reference index measures gender 
equality across five pillars: female leadership & talent pipeline, 
equal pay & gender pay parity, inclusive culture, anti-sexual 
harassment policies, and pro-women brand. The 2024 Index has 
not yet been released by Bloomberg.
(1)	 Based on St Helens plant capacity of 175kmt of urea equivalent product.
(2)	 Based on actual FY24 Dyno Nobel Americas EBIT (excl WALA) of US$134m and an average foreign exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.66.
(3)	 Based on actual FY24 Phosphate Hill production of 740kmt; average FY24 realised AP price of US$569; and an average foreign exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.66.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
30
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
31
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Principal Risks
(1)	 Refer to IPL’s Climate Change Policy (available on IPL’s website) for further details. We support the international climate agreement developed at the 2015 Paris Conference of Parties, as well as the 
Nationally Determined Contributions of the countries in which we operate.
Set out below are the principal risks and uncertainties associated with IPL’s business and operations. These risks, which may occur 
individually or concurrently, could significantly affect the Group’s business and operations. Any loss from such risks may not be recoverable 
in whole or in part under IPL’s insurance policies. The treatment strategies noted below are not exhaustive and do not remove the risks; 
while in some cases they may either partially or fully mitigate the exposure, residual risk remains. The Group’s process for managing risk  
is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement. 
 
Risk Categories
Description and potential consequences
Treatment strategies employed by IPL
Macroeconomic 
Factors
Geopolitical uncertainty borne out of current economic and 
supply chain challenges in China, impacts from Russia’s invasion 
of Ukraine, escalating tensions / military activity in the middle 
east and global inflationary pressures could have a negative 
impact on IPL’s cost base, sales and/or market share.
	» IPL monitors long term trends in the mining and fertiliser sectors 
through industry forecasts of commodities demand. 
	» In the mining sector these trends have been incorporated into our 
business strategy through aligning our explosives business growth 
with predicted customer demand profiles by segment and the 
delivery of technology solutions to leverage these. 
	» In the fertiliser sector analysis of customer demand, climate and 
seasonal forecasts and supply chain reliability inform strategy 
development and product offerings. 
	» Continuous review of country specific risks helps proactive 
management of potential exposures.
Strategy
Continuing consolidation in the explosives industry could lead 
to heightened competition and pricing pressures. 
In respect of IPL’s advanced technologies, there is a risk that the 
intellectual property may be replicated or challenged, resulting 
in potential loss of business.
The execution of IPL’s strategy to separate its fertilisers and 
explosive business is contingent on a number of external 
factors, including market conditions and obtaining relevant 
approvals, that could delay the execution of this strategic 
initiative and disrupt the normal business operations.
Dyno Nobel’s Transformation Program is expected to require 
significant changes to the company’s operating model, 
including changes to reporting structures, processes, 
procedures and systems which could result in unexpected 
disruptions to normal business operations and fail to deliver  
the expected benefits in full or within the forecast timeframes. 
	» IPL seeks to maintain or develop competitive cost positions  
in its chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product  
and service offerings.
	» IPL continues to invest in new technologies and premium product 
offerings in order to meet the needs of our customers while 
limiting and improving both IPL’s, and our customers’, carbon 
footprints.
	» IPL has implemented business separation governance processes 
designed to minimise cost and disruption to normal operations 
and meet market expectations of the proposed structural 
separation process. 
	» Dyno Nobel has established governance frameworks to identify 
and mitigate the risks associated with the Transformation 
Program. These include, but are not limited to, the establishment 
of a dedicated project management office, detailed governance 
processes and procedures and strict adherence to management  
of change processes.
Climate Change
The global energy transition presents strategic risks and 
opportunities for IPL. These may include a rapid transition away 
from fossil fuels, which could significantly decrease demand for 
thermal coal, and a shift to new technologies, such as renewable 
hydrogen. The impact of carbon emissions, and governments’ 
policies and actions to limit them, may also have an impact on 
IPL’s operations and supply chains. 
In addition, there are physical risks associated with climate 
change which could impact on IPL’s operations, supply 
chains and customers. A detailed discussion of the risks and 
opportunities identified through IPL’s assessment of both 
physical and transitional risks can be found in IPL’s 2023  
Climate Change Report.(1)
	» IPL is continuing to progress a number of major projects to 
support its Net Zero Pathway and has allocated ‘Sustainability 
Capital’ within the Capital Allocation Frameworks for its explosives 
and fertilisers businesses in order to support these. They include 
the Moranbah Tertiary N2O abatement project, which was installed 
this year, the LOMO N2O Abatement Project which is targeted  
for installation in 2025, and pursuing Green Ammonia projects. 
	» Through engagement with an expert third party in 2024, a 
comprehensive assessment of the physical and transitional risks 
and opportunities associated with climate change was completed 
for each of IPL’s businesses using four updated future climate-
related scenarios. The scenarios used and the identified risks and 
opportunities, along with management strategies for each, are 
included in IPL’s 2024 Climate Change Report.
Health, Safety, 
Environment, 
Community
IPL is exposed to operational risks associated with the 
manufacture, transportation, storage and use of hazardous  
and inherently dangerous products and materials. 
IPL, its customers and suppliers, are required to comply with 
various environmental laws and regulations and have specific 
operating licences in place. Failure to abide by the laws and/
or licensing conditions may have a detrimental effect on IPL’s 
operations and financial performance. 
	» A comprehensive Health, Safety, Environment and Community 
(HSEC) management system is in place.
	» HSEC risk identification, mitigation and management strategies  
are consistently employed across all sites.
	» The Group continues to foster and encourage a Zero Harm 
culture with a focus on leadership development and creating an 
atmosphere of “Safe Ground” through programs such as SafeTeams.
	» Systems and procedures are established, documented, implemented 
and maintained to reduce HSEC risk in all work activities.
	» The Group has strict processes around the stewardship, movement 
and safe handling of dangerous goods and other chemicals.
Risk Categories
Description and potential consequences
Treatment strategies employed by IPL
Compliance
IPL’s business, and that of its customers and suppliers, is subject 
to various laws, policies and regulatory provisions across the 
jurisdictions in which it operates, including anti-bribery and 
corruption laws, sanctions, anti-trust laws, modern slavery, 
domestic or international laws relating to import and export 
quotas, tariffs and geopolitical risk. Failure to abide by these 
laws and regulatory provisions may adversely impact its 
business, financial condition and operations.
IPL is also exposed to potential regulatory actions, legal  
claims or other disputes in the course of its business and  
in connection with its operations.
	» Corporate functions are in place to ensure regulatory risks are 
identified and addressed, including regular reviews of country 
regulatory risk, comprehensive checks of customers and suppliers 
for compliance with relevant sanctions and modern slavery laws, 
and the undertaking of due diligence processes as required.
	» IPL has dedicated business processes to monitor and manage 
the compliance requirements for ethical procurement, including 
modern slavery.
	» IPL engages with governments and other key stakeholders  
to ensure potential adverse impacts of regulatory changes 
are understood and, where possible, mitigated.
	» Regular training is provided to relevant staff on their obligations 
under applicable laws.
	» IPL’s whistleblower hotline allows employees and third parties to 
anonymously notify the Company of any suspected fraudulent, 
illegal or unethical activity.
People
IPL operates in regional and remote locations where it can 
be difficult to attract and retain critical and diverse talent. 
A shortage of skilled labour or loss of key personnel could 
disrupt IPL’s business operations or adversely affect financial 
performance.
Changes in employment and workplace relations laws across 
several jurisdictions within which IPL operates is increasing the 
coverage of collective agreements, placing upward pressure 
on remuneration and creating the need for new methods of 
workplace engagement. There is a possibility of increased 
industrial action as a result of these changes. 
	» Critical roles are identified and policies implemented to help 
ensure that appropriate succession and retention plans are  
in place for those roles.
	» Employee remuneration and benefits are actively monitored  
and benchmarked to ensure competitive offerings to attract  
and retain staff.
	» Active monitoring is in place to ensure compliance with 
employment laws and industrial instruments.
	» IPL has capable leaders who engage directly with their teams, 
experienced internal employee relations specialists, and 
constructive relationships with relevant trade unions.
Manufacturing
IPL’s manufacturing systems are vulnerable to equipment 
breakdowns, energy or water disruptions (including high 
baseline water stress, resulting from climate change), natural 
disasters and severe weather events, unforeseen human error, 
legacy design issues, sabotage, terrorist attacks and other 
unforeseen events which may disrupt operations and  
materially affect financial performance.
Sulphuric acid is a major raw material required to produce 
ammonium phosphates. Sulphuric acid supply into Phosphate 
Hill could be negatively impacted, should the Mt Isa Mines 
copper smelter close.
Failure to access suitable ore reserves, due to a lack of resource 
verification or resulting from cultural heritage considerations, 
may result in a shortening of Phosphate Hill’s operational life.
In September 2024, IPL announced a strategic review of assets 
within the fertiliser business (IPF). The outcome of this review 
may result in the closure of fertiliser manufacturing facilities 
held within IPF. Should IPL decide to close these facilities, it 
is possible that closure and remediation costs could exceed 
provisions already made.
	» The Group continues to implement its Operations Risk 
Management (ORM) Program designed to effectively manage 
material operations risks.
	» The Group has implemented global engineering standards 
and processes to prevent reliability related events.
	» IPL undertakes business continuity planning and disaster 
preparedness across all sites.
	» Insurance is obtained to ensure the appropriate coverage is  
in place with regard to damage to the Group’s plants, property  
and related business interruption costs.
	» Glencore recently announced that it expects the operation of the 
smelter to continue to 2030 pending capital approvals and we are 
continuing to work on alternative sources to mitigate the loss of 
sulphuric acid due to potential closure or reduced production.
	» A life of mine project is currently underway at Phosphate Hill. 
Discussions with traditional owners in relation to access to 
potential mine areas are also ongoing. 
	» IPL develops and updates closure and rehabilitation estimates in 
accordance with applicable Accounting Standards and regulatory 
requirements.
Gas Supply
There is a risk that a reliable, committed source of natural  
gas (a major input required for ammonia production) at 
economically viable prices may not be available for IPL’s  
global manufacturing operations.
	» Medium term gas contracts are in place for the Australian 
manufacturing sites. The contracts have various tenures and 
pricing mechanisms. IPL sources replacement gas, when required, 
from a mix of third-party sources and explores new gas supply 
arrangements as part of ongoing operations.
	» The natural gas market in the United States is deep and liquid.
Customer
IPL has strong relationships with key customers and these 
relationships are fundamental to the Group’s financial 
performance. The loss of key customer(s) may have a  
negative impact on the Group’s financial performance.
	» The Group attempts to diversify its customer base and 
geographical segments to reduce the potential impact of the  
loss of any single customer.
	» Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL prefers 
to engage in long term customer contractual relationships.
	» Ongoing investment in development and commercialisation  
of differentiated products and services.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
32
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
33
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Risk Categories
Description and potential consequences
Treatment strategies employed by IPL
Supply Chain
Disruption to the timeliness and economic supply of key raw 
materials represents a potential risk to the Group’s ability to 
manufacture and supply products. In some markets in which  
IPL operates, economic supply of key raw materials is reliant  
on only a few external parties and in some cases, only one.
In some markets, the availability of transportation routes for 
moving materials is reliant on only a few external parties.  
There is a risk that if these transportation routes or methods  
are disrupted, IPL’s manufacturing and distribution capacities 
may be reduced, impacting plant uptime and earnings.
	» Where possible, flexible supply chain and alternative sourcing 
solutions are explored and maintained as a contingency.
	» Reviews of single-point sensitivity exposures within IPL’s supply 
chain are undertaken and IPL is actively seeking to reduce single 
source supply sensitivity. 
	» Plants have storage capacity, as well as logistics capability, that 
allows for offtake to be distributed via various channels, including 
via rail, truck, barge and pipeline.
	» More detail on management strategies to mitigate the impacts of 
future extreme weather events on IPL’s supply chains are described 
in IPL’s 2023 Climate Change Report.
Commodity Price
The pricing of internationally traded commodities is based on 
international benchmarks and is affected by global supply and 
demand forces. Price fluctuations in these products, combined 
with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly 
the A$/US$ rate, could adversely affect IPL’s manufacturing 
operations and financial performance.
Weaker hard and soft commodity prices could have an  
adverse impact on customers’ demand, impacting volume  
and market prices.
	» IPL manages commodity price risk via a trading book approach 
including value at risk modelling which allows the business 
to better manage its short and medium-term exposures to 
commodity price fluctuations, while taking into account its 
commercial obligations and the associated price risks.
	» The Group may enter into derivative contracts, where available on 
a needs basis, to mitigate commodity price risk. However, in some 
instances price risk exposure cannot be economically mitigated by 
either contractual arrangements or derivative contracts.
	» To ensure volume and price commitments are upheld, the Group 
has firm customer supply contracts.
	» The Group also has internal currency risk and hedging policies.
Demand
The current global economic and business climate, energy 
situation, and any sustained downturn in the North American, 
South American, Asian, European or Australian economies may 
adversely impact IPL’s overall performance by affecting demand 
for industrial explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers and 
related products and services, and profitability in respect of 
them.
Seasonal conditions (particularly rainfall) are a key factor for 
determining demand and sales of explosives and fertilisers.  
Any prolonged change in weather patterns and severity of 
adverse weather conditions, as well as changes to growing 
regions in the Fertiliser business, could impact the future 
profitability and prospects of IPL.
	» Diversification across explosives and fertilisers markets, including 
across numerous geographically diverse locations and through 
exposure to, and diversity across, varied market segments, helps 
manage exposures.
	» Continuous review of country specific risks helps proactive 
management of potential exposures.
	» The Company’s Integrated Business Planning process incorporates 
forecasting on a rolling 24-month basis which enables scenario 
planning and some supply flexibility. Forecasts are based on typical 
weather conditions and are reviewed on an ongoing basis as the 
seasons progress to help align supply to changing demand.
	» IPL also completes annual strategic reviews, which include a deep 
dive into the different markets and segments within which IPL 
operates.
Finance
Foreign exchange movements against the Australian dollar, 
movements in interest rates and imposition or removal of  
tariffs may materially affect IPL’s financial performance.
Changes in tax legislation or compliance requirements in the 
jurisdictions in which IPL operates may result in additional 
compliance costs and/or increased risk of regulatory action.
	» IPL’s capital management strategy is aimed at maintaining an 
investment grade credit profile, an appropriate mix of A$/US$ 
debt, funding flexibility by accessing different debt markets and 
reducing refinancing risk by ensuring a spread of debt maturities. 
A detailed discussion of financial risks is included in Note 18 
(Financial Risk Management).
	» Financial risk management is undertaken in accordance with 
policies, including hedging strategies, that are approved by  
the Board.
	» IPL engages with governments and other key stakeholders  
to ensure potential adverse impacts of proposed fiscal and/or tax 
changes are understood and, where possible, mitigated.
Security
IPL’s operations are potentially exposed to sabotage, terrorist 
attacks and other unforeseen events which may disrupt IPL’s 
operations and supply chain and materially affect its financial 
performance.
	» The Group has strict processes around the stewardship, movement 
and safe handling of dangerous goods and other chemicals.
	» IPL undertakes business continuity planning and disaster 
preparedness across all sites.
Risk Categories
Description and potential consequences
Treatment strategies employed by IPL
Cyber
Loss or exposure of sensitive data relating to IPL or its internal 
or external stakeholders may result in a negative impact to 
reputation or competitive advantage, and potential breach  
of regulatory compliance obligations.
IPL may be the target of cyber-attacks which could result 
in commercial, financial, health and safety, environmental, 
community or reputational impacts.
	» Policies, procedures and practices are in place regarding the use  
of company information, personal storage devices, IT systems and 
IT security.
	» Assurance of cybersecurity program and controls effectiveness 
is validated through annual audits, penetration testing, disaster 
recovery testing, third-party risk assessments, tabletop exercises, 
and critical control verifications.
	» A data breach response plan has been established to respond  
to, and mitigate the effects of, any instances of sensitive data 
breaches that may occur. This plan provides a clear escalation  
path to the Global Crisis Management Team in the event of a  
broad cybersecurity incident.
	» Security Operations Centre, threat intelligence, advanced threat 
analytics, system/network controls and industry standard cyber 
frameworks are collectively leveraged for the prevention and 
detection of, and response against, cyber threats.
	» To ensure a degree of risk transfer in the event of a major  
cyber security incident, IPL retains a cyber insurance policy.

BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
34
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
35
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Being a 
Sustainable
Business
Our goal is to achieve 
sustainable growth and 
shareholder returns 
while prioritising the 
well-being of our people, 
communities, and the 
environment.

BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
36
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
37
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Significant Event 
Management targets 
achieved
Zero Significant 
Environmental  
Incidents 
Improvement for Process  
Safety Management  
– Zero Tier 1 Process  
Safety incidents
Zero Harm metrics call outs 
Keeping People and the Environment Safe
At IPL, our commitment to Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere is at the core of our values.  
This commitment extends to our employees, contractors, customers, shareholders, and the  
wider community. 
(1)	 TRIFR is calculated as the number of recordable injuries per 200,000 hours worked and includes contract workers.
(2) 	 Serious Harm / Hurt includes any multiple fatalities, fatality or injuries / illnesses causing severe body damage with probable long-term and / or significant life altering complications (permanent 
disabling).
(3)	 Significant Environmental Incidents as assessed against IPL’s internal risk matrix with consequences of 5 or higher on a 6-level scale.
(4)	 Tier 1 and 2 Process Safety Incidents as defined by the Centre for Chemical Process Safety.
While we establish robust health and safety standards and systems 
at a global level, the responsibility for safety outcomes rests with 
local teams. We empower and develop our employees, expecting 
everyone to take the lead in promoting Zero Harm. We encourage 
our workforce to stop work or speak up if they encounter unsafe  
conditions, reinforcing our belief that safety is a shared responsibility. 
Our focus also includes the wellbeing of our people, with an 
emphasis on occupational and mental health.
Zero Harm performance
In FY24, we continued to progress our ambition to achieve industry 
leading performance in occupational health, personal safety, 
process safety and reducing our impact on the environment. 
Our overall performance included a number of positive results 
however some critical areas need continued focus, and we remain 
committed to pursuing year-on-year improvement in our Zero 
Harm ambition. 
The Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)(1) has 
increased with a Group TRIFR of 1.08 in FY24, above the target of 
0.8. The Group did not achieve zero serious harm(2) with one of our 
employee’s fatally injured in a motor vehicle incident while driving 
on a public road in Queensland, Australia, which has reinforced 
our focus on transport related critical controls. Integration of key 
IPL systems and processes has also continued for Titanobel with 
Titanobel's inclusion in Group reporting commencing in FY24. 
The Group remains focused on enhancing personal safety 
performance by adhering to safety fundamentals and improving 
operational risk management. We aim to foster a mentally healthy 
workplace and ensure visible safety leadership through critical 
control verifications. It’s important to emphasise the significance 
of safety through our actions and targeted global improvements 
like Journey Management. Our global leadership and behavioural 
SafeTEAMS program has laid the groundwork for the new 
SafeLEADER program. This initiative aims to embed leadership 
behaviours and mindsets that support psychological safety. 
IPL was awarded the Health, Safety & Environment Award at the 
Chemistry Australia Industry Awards for the Gibson Island “Finish 
with Pride” Program. This recognition is a testament to the site's 
commitment to prioritising the well-being of its workforce, even 
during challenging times such as closure and transition. In FY24, 
IPL marked the 30th anniversary of the tragic events that occurred 
in Porgera, Papua New Guinea, on 2 August 1994, which resulted 
in the loss of eleven lives. To honour the memory of those lost, we 
held various commemorative activities, including a memorial video, 
toolbox reflections, commemorative events, and the development 
of a global industry safety share. 
We have been able to sustain our excellent environmental 
performance with Zero Significant Environmental Incidents(3). 
This has been achieved through a focus on self-verification of  
core environmental performance and compliance requirements. 
Our FY24 World Environment Day campaign focused on how  
"Our Response Matters" in environmental hazard identification  
and emergency response. Process Safety Incidents have increased 
with 18 Tier 1 and Tier 2 events(4) reported in FY24 compared  
to 14 last year. Overall, this is a 28% improvement over the last  
two years.
There were zero Tier 1 events in FY24 (compared to two in FY23) 
resulting in a significant year-on-year reduction. This improvement 
reflects an increased focus on material process safety risk 
management activities, process safety hazard and near miss 
reporting and visibility of new leading process safety metrics.
The targeted performance in significant event management  
for investigations completed and actions closed out on time  
was achieved. The quality of our investigations continues to 
improve with a focus on identification and the embedding of 
organisational learnings into our systems. We have continued 
to improve on a strong reporting culture of significant events 
including hazards by simplifying requirements and a focus on  
core HSE fundamentals. Repeat Significant Events have also 
reduced as a result of implementation of controls and intervention 
strategies during FY24.
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
FY24
FY23
FY22
FY21
FY20
1.08
(81)
0.58
(41)
0.89
(66)
0.92
(66)
0.91
(66)
TARGET
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
2
12
6
19
6
32
3
21
0
18
CCPS Tier 1
CCPS Tier 2
Zero Harm snapshot
IPL TRIFR1  
(number of recordables)
IPL Process Safety Incidents  
(number of Tier 1 & Tier 2 events) 
Simplify
Get the  
Fundamentals Right
Lead and Engage
Strengthen our  
Learning Culture
Simplification of significant 
event hazard reporting and 
investigation requirements 
has resulted in increased 
reporting.
Training and exercise 
successfully completed for 
Global Crisis and Emergency 
Management Team to test  
how we identify, assess, 
prepare, respond and  
recover from events.
Pilot of online ergonomics 
risk assessment tool for 
hazardous manual tasks 
driving risk reduction 
improvement activities.
New low complexity change 
management process 
designed and implemented.
Global reporting system 
upgraded to ensure  
psychosocial event reporting.
Pilot of environmental 
functional assurance 
framework to drive 
conformance to 
environmental standards  
and compliance with 
legislative requirements.
79% of all IPL sites had 
zero recordable injuries  
in FY24.
Introduction of leading 
metrics for process 
safety and material risk 
management.
Operations Risk 
Management is setting 
the standard of how 
material risks are managed 
resulting in improvement 
in hazard awareness, 
reporting and critical 
control management.
Sustained significant 
reduction in environmental 
consequence 4+ events 
reported.
Development of a global 
mental health framework 
including psychosocial risk 
management.
Development and 
standardisation of a global 
Journey Management 
process following a global 
critical control verification 
being completed.
Focus on visible safety 
leadership in the field and 
ensuring critical controls  
are in place and effective.
Combined World Safety Day 
and World Environment 
Day campaign theme of 
"Our Response Matters" 
to support our culture by 
making every conversation, 
every action and every 
learning opportunity matter.
Pilot of a SafeGround survey 
to assess the effectiveness  
of psychosocial safety.
Implementation of core 
HSE acquisition integration 
strategies and plans.
Further embedded Global 
Functional Collaboration 
Networks for Process Safety, 
Health and Wellbeing, 
Explosives Safety (new), 
Environmental Protection 
and Governance of 
Significant Events.
SafeLEADER program 
designed as an extension  
to SafeTEAMs program.
A company-wide safety 
stand-down was held after 
the tragic loss of one of our 
employees as the result of a 
car accident on a public road 
in Queensland, Australia to 
facilitate discussions about 
workplace safety & safe driving 
practices.
Focus on identification of 
organisational learnings and 
risk management effectiveness 
during investigations of 
Significant Events to ensure 
learnings are embedded into 
our controls.
IPL awarded the Health, Safety 
& Environment Award at the 
Chemistry Australia Industry 
Awards for the Gibson Island 
plant shutdown “Finish with 
Pride” Program.
A 30-year memorial of the 
Porgera tragedy was held 
to honour the memory of 
those who lost their lives and 
to reflect and share on the 
lessons learned.
Improved culture of significant 
event reporting, investigations 
and action management.
Completed functional 
assurance on material risk 
management.
Zero Harm key activities 
Our Zero Harm strategy outlines our approach to ensuring the safety of people and the environment. It is guided by four strategic 
themes: Simplify, Get the Fundamentals Right, Lead & Engage and Strengthen our Learning Culture. These themes shape our annual 
execution plans and focus our efforts on achieving safety excellence.

BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
38
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
39
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Our People and Culture
Our team of over 5,600 employees, who work together across IPL's 
global operations, are passionate and driven. Our Values guide 
our everyday attitudes, decisions and actions, and are the cultural 
glue that hold the organisation together. We believe that what we 
achieve, and how we achieve it, are equally important.
Safe, inclusive, and high-performance 
culture
Our approach to building our culture is multifaceted and includes 
the continuous alignment of behaviours, management systems  
and symbols. 
Safe culture
At the heart of our culture is the physical and psychological  
safety of our people. Our safety culture supports our broader safety 
strategy, and we have worked to further strengthen it through 
continuing: 
	» The rollout of our behavioural safety program – SafeTEAMS. 
SafeTEAMS is a game changing program, with psychological 
safety - known as Safe Ground – as one of its core concepts. We 
know that our leaders are key to leading our safety culture, so 
in FY24 we designed and piloted our SafeLEADER program. The 
SafeLEADER program extends on the concepts from SafeTEAMS 
and covers the ’what’ and ‘how’ of effective safety leadership. 
	» Work on the IPL Mental Health Framework including 
psychosocial risk management, which serves as the strategic 
foundation for addressing all aspects of mental health and 
wellbeing, fostering safe, healthy and thriving individuals  
and workplaces.
	» The rollout of IPL’s Upstander training, aimed at creating 
a culture where it is safe for everyone to speak up about 
inappropriate behaviour, including Code of Conduct breaches. 
In FY24, 565 employees participated in the program, with 54% 
of our Australian employees having completed the program.
	» Our work on diversity, equity and inclusion, a key aspect  
of creating a mentally healthy workplace.
Inclusive culture
At IPL, we believe that diverse talent thriving in an equitable 
and inclusive environment is vital to our success. By focusing 
on diversity, IPL can attract exceptional talent from a broader 
pool, which in turn enhances the range of skills, viewpoints and 
ideas we bring to solving our customer and business challenges. 
This approach also strengthens our partnerships within the 
communities we operate.
We understand that the benefits of a diverse workforce can only 
be fully realised in an equitable and inclusive environment. That is 
why we are committed to providing a workplace where everyone’s 
unique attributes, characteristics, perspectives, and contributions 
are recognised, respected and valued, enabling us to achieve great 
things together.
Our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) strategy includes three key 
focus areas to accelerate DEI:
1.	 People: increasing diverse representation through 
deliberate, fit for purpose actions that improve recruitment 
and retention outcomes
2.	 Leaders: equipping our leaders to lead DEI by having  
clear expectations, building their capability and holding 
them accountable for outcomes 
3.	 Culture: leveraging the diversity of our workforce 
through an equitable and inclusive culture where  
we align behaviours, our management systems,  
and symbols
Key actions to support a more diverse, equitable and inclusive 
culture are below:
Safe, equitable and inclusive facilities reviews
Implemented 17 actions identified through our Physical Workplace 
Equity and Inclusion Reviews undertaken in FY23, aimed at making  
our physical work environments safer, more equitable and more  
inclusive. These reviews involved identifying improvement 
opportunities across areas such as equitable bathroom facilities, 
ensuring personal protective equipment (PPE) accommodates 
physical and cultural differences and physical accessibility. 
Equity and Inclusion Reviews of core people processes 
IPL continued its People Process Reviews, aimed at identifying 
opportunities to improve the equity and inclusion of our 
core people processes. In FY24, we completed reviews of our 
onboarding, pre-employment medical, and talent and succession 
processes. Further reviews are planned for FY25.
Inclusive Leaders
We revised and successfully piloted a new Inclusive Leader 
program to equip leaders with practical skills and tools on  
how to be inclusive. The program is being reviewed for global 
application.
High-performance culture
In FY23, IPL commenced work to enhance a culture of high-
performance. In FY24, we evolved this work by further defining 
the key cultural elements we want to enhance to deliver high 
performance, informed by feedback from our team members 
globally. Additionally, we began work on the systems required  
to drive the culture we want to enhance.
Key highlights to support our high performance culture are below.
Updated operating model
In support of high performance and our updated business strategy, 
we made changes to our operating model. The operating model 
changes ensure a cost-efficient core business while positioning 
resources in key areas to effectively pursue sustainable growth. 
This has enabled us to further align and simplify our structures, 
to improve the connection of work through the levels of our 
organisation and providing our people with greater clarification  
of their accountabilities. 
Global People Insights Survey 
The Global People Insights Survey measured our people’s 
experience across engagement, experience versus expectations, 
inclusion, and wellbeing, along with critical areas that impact these 
measures. Combined with insights from our senior leader culture 
survey, this feedback has enabled us to identify the strengths of  
our existing culture and uncover opportunities for improvement. 
This feedback has served as a key input in the work to further 
define and enhance the cultural elements that are most important 
to our people and our business.
Launch of IPL’s new reward and recognition platform 
‘Appreciate’
In FY24, we launched a global reward and recognition platform 
called ‘Appreciate’. This platform was utilised to reward and 
recognise all employees globally for every month in which  
our safety and financial objectives were met.
Climate Change 
We recognise the challenge of reducing our own emissions while continuing to provide explosives and fertiliser products, through our  
Dyno Nobel and IPF businesses, which unlock the potential in the Earth. We believe that our innovative products and services will play  
an increasingly important role in reducing GHG, while increasing yields of food and fibre, and efficiently accessing the minerals and 
aggregates required for renewable technologies and infrastructure rebuilding in a world impacted by climate change.
Our Climate Change Policy describes how the management of the risks, opportunities and impacts associated with climate change is 
integrated into our six strategic drivers, on which the success of IPL is built.
Together with our policy commitments, these strategic driver components, shown in the diagram below, form the four pillars of our  
Climate Change Strategy.
Our climate change strategy
Operational GHG reduction projects
During 2024, we completed installation of a project that will deliver 
our ‘5% by 2025’ absolute GHG reduction target and approved 
a second project which will underpin our ‘25% by 2030’ target. 
The first of these is the $20m Moranbah Tertiary N2O Abatement 
Project, which was officially opened in April 2024. The abatement 
unit is expected to have a lifespan of 20 years and will abate 
approximately 200,000 tonnes of CO2e per year. 
The second is a similar project at the Louisiana, Missouri (LOMO) 
AN manufacturing facility. Unlike Moranbah, which was built with 
secondary abatement in 2012, LOMO has the Company’s only nitric 
acid plant without some form of abatement already installed. Last 
year, the LOMO Tertiary N2O Abatement Project passed through 
Front End Loading (FEL) stage, with $2.8m invested. Approved for 
installation in 2025, this unit is expected to reduce scope 1 GHG  
by ~520,000 tCO₂e annually.
These are major capital intensive projects which, together, will 
result in a 26% reduction in operational (scope 1 and 2) GHG 
emissions against IPL’s 2020 baseline and a 41% reduction against 
Dyno Nobel’s 2020 baseline.
Managing scope 3 GHG
During 2024, we continued to work across our business units 
to develop management strategies to reduce scope 3. Progress 
included the following:
	» Commencement of the mapping of business unit procurement 
and value chain processes which require integration of scope 3 
information for purchasing decisions.
	» Sending and receiving of supplier scope 3 GHG questionnaires 
to major global suppliers, with a redesign to include a GHG 
calculation template for suppliers who are calculating their 
GHG for the first time.
	» Selection and onboarding of a global GHG data management 
platform with a specific scope 3 module to assist our business 
units in tracking their scope 3 GHG throughout the year and 
modelling the future impacts of various reduction strategies.
	» Building the very first electric Mobile Processing Unit (eMPU) 
complete with its own solar charging station. 
	» Continued testing and development of the use of biodiesel 
and renewable diesel in our explosives products across the 
Americas and Asia Pacific.
For more details, see the 2024 IPL Climate Change Report.
ENSURING STRONG 
GOVERNANCE
Talented and Engaged 
People: The right people 
in the right roles, within 
a culture of innovation, 
with climate change 
management roles, 
responsibilities and 
accountabilities 
clearly defined.
REDUCING 
OPERATIONAL 
EMISSIONS
Manufacturing 
Excellence: Reduce 
emissions, increase 
efficiencies and explore 
new technologies.
DELIVERING 
PRODUCTS 
AND STRATEGIES THAT 
REDUCE SCOPE 3 
EMISSIONS
Leading Technology 
Solutions: Develop and 
deliver products and 
services which reduce 
customer GHG.
Customer Focus: Partner 
strategically for customer 
solutions and sustainable 
product use.
MANAGING STRATEGIC 
BUSINESS RISKS AND 
OPPORTUNITIES
Profitable Growth: 
Manage climate-related 
financial risks and 
opportunities strategically.
Zero Harm: Build 
resilience to physical 
climate change risks 
and advocate for a 
just transition.
1
2
3
4
OUR CLIMATE 
STRATEGY 
PILLARS
IPL’S SIX
STRATEGIC
DRIVERS 

BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
40
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
41
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
FA S H I O N
J E W E L L E R Y
S U P E R M A R K E T
Sustainability
Our sustainability strategy
To deliver sustainable growth and shareholder returns while caring for our people,  
our communities and our environment.
IPL is committed to operating in a manner which acknowledges 
and proactively manages those issues which are most material  
to the long term sustainability of our business, our people,  
the environment and the communities in which we operate.  
This commitment is driven by our Company Values, which are  
core to our business, and is built into our six Strategic Drivers.
In order to identify those issues most material for our stakeholders 
and our business, we conducted a comprehensive double 
materiality review in 2024 to identify the sustainability-related  
risks and opportunities which could have a material impact on our 
financial position, or on the environment, our local communities, 
our customers or other stakeholders. The steps in this process 
followed Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines, and 
supported adherence to the recently introduced International 
Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) reporting standards. 
The identified sustainability-related risks and opportunities 
have been grouped into six Sustainability Focus Areas for our 
Sustainability Strategy over the next three years. These are shown 
on the following page, along with 2024 highlights in each area. 
Our 2024 Sustainability Report, released concurrently with  
this Annual Report, includes the identified material risks  
and opportunities in each Sustainability Focus Area, and  
our management strategies for each of our business units.  
It also describes the materiality assessment process, our key 
stakeholders and our stakeholder engagement process.  
Our annual Sustainability Reports and GRI Index and Data 
Supplements can be accessed on our website.
Creating shared value sustainably
The natural resources our products unlock are central to modern life and essential for nutrition.
Our businesses are committed to unlocking the potential in the Earth, by sustainably delivering products to our mining, quarry & 
construction, and farming customers into the future. During 2024, our products were used to help our customers unlock approximately:
DIAMONDS
6.1
million  
carats
HORTICULTURE 
(CARROTS, ONIONS, 
POTATOES, 
TOMATOES)
0.5
million 
tonnes
MET COAL
86
million  
tonnes
IRON ORE
512
million  
tonnes
COPPER
683
kilotonnes
COTTON
0.4
million  
tonnes
GOLD
11.9
million 
ounces
THERMAL  
COAL
149
million  
tonnes
SUGAR 
CANE
3.0
million  
tonnes
WHEAT
8.4
million  
tonnes
BARLEY
3.5
million  
tonnes
PASTURE 
(BEEF, 
LAMB & 
DAIRY)
5.7
million  
tonnes
OTHER 
BROADACRE 
GRAINS
1.2
million  
tonnes
QUARRY & 
CONSTRUCTION 
MATERIALS
766
million  
tonnes
Sustainability Focus Area
FY24 highlights
Transitioning  
towards Net Zero
	» Comprehensive update of future climate-related scenario risk assessment using bespoke 1.5oC, 1.8oC, 2.7oC and 4+oC 
scenarios created with the most recently available science.
	» Completion of the Moranbah nitric acid plant Tertiary N2O Abatement Project, which will reduce IPL’s operational  
GHG by ~200,000 tCO2e, or 7%, and Dyno Nobel’s operational GHG by 11% against 2020 baselines.
	» Progression of the Louisiana, Missouri (LOMO) nitric acid plant Tertiary N2O Abatement Project, which will reduce  
IPL’s operational GHG by ~520,000 tCO2e, or 19%, and Dyno Nobel’s operational GHG by 30% against 2020 baselines.
	» Progression of the Gladstone Green Ammonia Project, which plans to produce 400,000 tonnes of green ammonia  
per annum, for both domestic and overseas consumption, providing decarbonisation opportunities for our  
Moranbah ammonia plant.
	» Supplier scope 3 GHG Questionnaires developed and sent to major suppliers, with redesign to build in questions  
for some suppliers to calculate their GHG for the first time. 
Safe, inclusive, high 
performance culture 
	» 79% of all sites recordable injury free.
	» Creation of the IPL Mental Health Framework.
	» 2024 Chemistry Australia Award for Workplace Health and Safety awarded to the Gibson Island ‘Finish with Pride’ 
program.
	» Reaching 90% participation of our global workforce in the SafeTEAMs training program. 
	» Updating the People and Remuneration Committee’s (formerly Remuneration Committee) charter to expand  
the Committee’s remit to include oversight over IPL’s culture and People Strategy.
	» Reviewing our operating model to support our updated business strategy.
	» Conducting a Global People Insights Survey, which included measurement of engagement, experience versus 
expectations, inclusions and wellbeing, marking a milestone in our commitment to diversity, equity and inclusion.
	» Release of our 2024-26 Innovate Reconciliation Action Plan focused on Australian First Nations people and communities.
	» Increasing female representation among our global workforce to 19.2% from 18.6% last year.
Ensuring Ethical Conduct 
and Business Practices
	» Training in Competition Law, and training in Anti-bribery for applicable employees in high risk jurisdictions.
	» Commencement of the review of the IPL Ethics Committee Charter.
	» Completion of 8 comprehensive, ‘deep dive’ ESG supplier audits, which included modern slavery and, where necessary, 
working with those suppliers to improve their due diligence processes on modern slavery for more ethical business 
practices.
	» Added focus by IPL’s Cyber Security and IT teams on implementing the “secure by design” principle to ensure robust 
security measures are integrated from the outset.
Relationships with 
Communities that Build 
Trust and Resilience
	» Planning during FY24 to resource a refreshed approach in FY25, to support our local site managers to implement our 
Sustainable Communities Policy and Community Investment Framework at their local sites. This followed our FY23 survey 
of global sites with more than 30 employees to assess the effectiveness of our Community Investment Framework.
	» Raising $30,000 through our Dollar for Dollar program, including matching donations of up to $500 per employee 
donation, to support several of our Indonesian colleagues, who lost everything they owned in a fire that destroyed over 
100 homes in the small mining community of Binungan, Indonesia.
	» Engaging with the Yulluna People, the Traditional Custodians of the lands at our Phosphate Hill site. The Yulluna 
community representatives and IPL HSEC Team have conducted the largest survey year in Phosphate Hill's history, 
covering 1,600 hectares over four surveys, identifying and preserving artefacts and areas with cultural significance.
Reducing our 
Environmental Impact
	» Achieving our Target of Zero Significant Environmental Incidents.
	» Building our first Electric Mobile Processing Unit (eMPU), complete with its own solar charging station.
	» Release of the initial assessment of the nature-related risks and opportunities for our IPF business, in line with the 
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
	» Continued testing of the use of biodiesel and renewable diesel in our explosives products, with customer trials planned 
for FY25.
	» Recognition of our IPF business in the Australian Financial Review ‘Sustainability Leaders 2024’ awards, in the ‘Agriculture 
and Environment’ category, for our innovative development and commercialisation of Enhanced Efficiency Fertilisers 
(EEFs).
	» Securing fertiliser bags with 30% recycled content commencing in October 2024, and recycling 354t of IPF bags  
and 364t of AN bags in FY24.
Partnering  
with Customers  
and Suppliers
	» Increasing our spend with First Nations Suppliers by 175% against FY23 spend.
	» Responding in line with contingency plans to a one month wet season related flood outage of the Phosphate Hill rail line 
with product successfully switched from rail to road.
	» Opening of our state-of-the-art, fully automated electronic detonator manufacturing plant at the Dyno Nobel Helidon 
site in Queensland, allowing us to deliver exceptional product quality and ensure security of supply for our mining 
customers.
	» Partnering with a surface metal mine customer on a Drill to Mill initiative that resulted in increased safety, reduced 
energy use and GHG, and a value-add to the customer of more than $58m. 
	» Partnering with farming customers, agronomists/resellers and Melbourne University to measure the GHG reductions 
associated with our EEFs.
	» Partnering with our freight suppliers in Western Australia to reduce their energy use and GHG.

BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
42
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
43
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Total direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions
GHG intensity per tonne of ammonia produced(1)
Our use of natural resources in 2024
Energy and GHG
The manufacture of nitrogen-based products is energy intensive as 
it requires natural gas as both an energy source and a raw material 
for hydrogen, with carbon dioxide (CO2) being liberated during 
manufacturing. For this reason, the production of these essential 
agricultural and mining products is currently based on a hard-to-
abate chemical process. 
During 2024, we progressed several key projects which support 
our Net Zero Pathway. These are discussed in the Climate Change 
section of this report.
We also made significant progress on managing our scope 3 GHG 
emissions, sending out a GHG Questionnaire to major suppliers.  
On receiving the results, we reviewed the questionnaire and 
included questions to assist suppliers to calculate their operational 
GHG for the first time where this is required. We have fully 
mapped our scope 3 across our value chains and have identified 
management strategies and key enablers to reduce each source. 
For more detail, see our 2024 Climate Change Report. 
Our 2024 global energy use has decreased by 43% since 2023. 
This is mostly due to the finalisation of the sale of WALA and 
this being the first year in which there was no natural gas-based 
manufacturing at Gibson Island. Our scope 1 GHG emissions also 
decreased, by 36%, due to this. Our purchased electricity and scope 
2 GHG emissions decreased by 8% and 9% respectively. Our scope 
3 value chain emissions increased by 4% to 8,460ktCO2e. This data 
is shown in the graphic to the right.
Our GHG intensity per tonne of ammonia increased by 6% on last 
year due to the sale of the very efficient WALA facility. Ammonia 
production fell by 52% due to divestment of WALA and the GI 
manufacturing closure. Our GHG data and ammonia intensities 
over time are shown graphically below.
Changes in energy and GHG since 2023
Water withdrawal and discharge
Cooling water is a key necessity for nitrogen manufacturing. In 
addition to IPL’s comprehensive annual risk management process 
and climate scenarios, the World Resources Institute (WRI) Water 
Tool is completed each year for long term projections and reviewed 
by IPL’s Chief Risk Officer. 
Our 2024 total global water withdrawal decreased by 1% on 2023, 
to 44,061 megalitres (ML). We discharged 25,871 ML to sewers and 
the environment, with 98.7% of this discharge being clean cooling 
water returned under EPA licence to the US rivers from which it 
was taken. This brings our net water use to 18,189 ML in 2024, 
which is 4% less than our 2023 water use. For more details on our 
assessment of water risks and our water management strategies, 
see our 2024 Climate Change Report and 2024 Sustainability 
Report, both available on IPL’s website.
Total global 
energy use 
34,811,846 GJ
Purchased 
Electricity 
1,537,385 GJ
Total Operational GHG: 2.5m tCO2e
Scope 3 GHG 
8.5m tCO2e
Scope 2 GHG 
0.2m tCO2e
Scope 1 GHG 
2.3m tCO2e
(4.4% of total 
global energy use)
Value Chain  
Emissions
Ammonia 
Production 
against 2023
tCO2e/tAmmonia(1) 
against 2015 
baseline
Operational GHG Intensity & Production
-52%
-2%
-36%
-9%
4%
-43%
-8%
44,061 ML
25,871 ML
98.7% clean water 
to surface waters
Water withdrawal 
by source(2)
2024
2023
Surface water:
74.5%
76.0%
Ground water: 
20.3%
17.4%
Municipal water:
5.0%
5.6%
Recycled water: 
0%
0.8%
Storm water:
0.2%
0.2%
Water discharge 
by destination
2024
2023
Surface water:
99.0%
99.0%
Ground water: 
0.999%
0.999%
Sewers:
0.001%
0.001%
Benchmarking our performance
As part of our commitment to transparent reporting, IPL’s 
sustainability is assessed against leading indices. This gives us 
the opportunity to benchmark our performance against other 
organisations in our sector, gain insight into areas for improvement, 
and provides investors and other stakeholders with an objective 
measure of our ESG risk management and business practices. 
The S&P Global CSA (formerly the Dow Jones Sustainability Index 
- DJSI) is widely recognised as the leading reference point in the 
growing field of Sustainability investing due to the robustness of  
its assessment process. Since 2010, IPL has been included in this 
index, where our performance is benchmarked against peers in  
the global Chemicals sector. The results since 2019 are represented 
to the right.
In 2024, the FTSE Group confirmed that IPL has been 
independently assessed according to the FTSE4Good criteria  
and has satisfied the requirements to remain a constituent of 
Dimension
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Economic
72
78
81
78
71
66
Environmental
73
71
69
72
61
56
Social
60
58
65
69
64
61
Total for IPL
69
69
72
73
65
60
Chemicals sector average
47
36
30
26
23
29
the FTSE4Good Index Series for the ninth consecutive year. 
Companies in the FTSE4Good Index Series have met stringent 
environmental, social and governance criteria. 
IPL has been a voluntary CDP (formerly Carbon Disclosure Project) 
Climate Change reporter since 2009 and a voluntary CDP Water 
Security reporter since its introduction in 2014. Our most recent 
CDP reports can be downloaded from our website. Other indices 
and memberships are shown above.
Collaborating on ESG
As part of our commitment to corporate sustainability, IPL became a participant in the United  
Nations Global Compact (UNGC) in August 2022. The UNGC is the world’s largest corporate 
sustainability initiative. We will be reporting annually on our progress towards implementing  
the UNGC’s Ten Principles on human rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption. We are  
also participating in the Global Compact Network Australia’s (UNGCNA) Modern Slavery  
Community of Practice (CoP).
We are committed to The UNGC’s 10 Principles:
Principle 1 
Businesses should support and respect the protection  
of internationally proclaimed human rights; and
Principle 2 
Make sure that they are not complicit in human rights abuses.
Principle 3 
Businesses should uphold the freedom of association and  
the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining;
Principle 4 
The elimination of all forms of forced and compulsory labour;
Principle 5 
The effective abolition of child labour; and
Principle 6 
The elimination of discrimination in respect of employment  
and occupation.
Principle 7 
Businesses should support a precautionary approach  
to environmental challenges;
Principle 8 
Undertake initiatives to promote greater environmental 
responsibility; and
Principle 9 
Encourage the development and diffusion of  
environmentally friendly technologies.
Principle 10 
Businesses should work against corruption in all its forms,  
including extortion and bribery.
(1)	 GHG intensity per tonne of ammonia produced increased due to the divestment of the 
very efficient WALA facility.
(2)	 There was no purchased recycled water in 2024 due to cessation of natural gas-based 
manufacturing at Gibson Island in 2023.
0
1
2
3
4
5
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Million tonnes of CO2e
Scope 1           Scope 2           Total GHG emissions
1.5
2.0
2.5
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
tCO2e/tNH3
Trend
EcoVadis Member since 2015 
EcoVadis is assessed biennially.
FTSE4Good  
Member since 2014
Bloomberg GEI  
Member since 2019
CDP Reporter  
since 2009

BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
BEING A SUSTAINABLE BUSINESS
44
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
45
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Commitment to our Communities
We are dedicated to fostering strong, enduring connections with the communities in which  
we operate.
At IPL, our commitment extends beyond business – we aim to 
make a meaningful impact in the areas where we operate. By 
prioritising local employment, choosing local suppliers when 
possible and creating shared value, we strive to positively influence 
urban, regional, mining, and agricultural communities. Our site-
based teams work closely with community members, businesses, 
government bodies, charities, Indigenous suppliers and local 
organisations, ensuring that decisions are made with a keen 
understanding of local needs and priorities.
Our Sustainable Communities Policy guides our approach to 
community engagement, social investment, and cultural heritage, 
reinforcing our commitment to: 
	» listen to and work with the community; 
	» strive to be a valued corporate citizen; and 
	» respect our neighbours, their values and cultural heritage, and 
be considerate of them in carrying out our operations. 
Fostering safe communities 
The safety of our people and the communities in which we 
operate must always come first, which is why IPL has robust safety 
measures in place to monitor, manage, and prevent any potential 
risk or impact to our workforce and the local communities in which 
we operate. 
Due to the potentially hazardous nature of industrial and 
agricultural chemicals, IPL’s on-site staff are well trained to 
cooperate and engage with local community leaders and first 
responders on how to keep the community safe in the unlikely 
event of an incident. 
In addition to our robust safety measures, many of our sites are 
required by law to communicate regularly with our communities 
regarding safety plans and emergency procedures. In the  
Americas, 73% of our sites fall into this category. These sites 
regularly engage with communities and first responders to share 
community safety plans and emergency procedures in the event  
of a potential incident. In the Asia Pacific region, 24% of sites also 
fall into this category. Some of these sites are classified as Major 
Hazard Facilities and these follow Safe Work Australia guidelines  
in communicating with their communities.
Supporting our communities 
IPL brings our Community Investment Framework to life through 
two main Corporate Giving programs. The first, our Dollar-for-Dollar 
program, matches employee donations and site-based fundraising 
efforts up to $25,000 annually, provided they align with our 
Principles for Giving.
The second is our Workplace Giving program, a voluntary scheme 
for Australian employees allowing them to donate to one or 
more of IPL’s selected not-for-profit charities. IPL matches these 
donations, contributing up to $25,000 each year.
In FY24, $894,461 of community investment was made globally 
through IPL’s Corporate Giving programs and various site-based 
initiatives, including in-kind donations and employee volunteer 
hours. All contributions adhered to our Principles for Giving, 
with 12% directed towards education initiatives, 24% supporting 
health and sport activities, and 64% allocated to local community 
development, including emergency and disaster relief efforts.
Our principles for giving
IPF sponsors Australian Women’s National Basketball League’s 
(WNBL) Townsville Fire
Since 2020, IPF has been a key sponsor of the Australian Women’s National 
Basketball League’s (WNBL) Townsville Fire, and during the 2023-2024 season, 
IPF extended their support to individual player Courtney Woods. Woods had 
an outstanding season, earning multiple MVP awards and capping it off with 
the National WNBL Community Award.
IPF contributed a total of $27,500 in sponsorship for FY24. Additionally,  
IPF and Townsville Fire are working together to create and host various 
community events aimed at promoting youth engagement and diversity  
in their community.
Happy Feet in Kentucky
At Dyno Nobel North America’s Graham Kentucky site, a team of volunteers 
known as the GRKY PEACE team has managed local community engagement 
and investment on behalf of their site for many years.
In 2024, they focused on supporting children by donating US$1,000 to Happy 
Feet, a non-profit providing shoes to students in need, and US$500 to a local 
meal program for food-insecure school children. These efforts showcase 
the team’s dedication to enhancing the lives of the community’s youngest 
members through various fundraisers and initiatives, reflecting their creativity 
and commitment to making a positive impact.
IPL Employees raise support fund for Indonesian colleagues 
In response to a fire incident in Binungan, Indonesia, where Dyno Nobel 
operates, the Company raised $30,000 through its Dollar for Dollar program  
to assist the community and several employees who lost everything in the 
fire. This included matching donations of up to $500 per employee. The funds 
were used to aid those affected, as the fire destroyed over 100 homes in the 
small mining community.
Our Dyno Nobel team in Indonesia quickly mobilised to provide essential 
support, distributing food, clothing, groceries, kitchen supplies, and toiletries. 
Additionally, we installed a water pump and piping system to ensure access  
to water for daily needs from the nearest source.
Dyno Nobel charity golf day in support of Broken Crayons  
Still Colour
On March 8, the Dyno Nobel team in Perth, Western Australia held their 
Annual Charity Golf Day in support of Broken Crayons, a self-funded charity 
dedicated to aiding men, women, and children escaping family and domestic 
violence. Dyno Nobel donated $15,000, and thanks to the incredible support 
from our sponsors and customers, the event raised a total of $63,000 for 
Broken Crayons.
The donations were used to purchase a truck with a tail lift, ensuring the  
team no longer struggles to lift heavy furniture when helping those in need. 
This remarkable achievement was made possible by the generosity and 
dedication of everyone in attendance.
Community support in action
Our areas of focus
IPL Community  
Investment Framework
Our framework preferences local approaches, enabling 
each IPL business and site to respond to the distinct  
needs of their communities. 
Education: Childhood, adult and Indigenous specific 
education activities. 
Health: Activities and organisations working towards 
better physical and mental health.
Community Development: Enrich community life 
and enhance the environmental, social and economic 
sustainability of local communities. 
IPL Values: Initiatives that align to our values and business 
strategy and are integral to the sustainability of our 
communities.
Local Initiatives: Helping local organisations develop  
skills and resources to bring positive and lasting benefits  
to communities.
Local Sites: Solutions to local challenges and opportunities 
in the communities where our people work and live.
Health
Local 
Initiatives
Education
Local Sites
Community 
Development
IPL Values

GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
46
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
47
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Governance
High standards of  
corporate governance  
are fundamental to  
the continued growth  
and success of IPL.

GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
48
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
49
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Corporate Governance 
We are committed to doing business ethically and in accordance with high standards of  
corporate governance – which is fundamental to the continued growth and success of IPL,  
for our shareholders and other stakeholders.
Corporate governance framework
IPL’s Board of Directors is responsible for charting the direction, 
policies, strategies and financial objectives of the Company.  
The Board serves the interests of IPL and its shareholders, as  
well as other stakeholders such as employees, customers and  
the community, in a manner designed to create and continue  
to build sustainable value. 
IPL’s Board operates in accordance with its charter and has reserved 
certain powers for itself. The Board has established four standing 
Committees to assist the Board with effectively discharging its 
responsibilities:
	» Audit and Risk Management Committee;
	» Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee;
	» Nominations Committee; and
	» People and Remuneration Committee.
The Board has delegated the day-to-day management of IPL,  
and the implementation of approved business plans and corporate 
strategies, to the CEO & MD, who in turn may further delegate to 
senior management.
IPL’s governance framework:
	» plays an integral role in helping the business deliver on  
its strategy;
	» provides the structure through which strategy and business 
objectives are set, performance is monitored, and risks are 
managed;
	» provides guidance on the standards of behaviour that IPL 
expects of people; and
	» aligns the flow of information and accountability from our 
people, through the management levels, to the Board and 
ultimately our shareholders and key stakeholders.
Board composition 
Under IPL’s Board Charter, the composition of the Board is 
determined having regard to what is appropriate to achieve 
efficient and prudent decision making. The Board is committed 
to ensuring that it is comprised of individuals with an appropriate 
range of skills, experience, expertise and diversity to deal 
with current and emerging issues in our business. The Board 
currently comprises six Non-executive Directors. Details of their 
qualifications and experience is provided under the Board of 
Directors section of this Annual Report. 
Corporate Governance Statement
Our corporate governance framework and practices have  
complied with the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s  
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations  
4th Edition) (ASX Recommendations) throughout FY24. 
The Board continually reviews IPL’s governance policies  
and practices to ensure that they remain appropriate in  
light of corporate governance developments and changes  
in expectations, including as reflected in the 4th Edition of  
the ASX Recommendations.
IPL’s 2024 Corporate Governance Statement, which can be  
viewed at www.incitecpivot.com.au/about-us/about-incitec- 
pivot-limited/corporate-governance, provides detailed  
information on IPL’s corporate governance practices for  
the year ended 30 September 2024. 
IPL policies and practices
As part of our commitment to operating to the highest standards 
of ethical behaviour, we have a range of policies and practices that 
set ethical standards for directors, employees, contractors and third 
parties. These policies describe core principles designed to ensure 
ethical conduct is maintained in the interests of shareholders and 
other stakeholders.
The IPL Code of Conduct is our global code for business conduct 
– it contains principles and standards of conduct which are based 
on IPL’s values and represents our commitment to uphold ethical 
business practices and meet applicable legal requirements. 
The Code of Conduct applies to all directors and employees of the 
Company and each subsidiary, partnership, venture and business 
association, including agents and other contractors that are 
effectively controlled by the Company or act on its behalf. 
The Code of Conduct is supported by a number of governance 
policies to guide how IPL does business and outline expected 
standards of behaviour, including:
	» Continuous Disclosure Policy – establishes IPL’s procedure 
for compliance with its continuous disclosure obligations and 
provides guidance for the identification of material information 
and timely disclosure of IPL’s activities to the market.
	» Securities Trading Policy – prohibits IPL directors, employees 
and contractors and their related parties from dealing in 
IPL securities if they are in possession of price sensitive 
information, provides for blackout periods during which 
directors and employees must not trade in IPL securities,  
and sets out the procedure for obtaining required approvals  
to trade in IPL securities.
	» Anti-bribery Policy – prohibits the making of unlawful  
or improper payments to any individual or entity with the 
intent of securing a business advantage for IPL.
	» Human Rights Policy – articulates the fundamental elements 
of IPL’s approach to human rights and how IPL demonstrates 
its commitment to respect human rights in line with the 
Universal Declaration of Human Rights and other international 
frameworks.
	» Modern Slavery Policy – defines the processes that identify 
and address modern slavery risks in IPL’s supply chains and 
within IPL’s own operations.
	» Supplier Code of Conduct – illustrates the guiding principles 
that IPL has adopted as part of its sourcing and procurement 
processes.
	» Risk Management Policy and Group Risk Management 
Framework – provides guidance and direction on the 
management of risk in IPL and states IPL’s commitment  
to the effective management of risk.
	» Whistleblower Protection Policy – encourages IPL directors, 
employees and contractors to confidentially report unethical 
or illegal conduct and raise concerns regarding actual or 
suspected contraventions of ethical or legal standards, without 
fear of victimisation, reprisal or harassment.
External Auditor
Internal Audit
Shareholders
Assurance and 
oversight through 
reporting
Accountability
Board Committees
Delegation of Authority
Company 
Secretary
Assurance
Executive  
Leadership Team
CEO & MD
Our People
Audit and Risk 
Management
Nominations
People and 
Remuneration
Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Community
Board

GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
50
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
51
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Board of Directors
Gregory Robinson 
Bsc(Hons), MBA, MAICD
Independent Non-executive 
Chair
Greg was appointed as a 
Non-executive Director on 
25 November 2019 and was 
appointed as Chair on 11 November 2023.
Committee memberships 
Chair of the Nominations Committee
Skills and experience 
Greg has held various senior management and executive roles 
during his executive career which spans over 35 years, including 
as a Director of Merrill Lynch Investment Banking, CFO/CDO  
of BHP Petroleum, CEO of Lattice Energy Limited, Finance 
Director and ultimately MD & CEO of Newcrest Mining Limited. 
Greg brings to the Board significant senior executive experience 
in strategy, projects, operations, finance, accounting, capital 
management and risk management within the mining, oil and 
gas industries in Australia and internationally. 
Other listed company directorships in the past three years 
Rex Minerals Limited – Non-executive Director (from 2021- 
2024)
Other directorships/appointments 
Royal Automobile Club of Victoria (RACV) – Chairman and Non-
executive Director
Michael Carroll 
BAgSc, MBA, FAICD
Independent Non-executive 
Director 
Michael was appointed as a Non-
executive Director on 6 March 2023.
Committee memberships 
Member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community 
Committee
Member of the People and Remuneration Committee
Skills and experience 
Michael has extensive non-executive experience having served 
on over 20 boards including six ASX listed companies. During 
his executive career, Michael had an 18-year career with the 
National Australia Bank (NAB) with positions in NAB’s internal 
Investments and Advisory team and as General Manager, 
Agribusiness Financial Services. Prior to this Michael worked in 
the animal health and crop care sectors having commenced 
his career as an agronomist with Monsanto. Michael brings to 
the Board his significant knowledge and expertise within the 
Australian agricultural sector.
Other listed company directorships in the past three years 
Rural Funds Management Limited – Non-executive Director 
(from 2010)
Other directorships/appointments
Paraway Pastoral Company – Non-executive Director
Viridis Ag Pty Ltd – Chairman and Non-executive Director
Bruce Brook 
BCom, BAcc, FCA, MAICD
Independent Non-executive 
Director 
Bruce was appointed as a  
Non-executive Director on  
3 December 2018.
Committee memberships 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Management Committee
Member of the Nominations Committee
Member of the People and Remuneration Committee 
Skills and experience 
Bruce was the CFO of Western Mining Resources Limited and 
Deputy CFO of the Australian & New Zealand Banking Group. 
Bruce brings to the Board extensive executive experience in 
Australia, the US, the UK and Africa, across a range of industries 
including mining, finance, manufacturing and chemicals.
Other listed company directorships in the past three years 
Newmont Corporation – Non-executive Director (from 2011) 
Djerriwarrh Investments Limited – Non-executive Director  
(from 2021)
CSL Limited – Non-executive Director (from 2011 - 2023)
Other directorships/appointments 
Australian Institute of Company Directors, Corporate 
Governance Advisory Committee – Member 
Guide Dogs Victoria – Director
Fiona Hick
BEng (Materials Engineering) (Hons), 
BAppSci (Energy and Carbon Studies), 
GAICD
Independent Non-executive 
Director 
Fiona was appointed as a Non-
executive Director on 1 September 2024.
Committee memberships 
Chair of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community 
Committee
Member of the Audit and Risk Management Committee
Skills and experience 
Fiona has extensive executive and corporate experience in the 
energy and resources sectors, including as the Chief Executive 
Officer of Fortescue Metals Group (FMG) in 2023. Prior to FMG, 
Fiona spent more than 20 years with Woodside Energy, where 
she held a range of senior positions across engineering, strategy 
and governance, crisis leadership, health and safety and 
environment before being appointed as Woodside’s Executive 
Vice President Operations in 2019. Prior to Woodside Energy, 
Fiona spent 5 years in corporate and operational roles at Rio 
Tinto. Fiona bring to the Board her corporate and operational 
experience in the energy and resource sectors.
Other listed company directorships in the past three years 
Evolution Mining Limited – Non-executive Director (from 2024)
Other directorships/appointments
Infrastructure WA - Board member
University of Western Australia - Strategic Resources Committee 
Member
John Ho 
BSc(Math), BCom (First Class Honours 
& University Medal)
Non–Independent  
Non-executive Director 
John was appointed as a Non-
executive Director on 6 March 2023.
Skills and experience 
John is the Founder and Chief Industrialist Investor of Janchor 
Partners, an industrialist investor based in Hong Kong, with 
experience as a non-executive director and long-term investor 
in Australia and across the globe. Before founding Janchor 
Partners in 2009, John acquired global experience including 
with the Boston Consulting Group in Australia, Citadel 
Investment Group in the US and as Head of Asian Investing  
at The Children’s Investment Fund (Asia). John brings to the 
Board his experience in the international and Australian 
investment markets.
Other listed company directorships in the past three years 
Avepoint Inc – Non-executive Director (from 2021)
Other directorships/appointments 
Janchor Partners Limited – Director
ROKT Pte Limited – Non-executive Director
Tonianne Dwyer 
BJuris (Hons), LLB (Hons), FAICD
Independent Non-executive 
Director
Tonianne was appointed as a Non-
executive Director on 20 May 2021.
Committee memberships 
Chair of the People and Remuneration Committee
Member of the Audit and Risk Management Committee
Member of the Nominations Committee
Skills and experience 
Tonianne has extensive executive experience in investment 
banking, funds management, real estate and corporate strategy 
and is an experienced non-executive director. During Tonianne's 
executive career, she held senior management roles with 
Hambros Bank Limited, Societe Generale and Quintain Estates 
& Development plc. Tonianne is a Fellow of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. Tonianne brings to the Board 
her international executive experience and extensive non-
executive director experience in the Australian listed company 
environment. 
Other listed company directorships in the past three years 
ALS Group Limited – Non-executive Director (from 2016)
GrowthPoint Properties Australia Limited - Non-executive 
Director (from 2024)
AUB Group Limited – Non-executive Director (from 2024)
DEXUS Property Group – Non-executive Director (2011-2022)
DEXUS Wholesale Property Fund – Non-executive Director 
(2011-2022)
OZ Minerals Limited – Non-executive Director (from 2017-2023)
Other directorships/appointments 
The University of Queensland – Deputy Chancellor and Senate 
Member
Sir John Monash Foundation – Director
Australian Institute of Company Directors, Queensland Council 
– Council Member
Board of Directors

GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE
52
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
53
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Mauro Neves
BEng, MSBA, GAICD
CEO & MD
Mauro was appointed as Chief 
Executive Officer and Managing 
Director on 22 January 2024.
Committee memberships
Member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community 
Committee
Skills and experience
Mauro is a global executive with 30 years’ industry experience 
across the resources and logistics sectors. A mechanical 
engineer with dual Brazilian Australian citizenship, Mauro has 
a track record of driving operational and strategic business 
performance for some of the world’s biggest mining companies. 
Prior to his appointment at IPL, Mauro held a number of 
executive and leadership roles including as Asset President at 
BHP, Executive Vice President – Commercial and Marketing at 
Aurizon Holdings Limited and Global Coal Director at Vale S.A.
Paul Victor 
BCompt (Hons), CA (SA), 
International Tax Law (Hons)
Chief Financial Officer
Paul commenced as Chief Financial 
Officer on 1 July 2022. Paul brings 
more than 30 years international 
experience, including working in a multinational company. 
He has a wealth of experience across regional, divisional, 
enterprise and Group CFO roles, working across functions 
including finance, treasury, tax, financial planning and analysis, 
control, M&A, investor relations and IT functions. Prior to his 
appointment as Chief Financial Officer at IPL, Paul gained 
invaluable experience during his ten-year tenure at Sasol, where 
he was Acting CFO, Group Financial Controller and CFO of 
Sasol Synfuels, a subsidiary of Sasol Limited. Paul was also the 
Financial Manager for Harmony Gold Mining for four years. Paul 
is a qualified Chartered Accountant and is also recognised by 
the Australian Chartered Accountant Board as a practising CA in 
Australia. He completed his articles at PriceWaterhouseCoopers  
in 1996.
Greg Hayne 
BCom, MBA, MAICD
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Greg was appointed President, 
Dyno Nobel Americas on 1 
October 2024. Greg is a senior 
executive with 30 years’ experience 
in international business development, strategy, finance, 
people leadership and general management. Greg has held 
numerous senior leadership positions within the IPL Group, 
most recently as President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific from 2018-
2024. He has also held the roles of Senior Vice President, Retail 
Sales & Operations for Dyno Nobel Americas, and Vice President, 
International Operations, Vice President South East Asia, and 
Vice President, Marketing for DNAP.
Scott Bowman
BCom
President, Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers
Scott was appointed President  
of Incitec Pivot Fertilisers on  
1 June 2024. During his 20-year 
tenure at Incitec Pivot Limited, Scott has excelled in various 
senior leadership positions, spanning fertiliser and chemical 
manufacturing and distribution, global supply chains, 
international commodity trading, strategy development and 
customer engagement. His extensive international and local 
experience has enabled him to successfully negotiate and 
execute major, long-term commercial supply and trading 
agreements. Scott is committed to fostering diverse teams, 
enhancing safety, and achieving financial excellence, with  
 a keen focus on safety, delivering customer value and 
operational efficiency.
Executive Leadership Team
Tanya Rybarczyk 
BCom, CA, GAICD
President, Dyno Nobel Asia 
Pacific
Tanya has been appointed 
President, Dyno Nobel Asia 
Pacific (DNAP) and will officially 
commence in the role on 3 February 2025.
Tanya joins DNAP after a 20-year career with Wesfarmers where 
she has held several senior executive roles, most recently as 
General Manager, Kleenheat (2021 – 2024), and previously as 
General Manager of CSBP Fertilisers (2018 – 2021) and Chief 
Financial Officer of Wesfarmers Chemicals, Energy & Fertilisers 
(2011 – 2018). 
During her tenure at Wesfarmers, Tanya has gained experience 
in strategy, finance, business development, investor relations, 
people leadership, and operations across a range of relevant 
industries including energy, fertilisers, chemicals, transport 
and mining. Prior to Wesfarmers, Tanya worked at EY. Tanya is 
a qualified Chartered Accountant, a Graduate of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors, and is also a board member of 
the West Australian Ballet.
Braden Lusk 
PhD, P.E.
Chief Technology &  
Marketing Officer
Braden commenced as Chief 
Technology & Marketing Officer 
on 1 October 2024. Braden has 
been with IPL’s Dyno Nobel 
Americas business since 2018 and prior to being appointed 
Chief Technology & Marketing Officer served as President, Dyno 
Nobel Americas and Senior Vice President Corporate Accounts 
and Tech Services.
Braden has more than 25 years' experience in the mining and 
explosives industry and has a combination of practical on-site 
skills, including working as a mine supervisor, international 
consultant, and trainer, along with extensive academic 
experience. Prior to joining Dyno Nobel, Braden was Chair 
of Mining and Nuclear Engineering at Missouri University of 
Science and Technology where he had previously earned a 
PhD in mining engineering, with an emphasis in explosives 
engineering. As a professor with the University of Kentucky 
Department of Mining Engineering, he worked to build its 
credibility as a world class institution in the field of explosives, 
founding its Explosives Research Team.
Sunil Salhotra 
BCom, MBA
Chief Development & 
Sustainability Officer 
Sunil commenced as Chief 
Development & Sustainability 
Officer on 1 June 2024. He has 
been with IPL since 2021, previously holding the role of Chief 
Strategy & Sustainability Officer. With more than 30 years 
international experience, Sunil has worked across a range 
of industries including energy and resources, oil and gas, 
telecommunications and management consulting for leading 
private and listed companies across Australia and Asia.
Prior to joining IPL, Sunil held a number of executive and 
strategy leadership roles including as Chief Executive of 
Pangaea Resources, Group Executive Strategy and Planning at 
Santos, and Vice President, Planning & Regional Development  
at Unocal South ASEAN.
Tatiana Rudometova
LLB Hons, BA (Hons)
Chief Legal & Corporate Affairs 
Officer
Tatiana was appointed as Chief 
Legal & Corporate Affairs Officer 
at IPL on 1 June 2024. Tatiana has 
over ten years of senior leadership experience at IPL, including 
as Group General Counsel, Vice President Legal for IPF, Senior 
Corporate Counsel and Senior Legal Counsel for DNAP, advising 
the business on key projects and strategic initiatives. Tatiana 
is a senior legal professional with over 15 years’ experience in 
commercial law. Prior to joining IPL, Tatiana was a mergers and 
acquisitions and equity capital markets lawyer at King & Wood 
Mallesons.
Stephenie De Nichilo
BEng(Mech)(Hons), MBA
Chief HSE & Operations 
Excellence Officer
Stephenie was appointed Chief 
HSE & Operations Excellence 
Officer on 13 December 2021 and 
has over 25 years’ experience in manufacturing, mining and oil 
and gas industries. Stephenie commenced with IPL in 2018 as 
the Group’s Vice President of Corporate HSE and most recently, 
was IPL’s Vice President Global Asset Management, Technology 
& HSE. Before joining IPL, Stephenie spent 16 years at Santos 
where she held a number of senior leadership positions which 
required the development and operationalisation of strategic 
business plans in the fields of Maintenance, Reliability, Asset 
Management, Operations Management for Onshore and 
Offshore Hazardous Facilities and Corporate Health and Safety.
Robert Rounsley
MSc (Chem), BSc (Hons) (Chem), MBA
Chief Growth Officer
Rob commenced as Chief Growth 
Officer on 1 October 2024. Rob has 
held a number of senior leadership 
roles within IPL including Chief 
Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Technology 
and Marketing. Rob has invested 25 years in R&D, product 
management, marketing, and technology across IPL globally 
and is an internationally recognised explosives expert, 
understanding the complex challenges customers face globally.
Rob Mill 
Psychologist (Psychology Board of 
Australia), BSc Honours (Physiol. & 
Psych.), BAppSc (Physiol. & Psych.)
Chief People Officer
Rob was appointed as Chief People 
Officer on 2 December 2021. Rob 
has more than 20 years of experience in senior human resources 
and psychology roles including with BHP and over a decade 
with Rio Tinto. He joined IPL in 2018 and prior to commencing 
as IPL’s Chief People Officer, he was the Vice President of Human 
Resources for DNAP, IPF, Australian Manufacturing and the 
Global Technology Group. Rob is a Registered Psychologist 
with the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency’s 
Psychology Board of Australia and has held roles within the 
Organisational Psychology Unit of Queensland Rail and as a 
Senior Psychologist in management consulting.

FINANCIAL AND STATUTORY REPORTS
FINANCIAL AND STATUTORY REPORTS
54
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
55
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Our strong underlying  
FY24 result reflects  
material progress on  
our strategic objectives.
Financial and 
Statutory  
Reports

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
56
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
57
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Directors’ Report
(1)	 Reflects the number of additional formal Board meetings attended by each director during the financial year, and includes attendance at Board Sub-Committee meetings where any two 
directors are required to form a quorum.
(2)	 ‘Held’ indicates the number of meetings held during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(3)	  ‘Attended’ indicates the number of meetings attended by a director. A director is deemed to have attended a meeting if they were present for more than half of the duration of the meeting.
(4)	 In addition to the Board and Committee meetings held during the year, directors attended site visits at Salt Lake City (Utah, US), Cheynne (Wyoming, US), Louisiana (Missouri, US), Soma (Türkiye), 
Ankara (Türkiye) and Vonges (France).
(5)	 Mr Robinson commenced as Board Chair on 11 November 2023.
(6)	 Mr Brook was an apology for two additional meetings that were convened at short notice. Whilst Mr Brook was an apology for these meetings, he discussed and provided input to the Chair and 
Management prior to these meetings.
(7)	 Mr Ho was an apology for a Board meeting due to a pre-existing commitment.
(8)	 Ms Hick commenced as a director and as a Member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee on 1 September 2024.
(9)	 Mr Neves commenced as CEO & Managing Director and as a member of the Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee on 22 January 2024.
(10)	Mr Biltz retired as a director on 20 December 2023.
(11)	Mr Kruger ceased as Board Chair and Non-executive Director on 11 November 2023.
(12)	Dr Liu resigned as a director on 31 May 2024.
The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company or IPL) present their report together with the financial report of the Company  
and its controlled entities (the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2024 and the auditor’s report.
The following sections of the Annual Report form part of, and are to be read in conjunction with, this Directors’ Report:
	» Board of Directors
	» Operating and Financial Review (OFR)
	» Remuneration Report
	» Auditor’s Independence Declaration
Directors
Particulars of the qualifications, other directorships, experience and special responsibilities of each Director as at the date of this report are 
set out in the Board of Directors section. 
During the financial year, the following changes to the composition of the Board of Directors occurred:
	» Mr B Kruger ceased as Board Chair and director on 11 November 2023
	» Mr G Biltz ceased as a director on 20 December 2023
	» Dr X Liu ceased as a director on 31 May 2024
	» Mr M Neves commenced as CEO & Managing Director on 22 January 2024
	» Ms F Hick commenced as a director on 1 September 2024.
Directors’ meetings
The number of Board and Board Committee meetings attended by each of the directors of the Company during the financial year  
are listed below:
Board
Audit and Risk 
Management 
Committee
People and 
Remuneration 
Committee
Nominations 
Committee
Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Community 
Committee
Additional  
Meetings(1) 
Director – Current(2)(3)(4)
Held
Attended
Held
Attended
Held
Attended
Held
Attended
Held
Attended
Held
Attended
G Robinson(5) 
8
8
5
5
6
6
2
2
4
4
9
9
B Brook(6) 
8
8
5
5
6
6
2
2
–
2
8
6
T Dwyer
8
8
5
5
6
6
2
2
–
4
7
7
M Carroll
8
8
– 
5
–
4
–
2
4
4
6
6
J Ho(7) 
8
7
– 
–
–
3
– 
–
– 
– 
6
6
F Hick(8) 
1
1
– 
1
–
1
–
1
–
– 
–
– 
M Neves(9) 
6
6
– 
4
– 
3
–
–
3
3
6
5
Former:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
G Biltz(10) 
2
2
– 
1
–
1
–
– 
1
1
2
2
B Kruger(11) 
1
1
– 
1
–
1
–
–
1
0
1
1
X Liu(12) 
5
5
3
3
–
3
–
1
3
3
5
5
Chair        
Member
Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interests of each director in the share capital of 
the Company as at the date of this report is disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report. 
Company Secretary
Ms Richa Puri was appointed to the role of Company Secretary on 
8 August 2019. Ms Puri (LLB (Hons), B. Com (Accounting), FGIA, 
GAICD) is a corporate lawyer and governance adviser with over 
15 years relevant professional experience. She has practiced as a 
lawyer for legal firms in Australia and has experience in providing 
in-house legal, governance and company secretarial advice to ASX 
listed companies. 
Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the course of the 
financial year were the manufacture and distribution of industrial 
explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers, and the provision of 
related services. No significant changes have occurred in the nature 
of these activities during the financial year. 
Dividends
Dividends since IPL’s 2023 Annual Report:
Dividend type
Dividend 
per share
Total 
amount 
$mill
Franked 
percentage
Date of 
payment
Paid during the financial year
2023 final dividend
5.0 cents
97.1
100% 
unfranked
19 Dec 2023
2024 special dividend
10.2 cents
197.5
100% 
unfranked
8 Feb 2024
2024 interim dividend 
4.3 cents
83.6
100% 
unfranked
4 Jul 2024
To be paid after end of the financial year
2024 final dividend
6.3 cents 119.2m(1)
100% 
unfranked
 18 Dec 2024 
(1)  Based on number of shares on issue at 30 September 2024.
Review and results of operations
A review of the operations of the Company during the financial 
year, the results of those operations and the Company’s financial 
position is contained in the OFR. 
Significant changes in the state  
of affairs 
There have been no significant changes to the Group’s state of 
affairs during the financial year other than as noted in the OFR.
On 1 December 2023, IPL completed the sale of its ammonia 
manufacturing facility located in Waggaman, Louisiana (WALA)  
for a total value of $2.3b. 
The Group also secured a 25-year ammonia supply agreement 
from WALA for up to 200,000 short tonnes of ammonia per annum 
at estimated producer cost to support the Dyno Nobel Americas 
(DNA) explosives business. 
As a result of the agreement, IPL retains access to approximately 
25% of the equivalent WALA volumes and the associated financial 
and strategic benefits. 
The supply agreement has been assigned a value of $454m which 
offset part of the proceeds, resulting in net cash proceeds of $1.8b 
after transaction costs. The Group recorded a gain on sale (after 
tax) of $123.8m which included a gain of $254.1m relating to the 
release of the foreign currency translation reserve as required by 
Australian Accounting Standards.
On 8 February 2024, the Company returned ~$500m of surplus 
capital to shareholders. The cash distribution of 25.7 cents per 
share was in the form of a 15.6 cents per share capital reduction, 
totalling $302.4m and an unfranked special dividend of 10.2 cents 
per share, totalling $197.5m.
Additionally, the Group bought back shares valued at ~$149m as 
part of the planned $900m on-market share buyback program. 
The Group remains committed to executing the remainder of the 
program and has sufficient cash reserves and committed bank 
facilities to complete the buyback.
On 10 July 2024, IPL announced that it had ceased previous 
negotiations for the sale of its Fertilisers business. IPL continues 
to manage the Dyno Nobel and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers separately, 
whilst options are assessed for the structural separation of the two 
businesses. There has been no impact on the financial statements 
for financial year 2024 other than the costs incurred to date which 
have been classified as an individually material item and disclosed 
in the notes to the financial statements.
Events subsequent to reporting date
On 11 November 2024, IPL announced a final dividend of  
6.3 cents per share unfranked, to be paid on 18 December 2024.  
The record date for entitlement to this dividend is 4 December 
2024. Based on the number of shares on issue at 30 September 
2024, the total dividend payment will be $119.2m. 
Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have not 
become aware of any other significant matter or circumstance 
that has arisen since the end of the financial year, that has affected 
or may affect the operations of the Group, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent years, 
which has not been covered in this report.
Likely developments
The OFR contains information on the Company’s 2024 financial 
performance and prospects for future financial years, and refers to 
likely developments in the Company’s operations and the expected 
results of these operations in future financial years. Information 
on likely developments in the Company’s operations for future 
financial years and the expected results of those operations 
together with details that could give rise to material detriment 
to the Company (for example, information that is commercially 
sensitive, confidential or could give a third party a commercial 
advantage) have not been included in this report where the 
directors believe it would likely result in unreasonable prejudice  
to the Company. 
Environmental regulation and 
performance 
The operations of the Group are subject to environmental 
regulation under the jurisdiction of the countries in which those 
operations are conducted including Australia, US, Mexico, Chile, 
Canada, Indonesia, Papua New Guinea, Turkey and France. The 
Group is committed to complying with environmental legislation, 
regulations, standards and licences relevant to its operations. 
The environmental laws and regulations generally address certain 
aspects and potential impacts of the Group’s activities in relation to, 
among other things, air and noise quality, soil, water, biodiversity 
and wildlife. The Group operates under a Global Health, Safety and 
Environment Management System which sets out guidelines on 
the Group’s approach to environmental management, including a 
requirement for sites to undertake environmental risk assessments 
identifying controls for our significant risks and developing and 
implementing improvements plans. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
58
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
59
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
In certain jurisdictions, the Group holds licences for some of 
its operations and activities from the relevant environmental 
regulator. The Group Environmental Licence Compliance Procedure 
requires sites with permits or licences to set up actions to maintain 
compliance, the completion of which are tracked monthly at 
Business Unit and Group levels. The Group also reports statutory 
non-compliances as required.
Measurement of the Group’s environmental performance, including 
determination of areas of focus and assessment of projects to be 
undertaken, is based not only on the actual impact of incidents, 
but also upon the potential consequence, consistent with IPL’s  
risk-based focus.
During the year, the Group has continued to focus on licence 
compliance and identification and mitigation of environmental 
risks. Compliance and remediation works have progressed at 
several sites in Australia and the US.
Good environmental performance was achieved with zero 
Significant (consequence category 5+) Environmental Incidents 
reported in the 2024 financial year. The continued focus on 
identifying our environmental regulatory obligations and  
the development of appropriate compliance activities with  
regular tracking of performance of action completions have  
led to this result.
This year a pilot environmental assurance program has been 
carried out at six sites across the different business units as a  
self-verification activity. Preliminary conclusions are that there  
is good compliance with IPL’s Environmental Standard and 
associated procedures. 
This financial year, one penalty of US$5,000 was received for a non-
compliance at DNA’s Ormstown, Quebec facility. During a routine 
internal permit review, it was discovered that the site’s open burn 
permit had expired. A voluntary notification was made to Quebec 
Ministry of Environment and a new application was submitted. The 
Ministry issued a US$5,000 penalty. The application was submitted, 
and the Ministry issued the new open burn permit.
The remaining tasks of the 2020 USEPA Consent Decree related  
to Carthage and Louisiana (Missouri) have been completed. 
A three-year period of compliance with existing permits and 
regulations now takes effect and continues for three years before 
a request for termination of the Consent Decree can be submitted. 
An exceedance of a water discharge permit criteria was identified 
and reported to the Missouri Department of Natural Resources 
(MDNR) on 30 August 2024 who accepted the site’s response to  
the investigation of the exceedance. The EPA and US Department 
of Justice were also notified as per the Consent Decree.
Following a 2019 Notice of Potential Violation from the USEPA 
for our Cheyenne (Wyoming) facility, agreement was reached in 
FY23 on breaches of the Clean Air Act (CAA) and the Emergency 
Planning and Community Right to Know Act (EPCRA). Under the 
CAA a fine of US$394,906 and an Administrative Order on Consent 
(AOC) was agreed for process safety and mechanical integrity 
violations. The requirements of the AOC have all been completed 
and the fine paid in April 2024. 
At Gibson Island (Queensland), obligations and milestones 
under an Environmental Protection Order (EPO) and a separate 
Enforceable Undertaking (EU) (both issued in June 2023) were  
met during the year with several agreed modifications and regular  
engagement with the Department of Environment, Science and 
Innovation (DESI). These obligations are related to committed 
improvements to stormwater release quality and groundwater 
contamination and extend into FY25. An amendment to the site 
environmental licence set challenging stormwater discharge 
criteria in March 2024, and the site has significant projects 
underway to achieve compliance with these new licence 
conditions. For the site to implement these projects over a 
reasonable period, site management submitted a Transitional 
Environmental Program (TEP) which was approved by the  
regulator in September 2024. The TEP charts the site’s transition  
to compliance through to May 2026.
At Geelong, North Shore (Victoria) the Environment Protection 
Authority (EPA) issued three Notices in FY24 requiring the site to:
	» Revise the site’s Risk Management and Monitoring Program 
(RMMP). A revised RMMP was submitted and the Notice 
revoked on 3 October 2024.
	» Carry out an investigation on the potential risks to human 
health and the environment from tracking of materials in  
the vicinity of the site’s exit gates. This investigation report  
has been submitted with commitments to improve dust  
and tracking management.
	» Provide a plan detailing how the risk of harm from dust to 
nearby residents will be controlled. A plan was submitted  
prior to 31 October 2024.
Indemnities and insurance 
The Company’s Constitution provides that, to the extent permitted 
by law, the Company must indemnify any person who is, or has 
been, a director or secretary of the Company against any liability 
incurred by that person including any liability incurred as an officer 
of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company and legal costs 
incurred by that person in defending an action. 
The Constitution further provides that the Company may enter 
into an agreement with any current or former director or secretary 
or a person who is, or has been, an officer of the Company or a 
subsidiary of the Company to indemnify the person against such 
liabilities. 
In accordance with the Company’s Constitution, the Company 
has entered into Deeds of Access, Indemnity and Insurance with 
each director of the Company and certain officer’s and members 
of senior management. Pursuant to those deeds, the Company 
has paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring directors and 
officers of the Group against any liability for costs and expenses 
incurred by them in defending civil or criminal proceedings 
involving them as such officers, with some exceptions. The contract 
of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature of the liability 
insured against and the amount of the premium paid. 
Auditor independence and non-audit 
services
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu (Deloitte) was appointed as the 
Company’s external auditor at the 2011 Annual General Meeting 
and continues in office in accordance with section 327B(2) of  
the Corporations Act 2001. Ms Suzana Vlahovic was appointed 
as the Company’s lead audit partner commencing for the 2024 
financial year. 
The Group may decide to engage the auditor, Deloitte, for the 
provision of non-audit services, where such services are not 
in conflict with their role as auditor and their expertise and/or 
detailed experience with the Company may allow cost efficiencies 
for the work. 
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with 
advice received by the Audit and Risk Management Committee, is 
satisfied that the provision of non-audit services during the year by 
Deloitte is compatible with the general standard of independence 
for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 and does not 
compromise the external auditor’s independence. 
The Board also notes: 
	» the engagements for all non-audit services provided by 
Deloitte were reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer, and 
where relevant, approved by the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, in accordance with the Committee’s Charter and 
the Company’s policy on the engagement of the external 
auditor for the provision of non-audit services to ensure they 
do not impact the integrity and objectivity of the auditor; and 
	» the non-audit services provided by Deloitte did not undermine 
the general principles relating to auditor independence as set 
out in APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants,  
as they did not involve reviewing or auditing the auditor’s own 
work, acting in a management or decision making capacity 
for the Group, acting as an advocate for the Group or jointly 
sharing economic risks or rewards. 
Deloitte provided non-audit services to the amount of $568k  
during the year ended 30 September 2024 (refer to note 24  
to the financial statements). 
The lead auditor has provided a written declaration that no 
professional engagement for the Group has been carried out 
during the year that would impair Deloitte’s independence as 
auditor. A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is  
set out on page 82 and forms part of this report. 
Proceedings on behalf of IPL
No application has been made under section 237 of the 
Corporations Act 2001 in respect of IPL, and there are no 
proceedings that a person has brought or intervened in  
on behalf of IPL under that section. 
Rounding
As the Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations 
(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191,  
the amounts shown in this report and in the financial statements 
have been rounded off, except where otherwise stated, to the 
nearest one hundred thousand dollars. 
The Directors’ Report, which includes the OFR and the 
Remuneration Report, is signed in accordance with a resolution  
of the directors of IPL. 
Greg Robinson 
Board Chair
Mauro Neves  
CEO & Managing Director
11 November 2024

REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
60
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
61
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Introduction from the Chair of the People and Remuneration Committee
(1)	 Profit attributable to IPL members, including individual material items (-$310.9m).
(2)	 Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate.
Dear Shareholders,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration 
Report for FY24 which sets out the remuneration arrangements 
for the Executive Key Management Personnel (KMP) and the Non-
executive Directors.
Our approach
The Board’s objective is to ensure our remuneration framework 
provides a bridge between Group and individual performance and 
the creation of shareholder value, whilst supporting alignment 
with our other key stakeholders. 
We measure performance using targets that align to IPL’s values, 
long-term strategy and metrics, shorter term financial targets and 
relevant individual goals. 
Financial Year 2024 in review
FY24 saw the continuation of our multiyear strategic repositioning 
of the Group to focus on our world leading global explosives 
business – Dyno Nobel. Following the closure of the Gibson Island 
ammonia manufacturing facility in January 2023 and the sale of 
our Waggaman, Louisiana (WALA) facility in December 2023, efforts 
were focused on continuing the process of structural separation 
of the Australian Fertilisers business, and improving commercial 
outcomes in our explosives business.
In January we welcomed our new CEO & Managing Director  
(CEO & MD), Mr Mauro Neves, and under his leadership, the 
Executive Leadership Team commenced work in earnest on a 
business transformation program to drive operational efficiency 
and profitability in the Group. We launched a refreshed strategy in 
September focused on delivering long-term value creation and  
our plan to become the leading global explosives business.
Whilst FY24 statutory financial results reflected the impact of the 
significant restructuring of our business portfolio(1), underlying 
earnings performance was strong across the Group led by the Dyno 
Nobel business with Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) achieving 
record EBIT, up 36% on the previous year and Dyno Nobel Americas 
(DNA) up 6% on last year. The earnings contribution from the 
Australian Fertilisers business, EBIT down 10%, was impacted by 
unplanned plant outages at Phosphate Hill in the first half but the 
distribution business delivered a record year. Pleasingly, the second 
half was stronger than the first reflecting both market conditions, 
but also the early impacts of our business transformation program. 
Climate change initiatives delivered strong results with the tertiary 
nitrous oxide (N2O) abatement at the nitric acid plant at Moranbah 
now operational (7% reduction) and the abatement at Louisiana, 
Missouri (LOMO) (19% reduction) on track for installation in 2025.
In February, we tragically lost an IPL employee in a car accident 
on a public road in Australia. Her death has reinforced our focus 
on risk management across all our sites globally. In other respects, 
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) outcomes for the year were 
mixed. TRIFR(2) increased this year with a Group TRIFR of 1.08 in 
FY24 above the target of 0.80 and there was an increase in Tier 
1 and Tier 2 incidents compared to FY23. This was balanced by 
being able to sustain our excellent environmental performance 
across the company, with Zero Significant Environmental Incidents. 
Nevertheless, in recognition of the loss of our colleague, the Board 
and management agreed that Executive KMP would forfeit the 
safety component of their Short Term Incentive (STI) for FY24. 
The termination of the Australian Fertilisers sale process in July 
triggered a review of the carrying value of the Australian Fertilisers 
business in the Group Balance sheet at the half year resulting in a 
non-cash impairment of $498m. A further write down of $393m 
has been recognised in the full year accounts. These write downs 
largely reflect the impact of the challenges in the Australian east 
coast gas market in relation to both price and certainty of supply.  
In view of the failure to complete this important strategic 
transaction, the Board and management team agreed to a 
moderation of Strategic Objective outcomes in the FY24 STI for all 
Executives, regardless of their involvement with the transaction 
(see below and section 2.3). The management team is now 
progressing the sale of the assets and operations individually with 
a view to maximising value. 
In the US, a sales process is underway in relation to our 
manufacturing facility at St Helens. The process triggered a review 
of the carrying value of that asset resulting in a $100m impairment.
The termination of the Australian Fertilisers sale process enabled 
the Group to commence the return of capital to shareholders. 
Of the $1.4bn commitment, we have returned $649m as at 30 
September by way of capital return, special dividend and share 
buyback.
The Board has declared a final dividend of 6.3c per share bringing 
the total ordinary dividends per share to 10.6c per share for the 
year in addition to the capital return.
Key Management Personnel changes in FY24
As mentioned above, in January 2024 Mr Neves commenced as 
CEO & MD. 
Mr Paul Victor served as Interim CEO until the appointment of 
Mr Neves before returning to his substantive position as Chief 
Financial Officer (CFO). In October, we announced that Mr Victor 
will leave the Company in February 2025. The Board wishes to 
thank Mr Victor for his strong contribution to IPL both as CFO  
and as Interim CEO. Mr Scott Bowman was appointed President, 
IPF with effect from 1 June 2024. Prior to this time Mr Bowman had 
served as Interim President, IPF.
Mr Brian Kruger, Mr George Biltz and Dr Xiaoling Liu ceased as  
Non-executive Directors during the year. Ms Fiona Hick was 
appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director with effect 
from 1 September 2024.
Remuneration Framework changes in FY24
On the appointment of Mr Neves as CEO & MD, the Board took the 
opportunity to review the Executive Remuneration Framework for 
the Group to more strongly align remuneration arrangements with 
the creation of long-term shareholder value, and, in particular, align 
with the achievement of stretch outcomes over the coming three 
year period through the business transformation program. 
The CEO & MD’s remuneration package was restructured. Fixed 
annual remuneration (FAR) and STI opportunity were decreased 
compared to the previous incumbent and the CEO’s long-term 
incentive (LTI) grant opportunity was increased to 200% to further 
align to longer-term shareholder returns. 
Following extensive consultation with shareholders and proxy 
advisers in October/November 2023 and as discussed at our 
Annual General Meeting in December 2023, the LTI program for 
the 2023/26 grant consists of both a grant of Performance (Rights) 
and a one-off grant of Share Options (Options) aligned to the 
achievement of stretching, shareholder value aligned Absolute 
Total Shareholder Return (Absolute TSR) targets (see section 4). 
The grant under the LTI 2023/26 will be made to the CEO & MD 
following approval by shareholders at the upcoming 2024 Annual 
General Meeting.
The measures for the Rights have also been simplified from 
previous years and will vest depending upon the achievement 
of Relative Total Shareholder Return (Relative TSR) and Return on 
Invested Capital (ROIC) performance measures. 
To align with the restructuring of the CEO’s remuneration package, 
the LTI opportunity for Executives was increased from 80% to 120% 
FAR in the LTI 2023/26 plan and their STI opportunity at target will 
be decreased from 60% to 50% FAR with effect from FY25.
Finally, KMPs other than the CEO & MD received a FAR increase  
of 3.2% as of 1 January 2024. 
Board fees did not change in FY24. 
FY24 outcomes under IPL’s Incentive Plans
Short-term incentive
The CEO & MD achieved an STI outcome of 72% of his maximum 
opportunity and the average Executive KMP STI outcome was 63% 
of maximum.
At Group level, Headline NPAT (excluding IMIs) was achieved at 
stretch levels and Adjusted NPAT (excluding IMIs and adjusted for 
currency and commodity prices) was achieved at between target 
and stretch. 
Strong financial performance in the DNAP business resulted in an 
Adjusted underlying EBIT outcome of stretch being achieved for 
the President DNAP. Adjusted EBIT was slightly above target for 
DNA and did not reach threshold levels for IPF.
Continuing progress on Climate Change measures and positive 
performance against strategic initiatives including measures linked 
to our business transformation program, resulted in outcomes 
ranging from below target to between target and stretch for these 
measures. As mentioned above, overall STI outcomes for KMP 
reflect a zero outcome for HSE performance and a moderation of 
10 basis points against Strategic Objective outcomes to reflect the 
termination of the Australian Fertilisers sales process. 
Section 2.1 outlines additional information on the Company’s FY24 
performance and resulting outcomes are provided in section 2.3 of 
this report. 
Long-term incentive
The four metrics for the LTI 2021/24 plan were Relative TSR, ROIC, 
Long-Term Value Metrics (LTVM) and Sustainability. Of the 60% of 
Rights linked to non-TSR performance conditions, 20% will vest (see 
section 2.5). The Relative TSR condition will be tested following IPL’s 
full year results in November 2024 and the final vesting outcome 
will be reported at the AGM and in the 2025 Remuneration Report. 
We anticipate an overall level of vesting between 20% and 50%.
For the LTI 2020/23 plan the testing of performance period for  
the Relative TSR condition occurred in November 2023, 88.5%  
of performance rights vested (see section 2.4). 
FY25 remuneration framework and KMP changes
The CEO & MD will receive a FAR increase of 8%, resulting in a new 
FAR of $1.35m, effective January 2025. The FAR increase reflects his 
strong performance in the role since commencement. Mr Hayne 
also received a FAR increase to reflect his new role as President, 
DNA (see section 5 for further details). No other Executive KMP 
received a FAR increase.
As mentioned above, in FY25 the target and maximum STI 
opportunity for KMP, other than the CEO & MD, will be reduced 
from 60% FAR (at target) and 120% FAR (at maximum) to 50% FAR 
(at target) and 100% FAR (at maximum). This change reflects the 
increased weighting towards the LTI for Executive KMP (120% FAR). 
The FY25 STI target and maximum opportunity for the CEO & MD 
will remain at the same level.
The Board has also reviewed the arrangements for STI deferral. 
With effect from FY25, 50% of STI awards for the CEO & MD and 
25% for other Executives will be deferred for a minimum period 
of 12 months, amending the previous practice where STI was 
paid entirely in cash once an executive met their Minimum 
Shareholding Requirement (MSR). In addition, the MSR has been 
increased to 100% of FAR for Executives other than the CEO & MD, 
whose MSR is set at 200% FAR. For further information on the FY25 
remuneration framework (see section 5).
Following the one-off grant of Options in the LTI 2023/26, the LTI 
2024/27 scheme will revert to a grant of Rights only. The Board 
reviewed the performance measures for the LTI 2024/27 and 
resolved to amend the measures to reflect equal weightings 
to Relative TSR and Absolute TSR, rewarding participants for 
delivering improved performance relative to ASX100 peers as 
well as in absolute shareholder return terms. Whilst improving 
ROIC will remain an important target for the Group, the Board 
felt that the extent of adjustments necessary to this measure as a 
consequence of the material movements in the Group’s assets over 
the coming period, would require considerable judgement, making 
this measure less transparent than Relative TSR and Absolute TSR 
in the short term. Further, the Board believes that improved ROIC 
will be needed to achieve the Absolute TSR targets. The Board 
will consider the reintroduction of a ROIC component to the LTI 
program following the completion of the disposal of the business 
and assets of the Australian Fertilisers business (see section 5).
Following an internal reorganisation of the Executive Leadership 
Team, with effect from 1 October 2024, Mr Greg Hayne has 
assumed the role of President – Dyno Nobel Americas and  
Dr Braden Lusk has assumed the role of Chief Technology and 
Marketing Officer and will no longer be a KMP. In October, we 
announced that Ms Tanya Rybarczyk will join the Company in  
early 2025 as President, DNAP. 
As mentioned above, Mr Victor will leave IPL on 15 February 2025. 
Mr Victor will receive his contractual entitlements up to that date 
including a payment equivalent to 6 months FAR on cessation of 
employment. His outstanding LTI awards will be prorated to 15 
February 2025 and will remain on foot to be tested in the ordinary 
course. He will not participate in FY25 STI or LTI 2024/27 plans.  
We anticipate announcing Mr Victor’s replacement in early 2025.
In FY25, the Chair has agreed to reduce his fee by 6% and  
fees for Non-executive Directors will move to a composite fee 
reflecting the practice of most directors to attend all Committee 
meetings. The change to these arrangements will result in the  
total fees paid to directors being broadly equivalent on an 
annualised basis. 
Thank you for your ongoing support of IPL and of our remuneration 
practices.
Tonianne Dwyer 
Chair, People and Remuneration Committee 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
62
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
63
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
1. Introduction and Remuneration 
     Report Summary
The Directors of IPL present the Remuneration Report prepared in 
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for the Company 
for the year ended 30 September 2024. This Remuneration Report 
is audited.
This Remuneration Report sets out remuneration information for 
KMP who had authority and responsibility for planning, directing 
and controlling the activities of the Company during the 2024 
financial year, being each of the Non-executive Directors and 
designated Executives. The use of the term “Executives” in this 
report is a reference to the CEO & MD and certain direct reports 
during the 2024 financial year. Refer to Table 1 below for all 
individuals comprising IPL’s KMP for the 2024 financial year.  
All KMP held their positions for the entirety of the 2024 financial 
year, unless noted otherwise.
Table 1 – Individuals forming IPL’s KMP for the 2024 reporting 
period
Non-executive Directors
Current
Mr Gregory Robinson(1)
Chair and Independent Non-executive Director
Mr Bruce Brook
Independent, Non-executive Director
Mr Michael Carroll
Independent, Non-executive Director
Ms Tonianne Dwyer 
Independent, Non-executive Director
Ms Fiona Hick(2)
Independent, Non-executive Director
Mr John Ho
Non-Independent, Non-executive Director
Former
Mr Brian Kruger(3) 
Chair and Independent, Non-executive Director
Mr George Biltz(4) 
Independent, Non-executive Director
Dr Xiaoling Liu(5)
Independent, Non-executive Director
Executives
Current
Mr Mauro Neves(6) 
CEO and Managing Director
Mr Paul Victor(7)
Chief Financial Officer
Mr Greg Hayne(8)
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
Dr Braden Lusk(9)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Mr Scott Bowman(10)
President, IPF
(1)  	 Mr Robinson was appointed as Chair of the Board with effect from 11 November 2023.
(2)	 Ms Hick was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 1 
September 2024.
(3)	 Mr Kruger ceased as Chair and Non-executive Director on 11 November 2023.
(4)	 Mr Biltz ceased as a Non-executive Director on 19 December 2023.
(5)	 Dr Liu ceased as a Non-executive Director on 31 May 2024.
(6)	 Mr Neves was appointed as CEO & MD with effect from 22 January 2024.
(7)	 Mr Victor ceased as Interim CEO with effect from 22 January 2024 and returned to his 
substantive role as CFO with effect from this date.
(8)	 Effective 1 October 2024, Mr Hayne will assume the role of President, Dyno Nobel 
Americas. 
(9)	 Effective 1 October 2024, Dr Lusk will assume the role of Chief Technology and Marketing 
Officer and will cease to be KMP from this date.
(10)	Mr Scott Bowman was appointed as President, IPF with effect from 1 June 2024.
A summary of the Company’s approach to Executive remuneration for the 2024 financial year, including performance conditions and their 
link to the overall remuneration strategy is set out below:
Our key remuneration principles
IPL’s remuneration strategy is designed to support the objectives of the business and to enable the Company to attract, retain and reward 
Executives of the requisite skill and calibre. The key principles of the Company’s remuneration strategy are to:
	» reward Executives for outcomes at both the Group and business unit level that create sustained value for shareholders;
	» require behaviours aligned to Company values, culture and code of conduct;
	» drive strong alignment with shareholder interests;
	» ensure the majority of Executive remuneration is ‘at risk’ and subject to demanding financial and non-financial performance objectives;
	» be globally competitive to attract and retain talent;
	» reward individual high performance and encourage a one team culture; and 
	» ensure the remuneration framework is equitable, transparent, simple to understand, communicate and implement.
Component
Purpose
Link to strategy and performance 
Fixed Annual 
Remuneration  
Salary and other 
benefits 
Refer section 4.2  
for further details
Reflects the accountabilities and expectations of the role
Attract, retain and motivate the right talent to deliver on  
IPL’s strategy. 
Benchmarked against relevant Australian and international 
peer companies of similar size and complexity. Future 
increases linked to individual performance and effectiveness 
whilst continuing to have regard to market relevance.
Short Term Incentive 
Annual incentive 
opportunity delivered 
in cash/restricted 
shares
Refer section 4.3  
for further details
Motivate and reward performance aligned to near term 
strategy and supports longer-term value creation
Is subject to achieving safety, financial, climate change and 
individual strategic objectives.
Safety performance recognizes our commitment to ‘Zero 
Harm for Everyone, Everywhere’.
The financial performance conditions are designed to 
support the financial direction of the Company (the 
achievement of which is intended to translate through to 
shareholder return) and are clearly defined and measurable.
Climate Change performance conditions are designed to 
align with the overall climate change strategy of the business. 
Key strategic and growth objectives targeted at delivering 
ongoing benefit to the Company.
Long Term Incentive  
Delivered through 
performance rights 
and a one-off grant  
of share options.
Refer section 4.4  
for more details
Support the delivery of outstanding long-term returns 
to shareholders and align Executive and stakeholder 
interests through share ownership
Performance conditions designed to encourage Executives 
to focus on the key performance drivers which underpin 
sustainable growth in shareholder value. 
Subject to three performance hurdles, measured over 3 years:
	» Performance Rights: Subject to Relative TSR (50%) and  
ROIC (50%)
	» Share Options: Subject to Absolute TSR (100%)
A one-off grant of share options to create strong shareholder 
alignment and reward performance over FY24 to FY26 
aligned to our transformaiton strategy.
Remuneration outcomes summary
FY24 STI
LTI (2020/23)
Payout
Results
CEO & MD:  
109.2% of target 
72.8% of maximum
Other KMP* (average): 
121.3% of target 
60.7% of maximum
Full details in section 2.3
RTSR: 100% vesting (40%)
ROIC: 100% vesting (40%)
LTVM: 42.5% vesting (8.5%)
88.5% of total LTI vested
Announced at 2023 AGM. Full details  
in section 2.4
LTI (2021/24)
Forecast payout
RTSR: Forecast 0% – 30%
ROIC: 0% vesting (0%)
LTVM: 66.6% vesting (10%)
Sustainability: 100% vesting (10%)
20% – 50% of total LTI
*Includes Paul Victor’s STI outcome as CFO only
1.	Introduction and Remuneration Report Summary. .  .  .  . . . . .   62
2.	Remuneration Outcomes in 2024 Financial Year  
	
relative to the 2024 Financial Year Performance. .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . .   64
2.1  Analysis of relationship between the Company’s 
	
 performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration. .  . .  64
2.2  2024 Fixed annual remuneration changes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . .  64
2.3  2024 STI outcomes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
2.4  LTI 2020/23 outcomes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
2.5	 LTI 2021/24 outcomes. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
2.6  Remuneration arrangement for new CEO & MD 
	
 and President, IPF. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
2.7 Impact of capital return . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
3. 	Executive Remuneration and Governance. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
3.1  Executive remuneration strategy. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
3.2  Executive remuneration governance. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
4.	2024 Executive Remuneration Framework . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . .   70
4.1  Overview . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
4.2  Fixed annual remuneration. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
4.3  Short-term incentive – key terms. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
4.4  Long-term incentive – key terms. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
4.5  Executive service agreement terms. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
4.6  Performance related remuneration. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
4.7  Further details of Executive remuneration. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . .  77
5. 	Overview of Remuneration  
	
Changes for the 2025 Financial Year. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   78
6. 	Non-executive Director Remuneration. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   79
7. 	Shareholdings in IPL . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
8. 	Other KMP Disclosures. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
Remuneration 
Report 
Contents

2.	 Remuneration Outcomes in 2024 Financial Year relative to the 2024  
	
 Financial Year Performance
2.1 Analysis of relationship between the Company’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration
The table below summarises key financial indicators of the performance of the Company and relevant shareholder returns over the current 
financial year and the preceding four financial years.
Table 2 – Indices relevant to the Board’s assessment of the Company’s performance and the benefit to shareholders
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
NPAT before IMIs and excluding non-controlling interests ($m)
188.2
358.6
1,027.1
582.1
400.8
EPS before IMIs (cents)
10.9
18.5
52.9
30.0
20.7
Share price ($) (Financial Year End)(1)
2.03
2.94
3.51
3.14
3.11
TSR (%) over 3 years(2) 
(37)
(25)
24 
61
–
ROIC (including goodwill) (%)(3)
4.3
7.7
12.4
6.1
6.3
Dividends per share (DPS) paid in the financial year (cents)
3.4
1.0
18.3
27.0
19.5
DPS declared in respect of the financial year (cents)
–
9.3
27.0
15.0
10.6
On-market share buyback ($m)
 –
–
–
–
149.0
Capital return to shareholders of Incitec Pivot Limited ($m)(4)
 –
 –
 –
 –
500.0
Equity Raising (net of cost) ($m)
645.5
–
–
–
–
(1)	 Share Price as at the end of the 2019 financial year was $3.3406.
(2)	 TSR is calculated in accordance with the rules of the LTI 2020/23, LTI 2021/24 and LTI 2022/25 as been applicable over the three-year performance period, having regard to the volume weighted 
average price (VWAP) of the shares over the 5 business days immediately following the day that IPL’s annual results are released in November. The TSR for LTI 2021/24 was not known at the  
time of printing and will be disclosed in next year’s report.
(3)	 Current year ROIC % excludes WALA. ROIC for the previous 4 financial years has also been restated to exclude WALA.
(4)	 Following the sale of WALA, IPL returned approximately $500m to shareholders via a pro-rata capital return including a share capital reduction of $302m and an unfranked special dividend  
of $198m.
0
2
4
6
8
10
2024
2023*
2022*
2021*
2020*
Total STI awarded
NPAT before IMIs and excluding non-controlling interests
$mill
$mill
Total STI awarded
NPAT before IMIs and excluding 
non-controlling interests
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
0
20
40
60
80
100
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
%
IPL Percentile Ranking in ASX 100
LTI Vesting
Estimated vesting range
LTI Vesting %, ASX 100 Percentile Ranking
Group performance and STI outcomes
Relationship between the Company’s performance and 
Executive KMP STI outcomes
The below graph shows the relationship between the Company’s 
performance and STI awards for Executive KMP in respect of 
the year. For the 2024 financial year, Group NPAT (before IMIs 
and excluding non-controlling interests) decreased by 31.1% 
to $400.8m. The financial gate for the STI opened as outlined 
in section 4.3 of this report, resulting in Executives earning on 
average, 63.2% of Maximum 2024 STI awards.
Relationship between the Company’s performance and 
Executive KMP LTI outcomes
The below graph shows the relationship between IPL’s TSR percentile 
ranking relative to its S&P/ASX 100 peer group over the three years 
that each plan operated, and the overall LTI vesting percentage 
that occurred for each plan. The LTI 2020/23 that vested in the 2024 
financial year delivered 88.5% of total opportunity available for that 
plan. The LTI 2021/24 outcomes will be outlined in next year’s report 
(refer to footnote (2) under Table 2 above).
2.2 2024 Fixed annual remuneration changes
The following changes were made to fixed annual remuneration arrangements for KMP during 2023/2024:
Mr Mauro Neves, CEO & MD, commenced on 22nd January 2024 with a FAR of $1.25m, 36% lower compared to the former MD & CEO.
Mr Scott Bowman, received a FAR of $655,000 with effect from his appointment as President IPF on 1 June 2024.
Other KMPs received a FAR increase of 3.2% as of 1 January 2024.
2.3 2024 STI outcomes
The following table outlines detailed STI outcomes for the CEO & MD. The measures outlined in the table reflect the objectives set for Mr Neves in 
his role as CEO & MD following his appointment. On appointment as CEO & MD on 22 January 2024, Mr Neves’s target STI opportunity was 80% 
of his FAR with a maximum STI opportunity of 120% of his FAR reflecting a reduced weighting to STI and an increased weighting to LTI compared 
to the former MD & CEO. The overall STI outcome for Mr Neves reflects his STI opportunities as CEO & MD calculated on a pro-rated basis. 
In recognition of the tragic car accident fatality which occurred this year, the Board and Management agreed that notwithstanding Health, 
Safety and Environment (HSE) assessed outcomes there would be no payment for the HSE component of the STI. The Board and Management 
also agreed that assessed outcomes for Strategic Objectives for all Executives would be reduced by 10 basis points to reflect the failure to 
complete the divestment of the Australian Fertilisers business during the financial year. Adjusted outcomes for the Strategic Objectives are 
shown in brackets below the originally assessed outcome. The total target and maximum opportunity awarded reflect the adjusted outcomes.
The statutory results reflect individually material items of $711.7m (net of tax) in aggregate, resulting in a statutory loss of $310.9m. The Board 
considered these items in determining Executive STI outcomes and whether it was appropriate for any further adjustments to be made. The 
Board determined that these items were predominantly as a result of structural challenges in the Australian gas market and were not matters 
within management control. It concluded that no further adjustment should be made to the overall STI outcomes.
Outcomes have been determined on the basis that the STI Financial Gate of $123.6m NPAT was met. Refer to section 4.3 for detail on the  
STI Financial Gate.
Measure
Weighting 
(at Target)
Objective
(at Target)
Performance Outcome
Performance 
against 
Objective
Weighted 
Outcome 
Commentary
Threshold
Target
Stretch
Health, Safety & Environment
Balanced 
Scorecard
10%
Lag Indicators: Personal 
Safety; Process Safety; 
Environmental Incidents.
Leading Indicators: 
Significant Event Management; 
Zero Harm Plan.
Scorecard 
achieved a 
threshold 
result
0%
Group HSE performance was assessed at threshold 
prior to consideration of the fatality. TRIFR performance 
and Process Safety (Tier 1 and 2) did not achieve target 
performance from an overall IPL Group perspective.  
All other HSE scorecard measures achieved at or above 
target levels. There was also Zero Signifcant Environmental 
Incidents, resulting in an overall threshold outcome.
Headline Financial
Group 
Headline 
NPAT (1)
40%
$222m  
(excluding individually 
significant items)
$399.9m
60%
An outcome above Stretch was achieved reflecting the 
strong overall financial performance for the year. 
Adjusted Financial
Group 
Adjusted 
NPAT (2)
20%
$222m
$277.2m
28.2%
An outcome between target and stretch was achieved.
Climate Change
Delivery 
of various 
Climate 
change 
related 
projects
10%
Moranbah tertiary abatement, 
Loop Purge and Waste Mine 
Gas readiness assessment 
Louisiana, Missouri (LOMO) 
Abatement Project and DNA 
Sustainability Plan
Projects 
achieved  
at target
10%
Moranbah tertiary abatement project was achieved at 
stretch level performance, mitigated by partial deferral  
of Loop Purge Gas project into FY26.
LOMO project is progressing on time and on budget.
Individual Objectives
Strategic 
objectives
20%
Initiatives aligned to IPL’s 
business transformation 
program, including financial 
performance, cultural 
transformation, strategy and  
Australian Fertilisers divestment
Projects 
achieved 
between 
target and 
stretch
21% 
(11%*)
Individual strategic objectives aligned to IPL’s business 
transformation program were achieved between target 
and stretch reflecting strong delivery on the business 
transformation program and development of the  
Dyno Nobel brand. 
Overall STI Outcome
% of Target Opportunity Awarded 
 % of Maximum Opportunity Awarded
109.2% 
72.8%
(1)	 In the 2023 Remuneration Report it was reported that the weighting to Group Headline NPAT for the Interim CEO would be 20% and a 40% weighting Group Adjusted NPAT in FY24.  
For both Mr Neves as CEO & MD and Mr Victor in his role as Interim CEO, the correct weighting for FY24 is 40% weighting to Group Headline NPAT and 20% Group Adjusted NPAT.  
(2)	 Adjusted means that results have been normalised to remove the impact of foreign exchange and commodity price movements.
The measures in the table below reflect the objectives set for Mr Victor in his roles as Interim CEO and CFO. Outcomes for Mr Victor were 
assessed against scorecards as Interim CEO for the period between 1 October 2023 to 21 January 2024 and as CFO from 22 January 2024 
to 30 September 2024. As Interim CEO, Mr Victor’s target STI opportunity was 100% of his FAR (including the higher duties allowance) with 
a maximum STI opportunity of 150% of his FAR (including the higher duties allowance). As CFO, Mr Victor’s target STI opportunity is 60% 
of his FAR with a maximum STI opportunity of 120% of his FAR. The overall STI outcome for Mr Victor reflects his STI opportunities as both 
Interim CEO and CFO, calculated on a pro-rated basis.
Interim CEO 
Measure
Weighting 
(at Target)
Performance Outcome
Weighted 
Outcome 
Result
% Target / 
% Max
Commentary
Threshold
Target
Stretch
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE)
10%
0%
Group HSE performance was assessed at threshold prior 
to consideration of the fatality. Headline NPAT was above 
stretch and Adjusted NPAT was between target and stretch, 
reflecting the strong overall financial performance for the 
year. Climate Change metrics linked to the progress of 
abatement projects at Moranbah and LOMO were assessed 
at target. Individual Strategic Objectives aligned to the 
period Mr Victor was Interim CEO including Waggaman 
handover, and capital measures were assessed at above 
target. Metrics relating to culture improvement were 
assessed at target. Measures relating to the structural 
separation of the Australian Fertlisers business were 
assessed below Threshold, resulting in an overall Target 
outcome for this measure.
Group Headline NPAT
40%
60%
Group Adjusted NPAT
20%
28.2%
108.2%
Climate Change
10%
10%
(Target)
Individual Strategic Objectives
20%
20% 
(10%*)
72.1% 
(Max)
*Overall Individual Strategic Objective outcomes were reduced by 10 basis points reflecting the failure to complete the divestment of the Australian Fertilisers business.
Stretch
Between Target & Stretch
Target
Threshold
Below Threshold
Between Threshold & Target
* Includes profit contribution from WALA and Gibson Island.
REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
64
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
65
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024

CFO 
Measure
Weighting 
(at Target)
Performance Outcome
Weighted 
Outcome 
Result
% Target / 
% Max
Commentary
Threshold
Target
Stretch
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE)
10%
0%
141.7%
Group HSE performance was assessed at threshold prior 
to consideration of the fatality. Headline NPAT was above 
stretch and adjusted NPAT was between target and stretch, 
reflecting the strong overall financial performance for 
the year. Climate Change metrics aligned to projects 
being achieved within budget and Internal Rate of 
Return performance was between target and stretch, 
Individual Strategic Objectives aligned to IPL’s business 
transformation program were achieved between target 
and stretch.
Group Headline NPAT
20%
40%
(Target)
Group Adjusted NPAT
40%
72.7%
70.9%
Climate change
6%
9%
(Max)
Individual Strategic Objectives
24%
30% 
(20%*) 
Individual STI outcomes for other Executive KMP are summarised below. 
Executive 
KMP
Objectives
Weighting 
(at Target)
Performance Outcome
Weighted 
Outcome 
Result 
% Target 
/ % Max
Commentary
Threshold
Target
Stretch
G Hayne
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE)
10%
0%
155%
DNAP HSE performance was assessed at below 
threshold prior to consideration of the fatality. 
Headline NPAT and Adjusted EBIT ($256.7m) 
was above stretch ($210m) reflecting the strong 
earnings performance of the Dyno Nobel Asia 
Pacific business. Strong progress was made 
on climate change objectives aligned to the 
Moranbah tertiary abatement project. Individual 
strategic objectives were delivered between 
target and stretch.
Headline NPAT
20%
40%
(Target)
Adjusted EBIT
40%
80%
77.5%
Climate Change
10%
15%
(Max)
Individual Strategic Objectives
20%
30% 
(20%*)
B Lusk
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE)
10%
0%
106.3%
DNA HSE performance was assessed at 
target prior to consideration of the fatality. 
Headline NPAT was at Stretch and Adjusted 
EBIT (US$128.9) was just above target. Dr Lusk 
delivered outstanding outcomes against his 
individual Climate Change measures aligned to 
LOMO Abatement Project and DNA Sustainability 
Plan, resulting in a stretch outcome. Individual 
Strategic Objectives were delivered between 
threshold and target, reflecting partial 
achievement of these objectives.
Headline NPAT
20%
40%
(Target)
Adjusted EBIT
40%
20%
53.2%
Climate Change
10%
20%
(Max)
Individual Strategic Objectives
20%
16% 
(6%*)
S Bowman
Health, Safety & Environment (HSE)
10%
0%
82%
IPF HSE performance was assessed at below 
threshold prior to consideration of the fatality. 
Headline NPAT was above stretch and Adjusted 
EBIT was below threshold. Stretch performance 
was achieved on Climate Change measures 
aligned to Energy Efficient Fertilisers and Easy 
Liquids business performance. Individual 
Strategic Objectives were also achieved between 
Target and Stretch reflecting outcomes aligned 
to the on-going strategic review of the Australian 
Fertilisers business.
Headline NPAT
20%
40%
(Target)
Adjusted EBIT
40%
0%
41%
Climate Change
10%
20%
(Max)
Individual Strategic Objectives
20%
32% 
(22%*)
*Overall Individual Strategic Objectives were reduced by 10 basis points reflecting the failure to complete the divestment of the Australian Fertilisers business.
Table 3 – Short-term incentives awarded for the year ended 30 September 2024
Details of the vesting profile of the STI payments awarded for the year ended 30 September 2024 as remuneration to each Executive are set 
out below:
Short-term incentive for the year ended 30 September 2024
Cash STI  
$000
Minimum share  
holding allocation(A)  
$000
Included in 
remuneration  
$000
% earned  
of maximum 
opportunity
% forfeited  
of maximum 
opportunity
Executives – Current
M Neves(1)
378
377
755
73
27
P Victor(2)
969
–
969
71
29
G Hayne
739
–
739
78
22
B Lusk
609
–
609
53
47
S Bowman(3)
135
27
162
41
59
(A)	 Under the terms of the 2024 STI, to the extent that Executives have not achieved their MSR the following applies: 50% of the CEO & MD’s award is delivered in cash and the remainder is delivered 
in restricted shares. For all other Executives, 75% of their award is delivered in cash and the remainder is delivered in restricted shares. Cash is generally paid and shares generally allocated 
around December.
(1)	 Mr Neves was appointed CEO & MD with effect from 22 January 2024 and his STI outcome reflects his pro-rated opportunity from this date.
(2)	 Mr Victor ceased as Interim CEO and returned to his substantive role as CFO with effect from 22 January 2024 and the % of maximum opportunity earned and forfeited reflects his STI 
opportunity as CFO. Mr Victor will cease employment with IPL on 15 February 2024 and the Board determined that Mr Victor will receive 100% of his FY24 STI in cash.
(3)	 Mr Bowman was appointed as President, IPF with effect from 1 June 2024 and his STI outcome reflects his pro-rated opportunity from this date. During the year, Mr Bowman also earned a partial 
payment under retention arrangements put in place in 2023 to secure his continued support while the company pursued the demerger or sale of IPF. This equated to a total payment of $163,750 
of which $54,000 is disclosed in Cash STI, reflecting the period Mr Bowman was a KMP during the year..
Stretch
Between Target & Stretch
Target
Threshold
Below Threshold
Between Threshold & Target
2.4 LTI 2020/23 outcomes
The performance period for the Absolute ROIC and Long-Term Value Metrics conditions of the LTI 2020/23 ended on 30 September 2023 
and the outcomes were reported in the 2023 Remuneration Report. The performance period for the Relative TSR Condition ended five  
days following the Company’s full year results in November 2023. In the 2023 Remuneration Report, the Relative TSR component of the  
LTI 2020/23 was not known at the time and we expected vesting to be around 65% – 88.5% of maximum opportunity. Following testing 
against all performance conditions, the Board determined that 88.5% of the performance rights granted under the plan vested (with the 
remaining 11.5% lapsing). This is in line with the estimated vesting outlined to shareholders in the 2023 Remuneration Report.
2.5 LTI 2021/24 outcomes
The performance period for the Absolute ROIC, Sustainability (Climate Change) and Long-Term Value Metrics conditions of the LTI 2021/24 
ended on 30 September 2024. The performance period for the Relative TSR condition will end after the disclosure of the Company’s full year 
results in November 2024 and therefore after the date of this report.
Absolute ROIC – 35% of award
In relation to the conditions that can be reported for the LTI 2021/24 to date, 35% allocated to Absolute ROIC will not vest as the Company’s 
ROIC Performance over the period was 6.3% and therefore below threshold performance of 6.4%.
Long-Term Value Metrics – 15% of award
The Board determined 66.67% of the 15% allocated to Long-Term Value Metrics will vest. Commentary on the performance against the 
Long-Term Value Metric Condition is set out in the following table.
Long-Term Value 
Metric Condition
Objectives
Performance Outcome
Commentary
Threshold
Target
Stretch
Manufacturing 
Excellence
Improvement in the average 
Reliability across IPL’s key 
manufacturing plants (Waggaman, 
Moranbah and Phosphate Hill) 
against the historical baseline 
average (85%).
The threshold level of reliability performance of 90% weighted average was not met 
with the overall weighted average reliability outcome of 87.4%. Moranbah achieved 
between target and stretch and Waggaman was assessed at above stretch. Phosphate 
Hill delivered reliability below threshold.
Customer,  
Practical  
Technology  
& Innovation
Revenues from Technologies: 
cumulative growth in total margin 
from sales of certain technologies.
The stretch target for this metric was 6% compound annual growth (CAGR) over the 
2021 baseline fully absorbed margin per metric tonne for DNA and DNAP. An outcome 
of 7.67% CAGR was attained which was above stretch. 
Explosives Global Growth: Growth 
in EBITDA across LATAM and EMEA 
regions
The stretch metric of achieving EBITDA of A$30 million in FY24 was exceeded.
Vesting for this  
component (%)
66.7%
Having regard to the outcomes in relation to the input and output 
measures, the Board determined that 66.7% of the performance 
goals were delivered against the balanced scorecard
Sustainability (Climate Change) – 10% of award
Sustainability measures under the LTI 2021/24 are determined by the Board’s assessment of material progress towards IPL’s 2030 Targets, 
developing the scope 3 emission reduction strategy and making material progress on implementation, including:
(i)   Moranbah tertiary abatement project; and
(ii)  Waggaman sequestration. 
In considering the outcome under this measure, the Board considered progress made towards IPL’s 2030 Targets and scope 3 emission 
reduction strategy, including:
	» Moranbah Tertiary N2O abatement has been successfully installed. The installation of this tertiary abatement will further reduce scope 1 
Greenhouse Gas emissions (GHG) by approximately 11% of Dyno Nobel’s and 7% of IPL’s global operational GHG. This achievement also 
completes the work necessary to achieve our short-term absolute reduction target in GHG of 5% by 2025; and 
	» Waggaman sequestration proceeded well up until the disposal of the plant by IPL. Until the Waggaman sale was completed to CF 
Industries Holdings, IPL continued to progress work towards implementation of a Carbon Capture Facility (CCF) designed to capture the 
pure stream of CO2 created during the ammonia manufacturing process. This included the internal selection of a preferred partner. The 
targeted commissioning date of the CCF facility was 2026 at the time of the sale. 
In addition, the Board considered progress on other key initiatives including progression of Louisiana, Missouri (LOMO) Tertiary N₂O 
Abatement Project, with installation confirmed for 2025. Based on its overall assessment, the Board determined that the full 10% allocated 
to the Sustainability measure will vest.
Relative TSR – 40% of award
Current projections suggest the Relative TSR component (worth 40%) may partially vest as a result of IPL’s TSR being above the 50th 
percentile performance against the ASX 100 index.
Total vesting of the LTI 2021/24 is therefore currently expected to be in the range of 20% – 50% of maximum opportunity.
Details of the number of rights vested and lapsed in relation to each of the performance conditions attached to this tranche, will be 
updated at the upcoming Annual General Meeting and reported in full in the 2025 Remuneration Report.
Stretch
Between Target & Stretch
Target
Threshold
Below Threshold
Between Threshold & Target
REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
66
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
67
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024

2.6 Remuneration arrangements for new CEO & MD and President, IPF
CEO & MD
Mauro Neves was appointed as CEO & MD with effect from 22 January 2024. Mr Neves’ FAR on appointment was $1,250,000, which 
represents a reduction from the FAR of the previous MD & CEO ($1,704,000).
Mr Neves has a target STI opportunity of 80% FAR and a maximum STI opportunity of 120% FAR, representing a reduction compared to  
the previous MD & CEO (100% FAR at target and 150% at stretch). 50% of any STI paid will be deferred in shares. 
Mr Neves will be eligible to participate annually in a LTI with a grant quantum of 200% FAR which represents an increase from the previous 
MD & CEO (150% FAR) and is designed to further align Mr Neves’ remuneration outcomes to longer-term shareholder returns and provide 
increased equity exposure. Mr Neves is eligible to participate in the LTI 2023/26 with the number of Rights and Options determined in 
the same manners as other Executives. However, the awards will not be granted until shareholder approval is sought at IPL’s 2024 Annual 
General Meeting. 
Mr Neves may resign at any time by giving 12 months’ notice and IPL may terminate Mr Neves’ employment by giving 12 months’ notice, 
or in some circumstances, such as serious misconduct, without notice. Mr Neves is subject to post-employment non-solicitation and non-
compete undertakings for 12 months following the end of employment.
President, IPF
Scott Bowman was appointed as President, IPF with effect from 1 June 2024. Prior to 1 June 2024, Mr Bowman held the role of Interim 
President, IPF from 1 December 2023. Mr Bowman’s FAR on appointment as President, IPF was $655,000. As President, IPF Mr Bowman  
has a target FY24 STI opportunity of 60% FAR and maximum opportunity of 120% FAR.
Mr Bowman received a LTI 2023/26 grant reflecting the proportion of the 2024 financial year that he was President, IPF. This resulted  
in a pro-rata allocation of Performance Rights with the remainder granted under the cash-based long-term incentive plan applicable  
to IPL’s senior managers. The Board determined that Mr Bowman should still receive a full grant of Options under the LTI 2023/26 on 
the same terms and conditions as other IPL Executives to ensure alignment between Mr Bowman and the remainder of the Executive 
Leadership Team.
During the year, Mr Bowman also earned a partial payment under re tention arrangements put in place in 2023 to secure his continued 
support while the Company pursued the demerger or sale of IPF. This equated to a total payment of $163,750 of which $54,000 is disclosed 
as remuneration, reflecting the period Mr Bowman was a KMP during the year.
2.7 Impact of capital return
Holders of unvested LTI awards did not receive the capital return provided to IPL shareholders in February 2024. Under the terms of the plan 
rules governing the LTI offers, IPL has the discretion to grant additional awards under the plan following the capital return to remedy any 
disadvantage to plan participants. 
The Board considered and approved the grant of additional Rights and Options under the various long-term incentives reflecting the 
dilutive impact of the capital return on unvested awards. The Board determined that one additional Right or Option (as applicable) would 
be granted for every 17 Rights or Options held by participants. This value has been determined by applying the value of the capital 
component of the capital return ($0.1557) against the IPL share price immediately preceding the capital return ($2.68) and rounding this 
down to the nearest whole number. This adjustment applies to unvested awards under the LTI 2021/24, LTI 2022/25 and LTI 2023/26 which 
were either granted or, in respect of the LTI 2023/26, the allocation value determined prior the capital return being made. Details of the 
number of additional Rights and Options granted are provided in Table 7.
In addition, impacted Non-executive Directors participating in the NED Fee Share Plan will also be made an additional allocation of shares in 
November 2024 to compensate them for the dilutive impact of the capital return on share rights they held at the time of the capital return. 
3. Executive Remuneration and Governance
3.1 Executive remuneration strategy
IPL embraces a set of Strategic Value Drivers that underpin the Company’s business and form the platform for the Company’s future 
earnings growth and shareholder returns. The Company’s commitment to addressing climate change challenges and looking for 
opportunities in the decarbonisation of the world’s energy systems is an important constituent of the business strategy and integrated 
across all the Strategic Value Drivers:
Zero Harm – Broadening and setting year-on-year improvement objectives across key metrics including environmental care and process 
safety.
Talented and Engaged People – A safe, inclusive, high performing culture with engaged, diverse and inclusive teams focused on 
customers and value creation.
Customer Focus – Partnering with our customers to create added value and practical solutions for today and the future.
Manufacturing Excellence – Driving consistently high performance across all of our assets and investigating ways to address our 
greenhouse gas emissions.
Leading Technology Solutions – Innovation on the ground with practical solutions that our customers can use today to improve  
their operations and environmental outcomes.
Profitable Growth – Focus on opportunities that are distinctive to our differentiated technology, core markets, core capabilities and  
market segments.
Table 4 – Value of equity granted to Executive KMP during FY24
The table below presents the equity granted to Executive KMP during financial year 2024.
Equity granted in the year ended 30 September 2024
Options LTI 
2023/26(A) 
$000 
Rights 
LTI 2023/26(A) 
$000 
FY23 STI 
Deferred Shares(B) 
$000
Additional 
Rights(C) 
$000 
Totals 
$000 
Executive KMP – Current
M Neves(1)
–
–
–
–
–
P Victor
586
590
140
42
1,358
G Hayne
501
505
–
72
1,078
B Lusk 
613
617
97
80
1,407
S Bowman
413
139
–
–
552
(A)	 Due to vest in September 2026 subject to satisfaction of performance conditions. Rights and Options include the Capital Return Dilution compensation granted 29 August 2024. VWAP at 
allocation of performance Rights $2.8512 and Options valued at $0.33.
(B)	 STI Deferred Shares awarded are subject to a maximum deferral period of 15 years from the STI offer date. VWAP at allocation $2.9664. 
(C)	 LTI 2021/24 and LTI 2022/25 capital return compensation granted 29 August 2024.
(1)	 The number of Rights and Options for Mr Neves has been determined using the same allocation methodology as for other Executives. Subject to shareholder approval being received, the 
number of Rights to be granted are 371,360 (value of $1.059m) and the number of Options to be granted are 4,779,656 (value of $1,576m). Total $2,635m.
Table 5 – Actual pay
The table below provides a summary of actual remuneration paid to the Executives in the 2024 financial year. The accounting values of 
the Executives’ remuneration reported in accordance with the Accounting Standards may not always reflect what the Executives have 
actually received, particularly due to the valuation of share-based payments. The table below seeks to clarify this by setting out the actual 
remuneration that the Executives have been paid and rights that vested during the 2024 financial year. The STI shown in the table below 
relates to the STI awarded in the 2023 financial year and paid in the 2024 financial year. STI awarded in relation to the 2024 financial year  
will be paid during the 2025 financial year.
Executive remuneration details prepared in accordance with statutory requirements and the Accounting Standards are presented in Table 9 
of this report.
Salary 
& Fees
Short term 
incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A) 
Other 
short-term 
benefits(B)
Superannuation 
/ Pension 
 benefits
Other 
long-term 
benefits(C)
Termination 
benefits
Total
Year
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Executive KMP – Current
M Neves(1)
2024
848
–
–
21
–
–
869
CEO & MD
P Victor(2)
2024
1,003
708
177
28
–
–
1,916
CFO
2023
984
161
170
32
–
–
1,347
G Hayne(3) 
2024
760
393
102
28
764
–
2,047
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
2023
898
644
1
26
463
–
2,032
B Lusk(3)
2024
1,001
388
126 
30
871
2,416
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
2023
973
643
30
24
176
1,846
S Bowman(4) 
2024
209
–
–
10
–
–
219
President, IPF
Executives – Former
J Johns(5)
2024
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Managing Director & CEO
2023
1,139
1,574
59
–
2,127
51
4,950
S Titze(6)
2024
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
President, IPF
2023
–
410
–
–
–
360
770
Total Executives
2024
3,821
1,489
405
117
1,635
–
7,467
2023
3,994
3,432
260
82
2,766
411
10,945
(A)	 Disclosure for Mr Victor includes the value of the second tranche of rights granted to Mr Victor on commencement of employment as outlined in Table 7.
(B)	 Other short-term benefits include rent and mortgage interest subsidies, dividend equivalent payments, relocation allowances and other allowances, where applicable. Other short-term benefits 
for Mr Hayne and Dr Lusk include the value of dividend and capital return equivalent payments made in relation to the delayed vesting of the LTI 2020/23.
(C)	 Other long-term benefits include any long service leave paid and the value of shares that vested under the Group’s LTI plans. Long-Term Incentives include all plan-related instruments  
that vested during the year. The theoretical cash price is based on the IPL share price on the day that shares were purchased.
(1)	 Remuneration for Mr Neves reflects his remuneration as CEO & MD from 22 January 2024. 
(2)	 Mr Victor was Interim CEO from 6 June 2023 until 21 January 2024 during which period Mr Victor received a higher duties allowance equivalent to 40% of his fixed annual remuneration.  
Other short-term benefits for Mr Victor represent the value of a travel allowance paid to Mr Victor.
(3)	 Other short-term benefits for Mr Hayne and Dr Lusk include the value of dividend and capital return equivalent payments made in relation to the delayed vesting of LTI 2020/23 awards.
(4)	 Mr Bowman was appointed President, IPF with effect from 1 June 2024. 
(5)	 Ms Johns ceased as a KMP on 6 June 2023. Disclosures for the 2023 financial year are up until that date, with the exception of the STI which represents a full financial year and the repatriation 
costs incurred after Ms Johns ceased as a KMP as part of the termination arrangements.
(6)	 Mr Titze ceased as a KMP on 27 July 2022. Termination benefits for Mr Titze in the 2023 financial year include all contractual entitlements.
REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
68
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
69
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024

Under the Strategic Value Driver of ‘Talented and Engaged People’, IPL recognises that, to generate competitive returns for its shareholders, 
it requires talented people who are capable, committed and motivated. IPL’s remuneration strategy is designed to support the objectives of 
the business and to enable the Company to attract, retain and reward Executives of the requisite skill and calibre.
The key principles of the Company’s remuneration strategy are to:
	» reward Executives for outcomes at both the Group and business unit level that create sustained value for shareholders;
	» require behaviours aligned to Company values, culture and code of conduct;
	» drive strong alignment with shareholder interests;
	» ensure the majority of Executive remuneration is ‘at risk’ and subject to demanding financial and non-financial performance objectives;
	» be globally competitive to attract and retain talent;
	» reward individual high performance and encourage a one team culture; and
	» ensure the remuneration framework is equitable, transparent, simple to understand, communicate and implement.
3.2 Executive remuneration governance
The remuneration of the Executives is set by the Board, having regard to recommendations from the People and Remuneration Committee.
Where appropriate, the People and Remuneration Committee of the Board engages external advisors to provide input into the process 
of reviewing Executive and Non-executive Director remuneration. For the 2024 financial year, the People and Remuneration Committee 
received market and benchmarking data from various sources, but this information did not constitute a remuneration recommendation  
for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
Further information in relation to the Board and the People and Remuneration Committee can be found in IPL’s Corporate Governance 
Statement available on IPL’s website.
4. 2024 Executive Remuneration Framework
4.1 Overview
The charts below set out the theoretical breakdown of the Executives’ total remuneration package for the 2024 financial year. The FAR 
component is inclusive of cash and superannuation only, whilst ‘at risk’ compensation is based on maximum entitlement that could potentially 
be awarded under the STI and LTI plans.
The restricted shares component of the STI (50% for the CEO & MD, 25% for other Executive KMP) must be deferred until an Executive’s MSR  
is attained.
4.2 Fixed annual remuneration
Executives receive their fixed annual remuneration (FAR) in a variety of forms, including cash, superannuation, and any applicable fringe 
benefits. The Executives’ FAR is set by reference to appropriate benchmark information for each Executive’s role, level of knowledge, skill, 
responsibilities and experience. The level of remuneration is reviewed annually in alignment with the financial year and with reference 
to, among other things, Company and individual performance and market data provided by an appropriately qualified and independent 
external data specialist. The following comparator groups are used to benchmark fixed annual remuneration:
Comparator groups
S&P/ASX listed companies with market capitalisation between 50% and 200% of IPL market capitalisation (Primary Benchmark).
S&P/ASX 100 listed companies.
A select group of 18 S&P/ASX listed companies from the Industrials, Materials and Energy Sectors, selected on the basis of market 
capitalisation and related industry exposure, consisting of: AGL Energy, ALS, Ampol Australia, Atlas Arteria, Aurizon, BlueScope Steel, 
Brickworks, Cleanaway, CSR, Downer EDI, Fletcher Building, Orica, Origin Energy, Orora, Qube, Reliance Worldwide, Seven Group and Sims.
For roles located outside Australia, market-specific data is used as an additional reference point for benchmarking purposes.
Other Executives
CEO & MD
30% 
Fixed
70%  
At Risk
35% 
LTI
30% 
FAR
35%  
STI – cash/ 
restricted  
shares
Fixed 
24%
At Risk 
76%
47% 
LTI
24% 
FAR
29%  
STI – cash/ 
restricted  
shares
4.3 Short-term incentive – key terms
The STI is an annual ‘at risk’ incentive which is dependent on the achievement of particular performance measures. The following table 
summarises the STI plan that applied in the 2024 financial year (2024 STI):
What was the performance 
period?
The performance period for the 2024 STI was the financial year from 1 October 2023 to 30 September 2024.
Who was eligible for the STI?
All Executives participated in the 2024 STI.
What were the Performance 
Conditions and Measures?
Performance conditions under the STI are determined by the Board for each financial year. The performance conditions for the 
2024 STI are set out below:
Performance Conditions
Measures to assess 
satisfaction  
of Performance 
Conditions
Rationale for the Performance Conditions
Zero Harm
Safety performance 
balanced scorecard 
across the dimensions of 
behavioural and process 
safety management 
comprising input and 
output measures(1).
To align with the Company’s commitment to “Zero 
Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”. 
Group Financial Performance
Group NPAT (Net 
Profit After Tax). Group 
Adjusted NPAT(2).
To align Executive KMP with targeted profits that 
would contribute to shareholder returns.
Business Unit Financial  
Performance
Business Unit Adjusted 
EBIT (Earnings Before 
Interest and Tax)(2).
To ensure robust alignment of performance in 
a particular business unit with reward for the 
Executive managing that business unit.
Climate Change  
measures
Climate change related 
measures targeted at 
an Executive’s area of 
influence.
Performance conditions are designed to align with 
the overall climate change strategy of the business 
and focuses an Executive on the key short-term 
objectives within their area of influence, that 
contribute towards the Company’s longer-term 
milestones.
Strategic Outcomes
Measures based on 
performance criteria 
for the execution and 
implementation of 
strategic objectives and 
business priorities. These 
include measures related 
to portfolio review 
and growth initiatives, 
product innovation and 
input to the delivery of 
key strategic projects.
Tailored to individual Executive’s role, to drive 
performance and behaviours consistent with 
achieving critical aspects of the Group’s strategy.
(1)	 In assessing the safety balanced scorecard, the Board may, in its discretion, have regard to the results achieved against the measures comprising 
the scorecard without applying a specific weighting to any particular measure. The balanced scorecard category measures include: Personal Safety; 
Process Safety; Environmental; Significant Event Management; and the Zero Harm Plan.
(2)	 Adjusted means that results have been recognised to remove the impact of foreign exchange and commodity price movements.
Where any Individually Material Item (IMI) is separately recognised in the financial report, the Board will have discretion to 
include or exclude the IMI for the purpose of determining any STI award, taking into account the nature of the IMI and having 
regard to whether, in the circumstances, it would be appropriate for the IMI to be attributable to Management.
Determination of the extent to which each of the above measures was satisfied was based on a review by the Board of  
the audited financial report and performance of the Group for the financial year, following the annual performance review 
process for the Executives.
Are there minimum 
performance levels  
which must be achieved 
before awards can be  
made under the STI?
For the 2024 financial year, to ensure STI awards are aligned with business performance outcomes, the Board determined that 
a STI Financial Gate would operate. The STI Financial Gate reflects a requirement to exceed a designated level of the Group’s 
NPAT performance, or all non-safety components of the STI will be capped at a maximum of target payment. For FY24, this 
was determined to be threshold NPAT performance. 
The STI Financial Gate does not apply to any awards payable in relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, reflecting 
the primacy of safety.
In relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, the Board retains discretion to forfeit all or part of the award payable for 
this performance condition in the event of a fatality or major incident having regard to the circumstances of the incident.
REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
70
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
71
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024

What LTI plans were  
granted for the 2024  
financial year?
The LTI Plan granted during the 2024 financial year was the LTI 2023/26. Under the LTI Plan, participants are entitled to acquire 
ordinary shares in the Company, on a one-right to one-share basis, for no consideration at a later date. The Rights and Options 
are issued by IPL and the entitlement of the participants to acquire ordinary shares is subject to the satisfaction of certain 
conditions. As no shares are provided to participants until vesting, Rights and Options have no dividend entitlement. Rights and 
Options expire on vesting or lapsing of the Rights and Options.
What is the purpose  
of the LTI?
The LTI is designed to link reward with the key performance drivers which underpin sustainable growth in shareholder value.
As Rights and Options granted under the LTI Plan result in share ownership on the achievement of demanding targets, the LTI ties 
remuneration to Company performance, as experienced by shareholders. The arrangements also support the Company’s strategy 
for retention and motivation of the Executives.
What is the process for 
determining eligibility?
The decision to grant the LTI Plans and to whom they will be granted is made annually by the Board, noting that the grant of 
Rights and Options to the CEO & MD is subject to shareholder approval. Grants of Rights and Options are calculated using the 
relevant percentage of an Executive’s FAR.
What is the maximum LTI 
opportunity (face value)?
For the CEO & MD – 200% FAR. 40% of the LTI opportunity (80% FAR) will be granted as Performance Rights and 60% of the LTI 
opportunity (120% FAR) will be granted as Share Options. Grants to the CEO & MD under the LTI 2023/26 have not yet been 
made and are subject to shareholder approval at the 2024 Annual General Meeting. 
For all other Executives – 120% FAR. 50% of the LTI opportunity (60% FAR) was granted as Rights and 50% of the LTI opportunity 
(60% FAR) was granted as Options.
How was the number 
of Rights and Options 
calculated under the  
LTI Plans?
Rights
For the LTI 2023/26, the number of Rights issued to a participant was based on the volume weighted average price (VWAP)  
of the Company’s shares over the 5 business days immediately preceding the announcement of the new CEO & MD, being  
11 December 2023 ($2.8512).
Each issuance was determined by dividing the dollar value of the relevant participant’s LTI opportunity by this VWAP.
Options
The number of Options granted was determined using the fair value of the Options as calculated by an independent third 
party provider, using a Monte Carlo simulation option pricing model. Three different fair values were applied, the values 
reflecting both the stretching nature of the Absolute TSR performance hurdles and the requirement for employees to remain 
in employment until the end of the relevant Exercise Restriction period of the Options (up to 2 years following the end of the 
performance period). 
The total number of Options granted was determined by dividing the dollar value of the relevant participant’s LTI opportunity 
by the following fair value of the Options.
50% of Option grant value: $0.34.
25% of Option grant value: $0.33.
25% of Option grant value: $0.32.
What is the exercise price?
Rights
Nil
Options
$2.8512, representing the VWAP of the Company’s share over the 5 business days immediately preceding the announcement 
of the new CEO & MD, being 11 December 2023). This was seen as an appropriate price aligned to future direction and 
strategy.
What are the performance 
conditions attached to the 
Rights?
Relative TSR condition (50% of Rights)
The Relative TSR condition requires growth in the Company’s TSR to be at or above the median of the companies in the 
comparator group, being the S&P/ASX 100. This condition provides shareholder alignment as it takes into account the 
Company’s share price movement as well as dividends paid, relative to other organisations comparable to the Company.
The S&P/ASX 100 has been chosen as the comparator group because, having regard to the business segments in which the 
Company operates and, specifically, the absence of a sufficient number of direct comparator companies, the Board considers 
the S&P/ASX 100 to represent the most appropriate, and objective, comparator group. It also represents the group of 
companies against which the Company competes for shareholder capital. The Board has the discretion to vary the comparator 
group at any time, including to remove companies from, or include companies in, the comparator group.
The table below sets out the Relative TSR condition, and the percentage of the Rights that will vest based on satisfaction of this 
condition.
Relative TSR ranking of IPL
% of Rights subject to the Relative TSR condition that will vest
Less than 50th percentile
Nil
At or greater than 50th percentile but less than 75th 
percentile
Pro rata from 50% on a straight-line basis
At 75th percentile or greater
100%
The Relative TSR condition will be measured over the period from the commencing on the appointment of the new CEO & MD 
and ending on the 10th business day following the announcement of FY26 full year results. A VWAP over the 10-day period 
following the announcement of FY26 full year results will be used to determine the final outcome.
Return on Invested Capital (50% of Rights)
The ROIC condition for LTI 2023/26 is calculated via a three-year average over the performance period, accommodating intra-
year movements in ROIC aligned with the impacts of commodity price volatility. 
ROIC has been selected as it is a key determinant of efficient use of the capital entrusted to management by shareholders.  
It also reflects all of the levers to create shareholder value, including operational efficiency, capital efficiency, asset utilisation 
and profitability. ROIC is defined as Net Profit After Tax, excluding interest and individually material items, divided by total 
invested capital, including goodwill (on a rolling 13 month average basis).
What were the weightings 
for the STI performance 
measures? 
The weighting of Executives’ STI performance measures (as a percentage of 100%) for 2024 were:
Table 6 – Weighting of Executive STI performance measures
Group 
Headline 
NPAT
Group 
Adjusted 
NPAT
Business Unit 
Adjusted 
EBIT
Safety
Climate 
Change
Strategic Outcomes
Executives – Current
M Neves*(1) 
CEO & MD
40%
20%
10%
10%
20%
P Victor*(2) 
CFO
20%
40%
10%
6%
24%
G Hayne** 
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
20%
40%
10%
10%
20%
B Lusk** 
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
20%
40%
10%
10%
20%
S Bowman** 
President, IPF
20%
40%
10%
10%
20%
*Group role **Business Unit role
(1)	 Mr Neves was appointed to the role of CEO & MD with effect from 22 January 2024.
(2)	 Weightings reflect Mr Victor’s role as CFO. Mr Victor was Interim CEO from 1 October 2023 to 21 January 2024. As Interim CEO his target STI 
opportunity was 100% of his fixed annual remuneration and higher duties allowance (on a pro-rata basis) during the period he was appointed 
Interim CEO. During this time his STI scorecard weightings aligned to the weightings of the CEO & MD. In the 2023 Remuneration Report it was 
reported that the weighting to Group Headline NPAT for the Interim CEO would be 20% and a 40% weighting Group Adjusted NPAT in FY24.  
For both Mr Neves as CEO & MD and Mr Victor in his role as Interim CEO, the correct weighting for FY24 is 40% weighting to Group Headline  
NPAT and 20% Group Adjusted NPAT. For the FY25 STI, both CEO & MD and CFO will have a 40% weighting to Group Headline NPAT and 20% 
weighting to Group Adjusted NPAT.
Is there an STI deferral 
component?
A mandatory 25% STI deferral (50% for the CEO & MD) continues until an Executive’s MSR is achieved. The MSR is 200% of  
FAR for the CEO & MD and 50% of FAR for Executives. All deferred shares are subject to a maximum 15-year sale restriction.  
A revised MSR and STI deferral arrangement will apply from FY25 (see section 5).
How is the STI delivered?
The STI is delivered partly in cash and partly in the form of restricted shares. The split between cash and restricted shares is 
determined based on each participant’s shareholding under the MSR. 
Was there a mechanism  
for clawback?
The 2024 STI included a clawback provision, which requires the repayment of all or part of any STI awarded within three years 
after a payment is made, in the event of a material misstatement or omissions in IPL’s financial statements which results in 
a restatement of the audited financial report, or where a participant has materially breached their obligations to the Company.
4.4 Long-term incentive – key terms
The LTI is the long-term incentive component of remuneration for Executives. The LTI 2023/26 is provided in the form of Performance Rights (Rights) and Share 
Options (Options).
What are the key  
changes to the  
LTI in FY24?
	» An enhanced LTI opportunity was provided to the CEO & MD as part of a reweighting of the CEO remuneration package 
towards the rewarding of longer-term performance. The LTI opportunity for the CEO & MD represents 200% of his FAR.
	» An enhanced LTI opportunity was also provided to the Other KMP. The LTI opportunity for Other KMP represents 120%  
of their FAR. From FY25, this increased LTI opportunity will be balanced by a reduction in the target and stretch STI levels.
	» Introduction of a one-off grant of Options alongside Rights as part of the LTI 2023/26 measured against an Absolute TSR 
hurdle (see below for further details).
	» Rights granted by way of LTI are to be measured against Relative TSR and ROIC only. LTI performance will not be measured 
against Long-Term Value Metrics or the Sustainability performance condition as under the LTI 2021/24 and LTI 2022/25 plans.
Why was a one-off  
grant of Options made?
	» As discussed with major shareholders and proxy advisors in October and November 2023 and as outlined at the 2023 
Annual General Meeting, to support future direction and strategy and create momentum for business performance and 
change, the Board determined to make a one-off grant of Options to directly align executive incentive outcomes with the 
achievement of shareholder returns over the coming three year period. 
	» Options have been chosen as they directly align with our strategy of growing shareholder value. Vesting under the Options 
will not occur unless there is a significant compound annual growth in Absolute TSR over the performance period aligned 
to significant shareholder value creation. 
	» Following the end of the three-year performance period, 50% of vested Options become exercisable. The remainder of the 
vested Options are subject to an Exercise Restriction Period, with a further 25% of vested Options becoming exercisable on 
each of the first and second anniversary of vesting (subject to an Executive’s continued employment at each anniversary). 
This means that even after the Options have vested, the value that may be realised by Executives remains subject to 
movements in the IPL share price. Exposure to a further 2 years of share price variability means that if IPL’s share price 
decreases following vesting, Executives will experience the same downside as shareholders (and vice versa).
	» While the Options have the potential to result in substantial reward for Executives, the requirement for stretching Absolute 
TSR growth and continued employment requirements following vesting ensures a clear link to the long-term value created 
for shareholders.
	» Following this one-off grant of Options, further LTI awards will be made in the form of Rights only.
REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
72
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
73
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024

4.5 Executive service agreement terms
Remuneration and other terms of employment for the Executives are formalised in service agreements. Most Executives are engaged on 
similar contractual terms, with minor variations to reflect differing circumstances. Each agreement is unlimited in term; however, each 
agreement provides that the Company may terminate an Executive’s employment immediately for cause without any separation payment, 
save for accrued amounts such as leave, or otherwise without cause, with or without notice, in which case the Company must pay a 
separation payment plus accrued amounts such as leave.
The notice period to be provided by the Executives is set out in the table below:
Current Executives
Notice period to be provided by the Executive
Notice period to be provided by the Company
M Neves
52 weeks
52 weeks
P Victor
26 weeks
26 weeks
G Hayne(1)
26 weeks
52 weeks
B Lusk
26 weeks
26 weeks
S Bowman
26 weeks
26 weeks
(1)	 Mr Hayne operates under an historical contract which provides for a separation payment equal to 52 weeks of FAR (subject to the termination provisions in the Corporations Act).
4.6 Performance related remuneration
Table 7 –  Details of Rights and Options granted and vested in the year ended 30 September 2024 and the vesting profile of Rights 
granted as remuneration
Details of Rights vested and forfeited set out in the table below relate to the Rights granted under the LTI 2020/23 (refer to section 2.4 of this 
Report) and medium-term incentive rewards previously granted to Mr Victor.
The performance period for the Relative TSR condition in the LTI 2021/24 plan is November 2024, therefore only non-TSR performance 
conditions attached to the LTI 2021/24 can be commented on in this year’s report (refer to section 2.5 of this Report), with detailed reporting 
on the LTI 2020/23 tranche included under section 2.4.
Key Management Personnel
Grant date
Granted 
during 2024 as 
remuneration (A) 
$000
Exercised 
in year 
$000
Vested 
in year 
%
Forfeited 
in year %
Financial 
year in which 
grant vested 
or could vest
Maximum 
value of 
outstanding 
rights (A) 
$000
Executives – Current
M Neves(1)
P Victor(2)
Medium-term incentive rewards
Performance period: 1 July 2022 to 30 June 2024
1 July 2022
–
148
100
–
2024
–
Long-term incentive rewards
LTI 2022/25 - Rights
23 November 2022
–
–
–
–
2025
447
LTI 2022/25 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
26
–
–
–
2025
26
LTI 2023/26 - Rights 
8 March 2024
367
–
–
–
2026
367
LTI 2023/26 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
22
–
–
–
2026
22
LTI 2023/26 - Options
8 March 2024
407
–
–
–
2026
407
LTI 2023/26 - Options (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
24
–
–
–
2026
24
G Hayne
Long-term incentive rewards
LTI 2020/23 - Rights
14 December 2020
–
764
88
12
2023
–
LTI 2021/24 - Rights
17 January 2022
–
–
–
–
2024
455
LTI 2021/24 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
27
–
–
–
2024
27
LTI 2022/25 - Rights
23 November 2022
–
–
–
–
2025
382
LTI 2022/25 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
22
–
–
–
2025
22
LTI 2023/26 - Rights 
8 March 2024
314
–
–
–
2026
314
LTI 2023/26 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
18
–
–
–
2026
18
LTI 2023/26 - Options
8 March 2024
348
–
–
–
2026
348
LTI 2023/26 - Options (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
20
–
–
–
2026
20
B Lusk
Long-term incentive rewards
LTI 2020/23 - Rights
14 December 2020
–
871
88
12
2023
–
LTI 2021/24 - Rights
17 January 2022
–
–
–
–
2024
491
LTI 2021/24 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
29
–
–
–
2024
29
LTI 2022/25 - Rights
23 November 2022
–
–
–
–
2025
435
LTI 2022/25 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
26
–
–
–
2025
26
LTI 2023/26 - Rights
8 March 2024
384
–
–
–
2026
384
LTI 2023/26 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
23
–
–
–
2026
23
LTI 2023/26 - Options
8 March 2024
425
–
–
–
2026
425
LTI 2023/26 - Options
29 August 2024
25
–
–
–
2026
25
The table below sets out the Average ROIC condition for the LTI 2023/26, and the percentage of Rights that will vest based on 
satisfaction of this condition:
Average ROIC Targets
% of Rights subject to the Average ROIC condition that will vest
Less than 6%
Nil
At or above 6% but less than 8%
Pro rata from 50% on a straight-line basis
8% or greater
100%
The average ROIC range of 6% to 8% has been selected as it reflects the Board’s expectations considering IPL’s long-term 
strategy and current market cycle. The targets have also been determined in the context of the goodwill recognised on the 
Company’s balance sheet for the acquisition of Dyno Nobel in 2008. ROIC targets for the LTI 2023/26 have decreased from 
the LTI 2022/25 targets, largely resulting from the lower commodity price outlook at its forecast impact on ROIC over the 
performance period.
The ROIC performance condition will be measured over the three-year period from 1 October 2023 to 30 September 2026. 
What are the performance 
conditions attached to the 
Options?
Absolute TSR condition (100% of Options)
The Absolute TSR condition requires growth in the Company’s TSR from the commencement of the performance period. 
Absolute TSR reflects the growth in the price of the Company’s shares over the performance period, plus the value of the 
dividends. This condition provides shareholder alignment as it takes into account the Company’s share price movement  
as well as dividends paid and other returns to shareholders.
The table below sets out the Absolute TSR condition, and the percentage of the Options that will vest based on satisfaction  
of this condition.
Compound annual growth in Absolute TSR
% of Options subject to the Absolute TSR condition that will vest
Below 10%
Nil
10% to <15%
Pro rata from 0% to 29.99% on a straight line basis
15% to <20%
Pro rata from 30% to 59.99% on a straight line basis
20% to 25%
Pro rata from 60% to 100% on a straight line basis
The Absolute TSR condition will be measured over the period from the commencing on the appointment of the new CEO & MD  
and ending on the 10th business day following the announcement of FY26 full year results. A VWAP over the 10-day period 
following the announcement of FY26 full year results will be used to determine the final outcome.
When are the performance 
conditions measured?
After the expiry of the relevant performance period, the Board determines whether the performance condition attached to the 
Rights and Options are satisfied. The performance conditions are tested once, at the end of the relevant performance period. 
If the performance conditions are satisfied and the Rights vest, the participant is entitled to receive ordinary shares in the 
Company. The participant does not pay for those shares.
If the performance conditions are satisfied and the Options vest, the participant is entitled to exercise the vested and 
exercisable Options by paying the applicable option exercise price and receive ordinary shares in the Company. 
To the extent the performance conditions are not satisfied during the performance period, the Options will lapse.
What happens if a participant 
leaves the Company?
Generally, the Rights and Options granted under the LTI Plans will lapse on a cessation of employment except where the 
participant has died, becomes totally and permanently disabled, is retrenched, retires or is terminated without cause (good 
leaver). In those circumstances (subject to Board discretion), the number of Rights or Options retained by the participant will 
be reduced pro rata to reflect the proportion of days worked during the relevant performance period and will be tested in the 
ordinary course. Any Options which vest to a good leaver will be exercisable for a period of 12 months following vesting.
Vested Options that remain subject to an Exercise Restriction Period will lapse on cessation of employment except where the 
participant is determined to be a good leaver. In circumstances where a participant is deemed to be a good leaver all vested 
Options subject to an Exercise Restriction Period will become exercisable for a period of 12 months.
In what other circumstances 
may the performance rights 
vest (which may be before 
or after the expiry of the 
performance period) under 
the LTI Plans?
The Board may provide a notice to the participants specifying that the Rights and Options will vest at a time stipulated in the 
notice on the occurrence of one of the following events in relation to the Company:
	» a takeover bid;
	» a change of control;
	» the Court ordering a meeting be held in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its 
amalgamation with any other companies; or
	» a voluntary or compulsory winding-up.
Is there a mechanism  
for clawback?
The LTI Plan includes a clawback provision, which requires the repayment of vested awards where payment has exceeded the 
restated position. This includes overpayments resulting from a material misstatement or omissions in IPL’s financial statements 
on where a participant has materially breached their obligations to the Company.
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
74
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
75
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024

REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
76
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
77
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
4.7 Further details of Executive remuneration
Table 9 – Executive remuneration
Details of the remuneration for each Executive KMP for the year ended 30 September 2024 in accordance with Accounting Standards are set 
out below:
Short-term benefits
Post  
employment 
benefit
Other 
long term 
benefits(B)
Termination 
benefits
Share-based payments
Accounting values
Salary 
& Fees
Short 
term 
incentive 
& other 
bonuses
Other 
short 
term 
benefits(A)
Superannuation 
/Pension 
benefits
Current 
period 
expense(C)
Prior 
periods 
expense 
write-
back(C)
Total 
share-
based 
payments
Total
Year
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Executive KMP – Current
M Neves(1)
2024
848
755
–
21
4
–
–
–
–
1,628
CEO & MD
P Victor(2)
2024
1,003
969
177
28
9
–
361
(4)
357
2,543
Chief Financial Officer
2023
984
 560
170
26
6
–
253
–
253
1,999
G Hayne
2024
760
739
102
28
27
403
(77)
326
1,982
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific
2023
898
393
1
26
15
–
333
(134)
199
1,532
B Lusk(3)
2024
1,001
609
126
30
–
–
473
(88)
385
2,151
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
2023
973
388
30
24
–
–
374
(68)
306
1,721
S Bowman(4)
2024
209
162
–
10
92
–
132
–
132
605
President, IPF
Executives – Former
J Johns
Managing Director & CEO
2023
1,139
666
59
–
37
922
1,172
(508)
664
3,487
S Titze
President, IPF
2023
–
–
–
–
–
–
135
(86)
49
49
Total Executives
2024
3,821
3,234
405
117
132
1,369
(169)
1,200
8,909
2023
3,994
2,007
260
76
58
922
2,267
(796)
1,471
8,788
(A)	 Other short-term benefits include medical insurance benefits, travel allowances and other allowances, where applicable. Other short-term benefits for Mr Hayne and Dr Lusk include the value  
of dividend and capital return equivalent payments made in relation to the delayed vesting of the LTI 2020/23.
(B)	 Other long-term benefits represent long service leave accrued during the reporting period. 
(C)	 In accordance with accounting standards, remuneration includes the amortisation of the fair value at grant date of performance rights issued under the LTI Plans that are expected to vest, less 
any write-back on performance rights lapsed or expected to lapse as a result of actual or expected performance against non-market hurdles (“Option Accounting Value”). The value disclosed in 
the above Table 9 represents the portion of fair value allocated to this reporting period and is not indicative of the benefit, if any, that may be received by the Executive should the performance 
conditions with respect to the relevant long-term incentive plan be satisfied.
(1)	 Mr Neves commenced as CEO & MD on 22 January 2024. He is entitled to receive an award under the LTI 2023/26 comprising of Rights and a one-off award of Options. The grant of these awards 
is subject to shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM. Subject to shareholder approval being received, the number of Performance Rights to be granted are 371,360 and the number of Options to 
be granted Options are 4,779,656.
(2)	 Mr Victor acted as Interim CEO from 6 June 2023 to 21 January 2024 and during this period, Mr Victor received a higher duties allowance equivalent to 40% of his fixed annual remuneration. 
As announced on 8 October Mr Victor will leave IPL on 15 February 2025. Mr Victor will receive his contractual entitlements up to that date including a payment equivalent to 6 months FAR on 
cessation of employment. His outstanding LTI and Options will be prorated to 15 February 2025 and will remain on foot to be tested in the ordinary course. He will not participate in the FY25 STI 
or LTI 2024/27 plans.
(3)	 FAR payments for Dr Lusk were converted from US$ to A$ at the average rate for 1 October 2023 to 30 September 2024, being $1.5174.
(4)	 For Mr Bowman, Short Term Incentive & other bonuses also include a partial payment under retention arrangements put in place in 2023 to secure his continued support while the company 
pursued the demerger or sale of IPF. This equated to a total payment of $163,750 of which $54,000 is disclosed in Cash STI, reflecting the period Mr Bowman was a KMP during the year.
Fair value per share treated as rights at grant date
LTI 2019/22 – TSR
$1.58
LTI 2019/22 – Long-Term Value Metrics (formerly Strategic Initiatives)
$2.99
LTI 2019/22 – Absolute ROIC
$2.99
LTI 2020/23 – TSR
$1.69
LTI 2020/23 – Long-Term Value Metrics
$2.29
LTI 2020/23 – Absolute ROIC
$2.29
LTI 2021/24 – TSR
$1.75
LTI 2021/24 – Long-Term Value Metrics
$2.86
LTI 2021/24 – Absolute ROIC
$2.86
LTI 2021/24 – Sustainability
$2.86
LTI 2022/25 – TSR 
$1.48
LTI 2022/25 – Long-Term Value Metrics
$3.08
LTI 2022/25 – Average ROIC
$3.08
LTI 2022/25 – Sustainability
$3.08
LTI 2023/26 – rTSR (Rights)
$1.28
LTI 2023/26 – Average ROIC (Rights)
$2.48
LTI 2023/26 – aTSR (Options Tranche 1)
$0.26
LTI 2023/26 – aTSR (Options Tranche 2)
$0.23
LTI 2023/26 – aTSR (Options Tranche 3)
$0.22
 
S Bowman
Long-term incentive rewards
LTI 2023/26 - Rights(3)
27 June 2024
87
–
–
–
2026
87
LTI 2023/26 - Rights (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
5
–
–
–
2026
5
LTI 2023/26 - Options
27 June 2024
287
–
–
–
2026
287
LTI 2023/26 - Options (capital return additional grant)
29 August 2024
17
–
–
–
2026
17
(A)	 For the long-term incentive awards, the value of Rights and Options granted in the year is the fair value of those Rights and Options calculated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing 
model. The value of these Rights and Options is included in the footnotes under Table 9. This amount is allocated to the remuneration of each Executive over the vesting period (that is, in the 
2024, 2025 and 2026 financial years). The maximum value of outstanding Rights and Options is based on the fair value of the Rights and Options at the grant date. This may be different to the 
value of the Rights and Options in the event that they vest. The minimum value of Rights and Options yet to vest is zero, as the performance criteria may not be met.
(1)	 Mr Neves commenced as CEO & MD on 22 January 2024. He is entitled to receive an award under the LTI 2023/26 comprising of Rights and a one-off award of Options. The grant of these awards 
is subject to shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM. Subject to shareholder approval being received, the number of Rights to be granted are 371,360 and the number of Options to be granted 
are 4,779,656.
(2)	 Mr Victor commenced as CFO and was appointed a KMP on 1 July 2022. On commencement, he received performance rights with a fair value of $269,000 in recognition of incentives forgone 
upon joining IPL. The first tranche of performance rights vested on 1 July 2023 and the shares received at vesting remain subject to a disposal restriction in line with IPL’s Minimum Shareholding 
Requirement, up to a maximum of 15 years from the grant date of the performance rights. The second tranche vested upon achievement of the performance hurdle on 1 July 2024 and the shares 
received at vesting also remain subject to a disposal restriction in line with IPL’s Minimum Shareholding Requirement, up to a maximum of 15 years from the grant date of the performance rights.
(3)	 The number of Rights granted to Mr Bowman reflects a pro-rata allocation for the period Mr Bowman was an Executive KMP during the financial year. For the remainder of the year, Mr Bowman 
was awarded a pro-rata allocation under the cash-based long-term incentive provided to IPL’s senior management below Executive level. The Board determined to grant Mr Bowman a full year 
allocation of Options to maintain alignment with the remainder of the Executive Leadership Team.
Modification of terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions
No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights) granted to a KMP have been altered or modified by the 
issuing entity during the reporting period.
Table 8 – Movements in rights over equity instruments in the Company
The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over shares in the Company, held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by 
each KMP, including their related parties, is as follows:
Number of Rights and Options
Key Management Personnel
Opening balance
Granted as 
compensation(A)
Vested(B)
Forfeited(C)
Closing balance
Executives – Current
M Neves
–
–
–
–
–
P Victor 
Medium-term incentive rewards
43,473
–
(43,473)
–
–
Long-term incentive rewards (Rights)
183,024
217,717
–
–
400,741
Long-term incentive rewards (Options)
–
1,775,738
–
–
1,775,738
G Hayne
Long-term incentive rewards (Rights)
598,448
197,353
(224,474)
(29,169)
542,158
Long-term incentive rewards (Options)
–
1,519,356
–
–
1,519,356
B Lusk
Long-term incentive rewards (Rights)
670,645
238,857
(255,930)
(33,257)
620,315
Long-term incentive rewards (Options)
–
1,856,980
–
–
1,856,980
S Bowman
Long-term incentive rewards (Rights)
–
48,781
–
–
48,781
Long-term incentive rewards (Options)
–
1,252,269
–
–
1,252,269
(A)	 For the 2024 financial year, this represents the Rights and Options granted to Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2023/26. The total granted in the year also includes the 
additional Rights and Options granted to Executives (on a one for 17 basis) under LTI awards made in previous financial years to compensate for the dilutive impact of the capital return.  
Mr Neves financial year 2024 award will only be allocated subject to shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM. 
(B)	 For the 2024 financial year, this represents the number of rights vested during the reporting period under medium-term incentive rewards and the LTI 2020/23. Each right entitles the 
participating Executive to acquire a fully paid ordinary share in IPL for zero consideration.
(C)	 For the 2024 financial year, for Mr Hayne and Dr Lusk this represents rights that were forfeited by Executives during the period under the LTI 2020/23. 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
78
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
79
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
6. Non-executive Director Remuneration 
IPL’s policy is to:
	» remunerate Non-executive Directors by way of fees and payments which may be in the form of cash and superannuation benefits; and
	» set the level of Non-executive Directors’ fees and payments to be consistent with the market and to enable the IPL Group to attract and 
retain directors of an appropriate calibre.
Non-executive Directors are not remunerated by way of options, shares, performance rights, bonuses nor by incentive-based payments.
The level of fees paid to a Non-executive Director is determined by the Board after an annual review and reflects a Non-executive Director’s 
time commitments and responsibilities.
In FY24, Non-executive Directors received a fee for being a director of the Board and Non-executive Directors, other than the Chair of the 
Board, received additional fees for either chairing or being a member of a Board Committee. 
Fees paid to Non-executive Directors amounted to $1,479,000 which was within the $2,000,000 maximum aggregate fee pool approved 
by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting. For the 2024 financial year, the Board determined that there would be no increase in 
Non-executive Director fees. 
The table below sets out the Board and Committee fees payable during FY24:
Board Fees
Chairperson
$532,500
Members
$177,500
Committee Fees
Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC)
Chairperson
$47,200
Members
$23,600
People and Remuneration Committee (PRC)
Chairperson
$40,000
Members
$20,000
Health, Safety, Environment and Community Committee (HSEC)
Chairperson
$40,000
Members
$17,700
Nominations Committee
Chairperson
N/A
Members
$8,250
FY25 fee structure
Following a review of Non-executive Director fees the following changes will be made to the fee structure, applicable from 1 October 2024. 
A reduction in the Chair fee from $532,500 to $500,000, reflecting a commitment from the Chair at the time of appointment to review the 
Chair fee.
All Directors (excluding the Chair) will receive a composite fee of $225,000 per annum, comprising a notional base fee element of $180,000 
and $45,000 per year to recognise Committee memberships and participation. This approach also reflects the practice of most Directors to 
attend all Committee meetings and not just those of which they are formal members. An additional fee of $25,000 per annum (ARMC) or 
$20,000 (HSEC) and (PRC) will be payable to the Chair of each Committee, reflecting their additional workload and responsibilities.
The revised fee structure provides a lower overall fee payable to Greg Robinson, Bruce Brook and Tonianne Dwyer and a slightly increased 
annualised fee for Michael Carroll and Fiona Hick. The aggregate fees payable to the Board in FY25 will be broadly in line with the fees 
payable in FY24.
Director’s minimum shareholding requirement will be measured by reference to the notional base fee of $180,000 in line with current 
practice.
A travel allowance of $5,000 per overseas trip be paid to all directors to reflect the increased time commitment of overseas trips. The total 
travel allowance payable to an Australian-based director in any financial year will be capped at $10,000 per annum. The $10,000 cap will not 
apply to overseas-based directors travelling regularly to Australia for Board meetings.
5. Overview of Remuneration Changes for the 2025 Financial Year
The Board continues to review the objectives of the Executive Remuneration Framework to ensure the existing framework remains 
appropriate to best support the execution of our strategies to increase shareholder value, retains and motivates our key talent and ensures 
alignment with our other key stakeholders. 
Taking into consideration feedback from key stakeholders and our on-going business transformation program, the Board determined to 
make the following changes to the Executive Remuneration Framework in FY25. Full details of the remuneration arrangements applicable 
to financial year 2025 will be disclosed in the 2025 Remuneration Report. 
Fixed annual remuneration
Mr Neves will receive a FAR increase of 8%, resulting in a new FAR of $1.35m, effective January 2025. The FAR increase reflects his strong 
performance in the role since commencement. 
Mr Hayne’s FAR increased to A$900,000 effective 1 October 2024, reflecting his new role as President, DNA. Mr Hayne is on a two-year 
international assignment from Brisbane to Salt Lake City, Utah. During his assignment, IPL will also be providing Mr Hayne with relocation, 
housing support and other assignment-related benefits. 
Ms Tanya Rybarczyk will commence employment with IPL as President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific in February 2025. On commencement she 
will be paid a FAR of $750,000.
No other Executive KMP received a FAR increase. 
Short-Term Incentive 
The FY25 STI target and maximum STI opportunity for KMP, other than the CEO & MD, will be reduced from 60% FAR (at target) and 120% 
FAR (at maximum) to 50% FAR (at target) and 100% FAR (at maximum). This change reflects the increased weighting towards the LTI for 
Executive KMP (120% FAR). The FY25 STI target and maximum opportunity for the CEO & MD will remain at the same level.
Under the current STI plan, a mandatory 25% STI deferral (50% STI deferral for the CEO & MD) continues until an Executive’s MSR is achieved. 
Where the MSR is achieved at the time of STI payment, no further STI deferral is required. From FY25, there will be a change to the STI 
deferral meaning that any Executive who has attained their MSR will continue to have the relevant portion of their STI deferred for a period 
of 12 months.
Long-Term Incentive 
Following the one-off grant of Options, the Board has undertaken a further review of the LTI program in light of the ongoing business 
transformation program and has made the following changes to the design of the LTI program for financial year 2025. 
	» Reverting to a grant of Performance Rights only in respect of the LTI 2024/27, reflecting that the grant of Options under the LTI 2023/26 
was a one-off award.
	» Simplifying the plan structure to focus on total shareholder return to shareholders with the LTI 2024/27 to be measured on both Relative 
TSR and Absolute TSR performance (50% weighting to each measure).
	» The Board considers that a combination of both Relative TSR and Absolute TSR performance measures will fully align the CEO & MD and 
Executive outcomes to the experience of shareholders. 
	» The same range of Absolute TSR performance is retained from the LTI 2023/26 grant (10% (threshold) to 25% (maximum) compound 
annual growth). The vesting schedule has been simplified to provide for partial vesting at threshold performance (30% of Rights subject 
to Absolute TSR) and sliding scale vesting from threshold to 100% vesting where 25% compound annual growth is achieved. It is 
considered there is a significant degree of stretch performance in these targets and full vesting under the Absolute TSR component  
will not occur unless there is a substantial return to shareholders over the performance period.
	» The ROIC condition has been removed for the LTI 2024/27. Whilst improving ROIC will remain an important target for the Group,  
the Board felt that the extent of adjustments necessary to this measure as a consequence of the material movements in the Group’s 
assets over the coming period, would require considerable judgement, making this measure less transparent than Relative TSR and 
Absolute TSR in the short term. Further, the Board believes that improved ROIC will be needed to achieve the Absolute TSR targets. The 
Board will consider the reintroduction of a ROIC component to the LTI program following the completion of the disposal of the business 
and assets of the Australian Fertilisers business.
Minimum Shareholding Requirements 
Following a review, the Board determined that the MSR for the CEO & MD be increased to 200% FAR (formerly 100% FAR for the previous 
CEO & MD) following his appointment. In addition, from 1 October 2024, the MSR for other Executives will be increased from 50% to  
100% FAR. 
Non-executive Director fees
Refer to Section 6 for further details of the revised fee structure applicable from 1 October 2024.

REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
80
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
81
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Table 11 – Movements in rights in the Company
IPL’s Non-executive Director Fee Sacrifice Plan (the Plan) commenced in 2019. The next tranche of rights is scheduled to vest in November 
2024. These rights, as well as those that subsequently convert to shares, combine to form part of the Non-executive Director’s holding for 
the purpose of calculating compliance with their MSR obligation.
The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights for each Non-executive Director, including their related parties, is set 
out in the table below:
Number of Rights (A)
Opening balance
Rights acquired 
Vested (B)
Closing balance 
G Robinson
5,461
34,497
(11,207)
28,751
B Brook
5,461
12,136
(11,207)
6,390
M Carroll
–
–
–
–
T Dwyer
5,461
12,135
(11,207)
6,389
F Hick
–
–
–
–
J Ho
–
–
–
–
Non-executive Directors –- Former
B Kruger
16,383
–
(16,383)
–
(A)	 Includes movements of rights acquired under the Plan.
(B)	 For the 2024 financial year, this represents the number of rights vested during the reporting period under the Plan.
Table 12 – Movements in shares in the Company
The movement during the reporting period in the number of shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each KMP, 
including their related parties, is set out in the table below:
Number of Shares(A)
Opening balance
Shares acquired
Shares disposed
Closing balance(B)
% minimum 
shareholding achieved(C)
Non-executive Directors – Current
G Robinson(1)
71,886
11,207
–
83,093
65%
B Brook
88,857
11,207
–
100,064
185%
M Carroll
58,758
–
–
58,758
102%
T Dwyer
26,319
11,207
–
37,526
76%
F Hick(2)
–
–
–
–
–
J Ho(3) 
173,065,979
–
–
173,065,979
N/A
Non-executive Directors – Former
B Kruger(4)
200,251
16,383
–
216,634
126%
G Biltz
100,000
–
–
100,000
174%
X Liu(5)
77,612
–
–
77,612
135%
Executives – Current
M Neves
–
–
–
–
–
P Victor
43,473
90,679
–
134,152
89%
G Hayne
227,934
224,474
–
452,408
352%
B Lusk(6)
84,763
288,665
(102,372)
271,056
254%
S Bowman
–
–
–
–
–
(A)	 Includes fully paid ordinary shares and shares acquired under IPL’s incentive plans. Details of these plans are set out in note 19, Share-based payments.
(B)	 Where a director or an Executive has ceased to be a KMP during the reporting year, the balance stated in this column represents the number of shares held as at the date the Director or Executive 
ceased to be a KMP.
(C)	 MSR is calculated based on the 20 day VWAP up until and including the 30th of September 2024. For Non-executive Directors the total number of shares and unvested rights granted under the 
NED Share Plan is counted towards the MSR. For Executive KMP, other than the CEO & MD, the % of minimum shareholding received is shown as a percentage of 50% of their FAR. From 1 October 
2024, the MSR for Executive KMP, other than the CEO & MD, increases to 100% of their FAR.
(1)	 Mr Robinson was appointed as Chair of the Board with effect from 11 November 2023. Following his fee increase as Chair, the Board determined that Mr Robinson be permitted an additional 
5-year period from appointment of Chair to satisfy his increased MSR.
(2)	 Ms Hick was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 1 September 2024.
(3)	 Mr Ho is the founder and Chief Industrialist Investor of Janchor Partners, which has indirectly (through Janchor Partners’ investment funds) a 10.3% interest in IPL (including a relevant interest of 
8.9% in IPL’s voting shares and an economic interest through cash settled equity derivatives in a further 1.4%).
(4)	 Mr Kruger ceased to be Chair and a Non-executive director with effect from 11 November 2023.
(5)	 Dr Liu ceased to be a Non-executive director with effect from 31 May 2024.
(6)	 The number of shares acquired by Dr Lusk during the year is the number of shares allocated as deferred shares as part of the FY23 STI (32,735) plus shares acquired following the vesting of Rights 
granted under the LTI 2020/23 (255,930) less 40% withheld (102,372 shares) for the purposes of meeting US tax obligations on vesting of these rights.
8. Other KMP Disclosures
Loans to KMP 
In the year ended 30 September 2024, there were no loans to key management personnel and their related parties (2023: nil).
Other KMP transactions
In the year ended 30 September 2024, there were no transactions entered into during the year with key management personnel (including 
their related parties).
Table 10 – Non-executive Directors’ remuneration
Details of the Non-executive Directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2024 are set out in the following table:
Board and 
Committee Fees
Cash allowances 
and other short-
term benefits(A)
Post-employment 
benefits
Other long 
term benefits
Fees
Superannuation 
benefits
Total
Year
$000
$000
$000
$000
$000
Non-executive Directors – Current
G Robinson(1)
2024
472
–
28
–
500
2023
226
–
24
–
250
B Brook
2024
240
13
253
2023
241
–
12
–
253
M Carroll(2)
2024
176
–
20
–
196
2023
100
–
11
–
111
T Dwyer
2024
221
25
246
2023
200
–
21
–
221
F Hick(3)
2024
15
–
2
–
17
2023
–
–
–
–
–
J Ho(4)
2024
–
–
–
–
–
2023
–
–
–
–
–
Non-executive Directors –- Former
G Biltz(5)
2024
43
5
–
–
48
2023
195
20
–
-
215
B Kruger, Chair(6) 
2024
54
–
7
–
61
2023
508
–
25
–
533
X Liu(7) 
2024
158
–
–
–
158
2023
237
–
–
–
237
Total Non-executive Directors
2024
1,379
5
95
–
1,479
2023
1,707
20
93
–
1,820
(A)	 Cash allowances and other short-term benefits include travel allowances.
(1)	 Mr Robinson was appointed as Chair of the Board with effect from 11 November 2023. 
(2)	 Mr Carroll was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 6 March 2023.
(3)	 Ms Hick was appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 1 September 2024.
(4)	 Mr Ho has elected to waive his entitlement to the receipt of Non-executive Director fees from IPL. 
(5)	 Mr Biltz ceased to be a Non-executive Director with effect from 20 December 2023.
(6)	 Mr Kruger ceased to be Chair and a Non-executive Director with effect from 11 November 2023.
(7)	 Dr Liu ceased to be a Non-executive Director with effect from 31 May 2024.
7. Shareholdings in IPL
The Board considers that an important element of the Executive remuneration framework is that each Executive and Non-executive Director 
accumulate and hold a significant number of IPL shares to align their interests as long term investors.
Executives
Executive KMP are required to attain and maintain a MSR to better align Executive and Shareholder interests. It requires the CEO & MD to 
hold the equivalent of 200% of Fixed Annual Remuneration (FAR) in IPL shares. This must be achieved within 5-years. Other Executive KMP 
must hold the equivalent of 50% of FAR in IPL shares (increasing to 100% of FAR effective 1 October 2024).
Non-executive Directors
The MSR for Non-executive Directors aligns Director and Shareholder interests. The MSR requires each Director to hold the equivalent of 
100% of their base Board fee in IPL shares and/or rights to shares (that have been fully sacrificed for under IPL’s Non-executive Director Fee 
Sacrifice Plan) at the completion of 5-years of service. 
At 30 September 2024 all Directors had achieved, or were on track to achieve, their MSR obligation within the required timeframe. 

FINANCIAL REPORT
83
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
82
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Introduction. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
Content and Structure of the Financial Report. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  84
Consolidated Statement of Profit or  
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  85
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  87
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  88
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  89
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  90
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123
Directors’ Declaration on the Consolidated  
Financial Statements set out on pages 83 to 124 . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . .  125
Independent Auditor’s Report. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  126
Financial Report
Contents
 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific and the Deloitte organisation. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
A.B.N. 74 490 121 060 
 
477 Collins Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
Tel:  +61 3 9671 7000 
www.deloitte.com.au 
 
11 November 2024 
 
 
The Board of Directors 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 
 
 
Dear Board Members 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration to Incitec Pivot Limited 
 
In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following declaration 
of independence to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited. 
 
As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial statements of Incitec Pivot Limited for the financial year ended 
30 September 2024, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been no contraventions 
of: 
 
(i) the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit; and 
(ii) any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   
 
 
Yours sincerely 
 
 
 
 
 
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Suzana Vlahovic 
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 
 

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
84
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
85
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 September 2024
Notes
2024 $mill
2023 $mill
Continuing operations
Revenue
(2)
5,278.5
 5,403.5 
Financial and other income
(2)
136.0
 67.5 
Share of profit of equity accounted investments
(15)
62.2
 61.4 
Operating expenses
 
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress
 
(75.7)
 (155.7)
Raw materials and consumables used and finished goods purchased for resale
 
(2,603.6)
 (2,773.3)
Employee expenses
 
(962.2)
 (889.4)
Depreciation and amortisation
(2)
(345.0)
 (324.7)
Financial expenses
(2)
(161.1)
 (156.4)
Purchased services
 
(266.7)
 (258.7)
Repairs and maintenance
 
(226.9)
 (214.2)
Outgoing freight
 
(343.5)
 (331.7)
Lease expenses
 
(33.8)
 (34.0)
Asset impairment and site exit costs
(1,072.7)
 (4.9)
Other expenses
 
(73.2)
(72.0)
(Loss)/profit before income tax
 
(687.7)
317.4
Income tax benefit/(expense)
(3)
209.1
 (40.9)
(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations
(478.6)
276.5
Discontinued operations
Profit for the period from discontinued operations
 43.0 
 283.3 
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations
 123.8 
–
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
(14)
166.8
283.3
(Loss)/profit for the year
 
(311.8)
 559.8 
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of income tax
 
 
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
 
 
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans
(21)
 2.1 
 (1.7)
Gross fair value gains on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
 0.3 
–
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
 (0.6)
 0.3 
 1.8 
 (1.4)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
 
 
Continuing operations
Fair value gains on cash flow hedges
(18)
6.1
 16.2 
Cash flow hedge losses transferred to profit or loss
(18)
 11.1 
 62.1 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
(206.9)
 34.3 
Net gains/(losses) on hedge of net investment
(18)
55.4
 (9.7)
Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
0.7
 (22.6)
Continuing operations other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(133.6)
 80.3 
Discontinued operations
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations
 (48.2)
 19.8 
Foreign currency translation reserve release to profit or loss on disposal of discontinued operations    
(14)
(254.1)
–
Discontinued operations other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(302.3)
 19.8 
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of income tax
 (434.1)
 98.7 
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(745.9)
 658.5 
Introduction
This is the consolidated financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company, IPL, or Incitec Pivot) a company domiciled in Australia, and 
its subsidiaries including its interests in joint ventures and associates (collectively referred to as the Group) for the financial year ended 30 
September 2024.
Content and Structure of the Financial Report
The notes to the financial statements and the related accounting policies are grouped into the following distinct sections in the 2024 financial 
report. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.
Section
Description
Financial performance
Provides detail on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position that are most relevant in forming an understanding of the Group’s financial performance for 
the year.
Shareholder returns
Provides information on the performance of the Group in generating shareholder returns.
Capital structure
Provides information about the Group’s capital and funding structures.
Capital investment
Provides information on the Group’s investment in tangible and intangible assets, and the Group’s future capital commitments.
Risk management
Provides information about the Group’s risk exposures, risk management practices, provisions and contingent liabilities.
Other
Provides information on items that require disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and the requirements 
under the Corporations Act 2001.
Information is included in the notes to the financial report only to the extent it is considered material and relevant to the understanding of 
the financial report. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:
	» the dollar amount is material in size (quantitative factor)
	» the item is material by nature (qualitative factor)
	» the Group’s result cannot be understood without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor)
	» it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
86
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
87
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 September 2024
Notes
2024 $mill
2023 $mill
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
(8)
1,068.9 
399.4 
Trade and other receivables
(4)
647.1 
570.1 
Inventories
(4)
785.3
817.4 
Other assets
98.6 
80.2 
Other financial assets
(18)
2.4 
5.6 
Current tax asset
70.0
117.6 
Assets classified as held for sale
(14)
 – 
2,262.9 
Total current assets
2,672.3
4,253.2 
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
(4)
23.0 
27.8 
Other assets
34.2
21.8
Other financial assets
(18)
3.3 
11.3 
Equity accounted investments
(15)
417.9 
404.8 
Property, plant and equipment
(9)
2,435.9
3,182.7
Right-of-use lease assets
(10)
243.4 
209.3 
Intangible assets
(11)
2,545.7
2,394.4 
Deferred tax assets
(3)
6.7 
9.7 
Exploration and evaluation assets
16.0
30.3
Total non-current assets
5,726.1
6,292.1 
Total assets
8,398.4
10,545.3
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
(4)
883.0
1,059.3 
Lease liabilities
(10)
48.9 
41.3 
Interest bearing liabilities
(8)
19.5 
21.1 
Other financial liabilities
(18)
2.2 
9.7 
Provisions
(17)
140.0 
108.8 
Current tax liabilities
238.3
11.6 
Liabilities classified as held for sale
(14)
–
55.6 
Total current liabilities
1,331.9
1,307.4 
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
(4)
12.4
10.8 
Lease liabilities
(10)
222.4 
193.4 
Interest bearing liabilities
(8)
1,664.6 
1,710.6 
Other financial liabilities
(18)
39.7 
87.1 
Provisions
(17)
155.9 
132.7 
Deferred tax liabilities
(3)
108.4
657.8 
Retirement benefit obligation
(21)
18.2 
18.8 
Total non-current liabilities
2,221.6
2,811.2 
Total liabilities
3,553.5
4,118.6 
Net assets
4,844.9
6,426.7 
Equity
Issued capital
(7)
3,354.7
3,806.2 
Reserves
(297.1)
144.7 
Retained earnings
1,788.3
2,475.9 
Non-controlling interest
(1.0)
(0.1)
Total equity
4,844.9
6,426.7 
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 September 2024
Notes
2024 $mill
2023 $mill
(Loss)/profit attributable to:
Members of Incitec Pivot Limited from continuing operations
(477.7)
 276.7 
Members of Incitec Pivot Limited from discontinued operations
166.8
 283.3 
Non-controlling interest
(0.9)
 (0.2)
(Loss)/profit for the year
(311.8)
 559.8 
Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to:
Members of Incitec Pivot Limited from continuing operations
(609.6)
 355.6 
Members of Incitec Pivot Limited from discontinued operations
(135.4)
 303.1 
Non-controlling interest
(0.9)
 (0.2)
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year
(745.9)
 658.5 
Earnings per share
Basic (cents per share)
(5)
(16.1)
 28.8 
Diluted (cents per share)
(5)
(16.1)
 28.8 
Earnings per share from continuing operations
 
 
Basic (cents per share)
(5)
(24.7)
 14.2 
Diluted (cents per share)
(5)
(24.7)
 14.2 

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
88
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
89
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 September 2024
Notes
Issued 
capital 
$mill
Cash 
flow 
hedging 
reserve 
$mill
Share- 
based 
payments 
reserve 
$mill
Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$mill
Fair 
value 
reserve 
$mill
Retained 
earnings 
$mill
Non-
controlling 
interest 
$mill
Total 
equity 
$mill
Balance at 1 October 2022
 
 3,806.2 
 (76.4)
 23.4 
 114.4 
 (19.7)
 2,441.7
 0.1 
 6,289.7
Profit for the year
 
– 
– 
– 
– 
–
560.0
 (0.2)
559.8
Total other comprehensive income for the year
 
– 
54.5
– 
45.6
–
(1.4)
–
98.7 
Dividends paid
(6)
– 
– 
– 
– 
–
 (524.4)
–
 (524.4)
Share-based payment transactions
(19) 
– 
– 
2.9
– 
– 
– 
–
 2.9 
Balance at 30 September 2023
 
 3,806.2 
(21.9)
26.3
160.0
(19.7)
2,475.9
 (0.1)
6,426.7
Balance at 1 October 2023
 
 3,806.2 
(21.9)
26.3
160.0
(19.7)
2,475.9
 (0.1)
6,426.7
Loss for the year
 
–
–
–
–
–
(310.9)
 (0.9)
(311.8)
Total other comprehensive loss for the year
 
–
12.0
–
(447.9)
0.3
 1.5 
–
 (434.1)
Dividends paid
(6)
–
–
–
–
–
 (378.2)
–
 (378.2)
Capital returned to members of Incitec Pivot Limited
(7)
(302.5)
–
–
–
–
–
–
 (302.5)
Share buyback
(7)
(149.0)
–
–
–
–
–
–
(149.0)
Settlement for IPL employees entitlement
–
–
(4.5)
–
–
–
–
(4.5)
Purchased shares for IPL employees
_
_
(5.5)
_
_
_
_
(5.5)
Share-based payment transactions
(19) 
–
–
3.8
–
–
–
–
 3.8 
Balance at 30 September 2024
 
3,354.7
(9.9)
20.1
(287.9)
(19.4)
1,788.3
 (1.0)
4,844.9
Cash flow hedging reserve
This reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedging instruments related  
to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.
Share-based payments reserve
This reserve comprises the fair value of rights recognised as an employee expense under the terms of the Long Term Incentive Plans.
Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled operations are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve.  
The relevant portion of the reserve is recognised in the profit or loss when the foreign operation is disposed of. 
The foreign currency translation reserve is also used to record gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign operations.
Fair value reserve
This reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity instruments. The annual net change in the fair value of 
investments in equity securities (including both realised and unrealised gains and losses) is recognised in other comprehensive income.
Non-controlling interest
This represents equity interest outside the Incitec Pivot Limited Group. Refer to Note 16 for the list of subsidiaries that are not 100%  
owned by the Group.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 September 2024
Notes
2024 $mill
2023 $mill
Cash flows from operating activities
 
Inflows 
 (Outflows) 
Inflows 
 (Outflows) 
(Loss)/Profit after tax for the year
 
(311.8)
559.8 
Adjusted for non-cash items
 
Net finance cost
 
104.4 
148.7 
Depreciation and amortisation
(2)
345.0
335.6 
Asset impairment and site exit costs
1,072.7
4.9 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations before tax
(14)
(356.4)
–
Share of profit on equity accounted investments
(15)
(62.2)
(61.4)
Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 
(2)
(14.7)
(11.5)
Non-cash share-based payment transactions
(19)
3.8
2.9 
Income tax expense
(3) 
38.6
140.5 
Changes in assets and liabilities
(Increase)/decrease in receivables and other operating assets
 
(133.2)
178.6 
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
 
(2.1)
169.4 
Decrease in payables, provisions and other operating liabilities
 
(217.0)
(365.1)
467.1
1,102.4 
Adjusted for cash items
Dividends received 
(15)
32.8 
37.7 
Interest received
 
57.5 
8.5 
Interest paid
 
(140.6)
(133.9)
Income tax paid
(122.1)
(313.9)
Settlement for IPL employees entitlement
 
(4.5)
–
Net cash flows from operating activities
 
290.2
 700.8 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles
 
(378.7)
(495.1)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
 
30.4 
13.3 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of transaction costs and tax(1)
1,639.7
–
Payments for acquisition of subsidiaries and non-controlling interests and equity investments
(4.3)
–
Net cash flows from investing activities
 
1,287.1
 (481.8)
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
Repayments of borrowings
(8)
(8.1)
(9.7)
Proceeds from borrowings
(8)
0.8 
–
Dividends paid to members of Incitec Pivot Limited
(6)
(378.2)
(524.4)
Lease liability payments
(53.0)
(50.5)
Purchased shares for IPL employees
(5.5)
–
Share buyback
(140.6)
–
Capital returned to members of Incitec Pivot Limited
 
(302.5)
–
Net cash flows from financing activities
 
(887.1)
 (584.6)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents held
 
690.2
 (365.6)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
 
 399.4 
 763.5 
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents held
 
(20.7)
 1.5 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
(8)
 1,068.9 
 399.4 
(1)	 Includes $156.8m tax paid on the sale of discontinued operations.
The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows includes cash flows from both continuing and discontinued operations. Refer to note 14 
for the cash flows relating to discontinued operations. 

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
90
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
91
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: BASIS OF PREPARATION
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Basis of preparation and consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain 
financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.
The financial results and financial position of the Group are 
expressed in Australian dollars, which is the functional currency  
of the Company and the presentation currency for the consolidated 
financial statements. Where applicable, comparative disclosures 
have been reclassified for consistency with the current period  
if material.
As a result of the Waggaman sale agreement, the assets and 
liabilities directly attributable to Waggaman were classified as 
held for sale at 30 September 2023. The earnings attributable to 
Waggaman for the period under IPL ownership and the resultant 
gain on sale have been presented as discontinued operations.  
Refer to note 14 of the financial statements for the earnings,  
cash flow and balance sheet of the Waggaman operations.
The capitalised expenditure on activities relating to Exploration 
and Evaluation of mineral resources have been separately disclosed 
in the financial statements as a Non-Current Asset for the financial 
year ended 30 September 2024.
The balances attributable to these activities were previously 
included in Non-Current Other Assets and Property, Plant and 
Equipment. The Group’s accounting policy pertaining to costs for 
exploration for and evaluation of mineral resources is to capitalise 
the expenditure, to the extent that the costs are expected to be 
recouped through successful development and exploitation of the 
area of interest, or alternatively, by its sale. The September 2023 
balances have also been reclassified in the financial year 2024 
financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue  
by the directors on 11 November 2024.
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group.  
The financial results and financial position of the subsidiaries  
are included in the consolidated financial statements from  
the date control commences until the date control ceases.
A list of the Group’s subsidiaries is included in note 16.
Joint arrangements and associates
A joint venture is an arrangement where the parties have rights  
to the net assets of the venture.
A joint operation is an arrangement where the parties each have 
rights to the assets and liabilities relating to the arrangement.
Associates are those entities in respect of which the Group has 
significant influence, but not control, over the financial and 
operating policies of the entities.
Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for 
using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, 
and subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial 
statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and  
other comprehensive income of the investees.
The interests in joint operations are brought to account recognising 
the Group’s share of jointly controlled assets, liabilities, expenses, 
and income from the joint operation.
A list of the Group’s joint arrangements and associates is included  
in note 16.
Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements are general purpose 
financial statements which have been prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards (including Australian 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The consolidated 
financial statements of the Group comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations.  
The Company is a for-profit entity.
Key estimates and judgements
Key accounting estimates and judgements are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical experience and other  
factors, including expectation of future events that may have 
a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.
The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the subsequent related actual result. The estimates and 
judgements that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are set out in the notes.
Rounding of amounts
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative Instrument, 
ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/ Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191, issued by the Australian Securities and 
Investments Commission dated 24 March 2016 and, in accordance 
with that Legislative Instrument, the amounts shown in this report 
and in the financial statements have been rounded, except where 
otherwise stated, to the nearest one hundred thousand dollars.
Structural Separation
On 10 July 2024, IPL announced that it had ceased previous 
negotiations for the sale of its Fertilisers business. 
IPL continues to manage Dyno Nobel and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers 
separately, while options are assessed for the structural separation 
of the two businesses.
There has been no impact on the financial statements for FY24 
other than the costs incurred to date which have been classified  
as an individually material item and disclosed in the note 2 to  
the financial statements.
Accounting standards issued
The Group adopted any amendments to Standards and 
Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards  
Board (AASB) that are relevant to its operations and effective  
for the current year. The adoption of these revised Standards  
and Interpretations did not have a material impact on the  
Group’s result.
Certain new accounting Standards and Interpretations have  
been issued that are not mandatory for the 30 September 2024 
reporting period and have not been early adopted by the Group. 
These Standards and Interpretations are not expected to have a 
material impact on the Group in the current or future reporting 
periods or on foreseeable future transactions.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Basis of preparation and consolidation
91
Financial performance
1 Segment report
92
2 Revenue and expenses
94
3 Taxation
95
4 Trade and other receivables and payables
97
Shareholder returns
5 Earnings per share
98
6 Dividends
98
Capital structure
7 Capital management
99
8 Net debt
99
Capital investment
9 Property, plant and equipment
101
10 Leases
102
11 Intangibles
103
12 Impairment of goodwill and non-current assets
104
13 Commitments
106
14 Discontinued operations
106
15 Equity accounted investments
107
16 Investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates
108
Risk management
17 Provisions and contingencies
110
18 Financial risk management
111
Other
19 Share-based payments
119
20 Key management personnel disclosures
119
21 Retirement benefit obligation
120
22 Deed of cross guarantee
121
23 Parent entity disclosure
121
24 Auditor’s remuneration
122
25 Events subsequent to reporting date
122
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement
123

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
92
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
93
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Asia Pacific
Americas
30 September 2023
Notes
Fertilisers 
APAC
$mill
DNAP
$mill
APAC 
Elim
$mill
Total
$mill
DNA
$mill
Group 
Elim
$mill
Corporate(i)
$mill
Total 
Continuing 
Operations 
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations 
$mill
Consolidated 
Group
$mill
Revenue from external customers
(2)
2,203.4 
1,500.6 (22.2)
3,681.8 
1,776.2 
(54.5)
–
5,403.5 
604.6 
6,008.1 
Share of profit of equity accounted 
investments
(15)
–
15.5 
–
15.5 
45.9 
–
–
61.4 
–
61.4 
EBITDA(ii)
255.3 
289.1 
–
544.4 
307.4
0.1 
(43.9)
808.0
407.4
1,215.4 
Depreciation and amortisation
(2)
(102.1)
(100.8)
–
(202.9)
(116.1)
0.5 
(6.2)
(324.7)
(10.9)
(335.6)
EBIT
(iii)
153.2 
188.3 
–
341.5 
191.3
0.6 
(50.1)
483.3
396.5
879.8 
Net interest expense
(148.7)
Income tax expense (excluding IMIs)
(149.2)
Profit after tax(iv)
581.9
Non-controlling interest
0.2 
Individually material items (net of tax)
(2)
(22.1)
Profit attributable to members of IPL
560.0
Segment assets
1,756.8 
2,856.3 
–
4,613.1 
3,047.6
–
612.0
8,272,7
2,262.9
10,535.6
Segment liabilities
(678.3)
(355.1)
–
(1,033.4)
(726.1)
–
(1,634.5)
(3,394.0)
(66.8)
(3,460.8)
Net segment assets(v)
1,078.5 
2,501.2 
–
3,579.7 
2,321.5
–
(1,022.5)
4,878.7
2,196.1
7,074.8
Deferred tax balances
(3)
(648.1)
Net assets
6,426.7
(i)	
Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(ii)	 Earnings Before Interest, related income tax expense, depreciation and amortisation and individually material items.
(iii)	 Earnings Before Interest, related income tax expense and individually material items.
(iv)	 Profit after tax (excluding individually material items).
(v)	 Net segment assets exclude deferred tax balances.
Geographical information – secondary reporting segments
The Group operates in two principal countries being Australia and the US.
In presenting information on the basis of geographical information, revenue is based on the geographical location of the entity making  
the sale. Assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.
30 September 2024
Australia 
$mill
US 
$mill
Other/Elim 
$mill
Continuing 
Operations 
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations (US) 
 $mill
Consolidated 
Group 
$mill
Revenue from external customers
 3,263.7 
 1,337.4 
 677.4 
 5,278.5 
 86.4 
 5,364.9 
30 September 2023
Revenue from external customers
 3,345.8 
 1,388.6 
 669.1 
 5,403.5 
 604.6 
 6,008.1 
30 September 2024
Australia 
$mill
US 
$mill
Other/Elim 
$mill
Consolidated 
Group 
$mill
Non-current assets other than financial assets and 
deferred tax assets
2,771.1
 2,514.3 
430.7
5,716.1
Trade and other receivables
 355.3 
 132.6 
182.2
 670.1 
30 September 2023
Non-current assets other than financial assets and 
deferred tax assets
 3,542.0 
 2,279.0 
450.1
6,271.1
Trade and other receivables
 261.6 
 151.2 
185.1
597.9
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
1. Segment report
The Group operates a number of strategic divisions that offer different products and services and operate in different markets. For reporting 
purposes, these divisions are known as reportable segments. The results of each segment are reviewed monthly by the executive management 
team (the chief operating decision makers) to assess performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources.
Description of reportable segments
Asia Pacific
Fertilisers Asia Pacific (Fertilisers APAC): manufactures and sells fertilisers in Eastern Australia and the export market. It also manufactures, 
imports and sells industrial chemicals to the agricultural sector and other specialist industries.
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining industry 
mainly in the Asia Pacific region, Turkey and France.
Asia Pacific Eliminations (APAC Elim): represent elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from Fertilisers APAC sales to DNAP.
Americas
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining, quarrying  
and construction industries in the Americas (Canada, Mexico and Chile) and initiating systems to businesses in Australia, Turkey and  
South Africa. It also manufactures and sells industrial chemicals to the agricultural sector and other specialist industries.
Group eliminations/Corporate
Group Eliminations (Group Elim): represent elimination of sales and profit in stock arising from intersegment sales.
Corporate costs include all head office expenses that cannot be directly or reasonably attributed to the operation of any of the 
Group’s businesses.
Reportable segments – financial information
Asia Pacific
Americas
30 September 2024
Notes
Fertilisers 
APAC
$mill
DNAP
$mill
APAC 
Elim
$mill
Total
$mill
DNA
$mill
Group 
Elim
$mill
Corporate(i)
$mill
Total 
Continuing 
Operations 
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations 
$mill
Consolidated 
Group
$mill
Revenue from external customers
(2)
2,098.0 1,478.4 (13.6)
3,562.8 1,760.7 (45.0)
–
5,278.5 
86.4 
5,364.9 
Share of profit of equity accounted 
investments
(15)
–
19.5 
–
19.5 
42.7 
–
–
62.2 
–
62.2 
EBITDA(ii)
205.9 
359.6 
–
565.5 
354.0 
(1.3)
(52.1)
866.1 
58.7 
924.8 
Depreciation and amortisation
(2)
(86.1)
(102.9)
–
(189.0)
(150.7)
0.7 
(6.0)
(345.0)
–
(345.0)
EBIT
(iii)
119.8 
256.7 
–
376.5 
203.3
(0.6)
(58.1)
521.1
58.7 
579.8
Net interest expense
(104.4)
Income tax expense (excluding IMIs)
(75.5)
Profit after tax(iv)
399.9
Non-controlling interest
0.9
Individually material items (net of tax)
(2)
(711.7)
Loss attributable to members of IPL
(310.9)
Segment assets
1,033.4
2,897.5 
–
3,930.9
3,230.6
–
1,230.2
8,391.7
–
8,391.7
Segment liabilities
(619.1)
(321.3)
–
(940.4) (1,002.1)
–
(1,502.6)
(3,445.1)
–
(3,445.1)
Net segment assets(v)
414.3
2,576.2 
–
2,990.5
2,228.5
–
(272.4)
4,946.6
–
4,946.6
Deferred tax balances
(3)
(101.7)
Net assets
4,844.9
(i)	
Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(ii)	 Earnings Before Interest, related income tax expense, depreciation and amortisation and individually material items.
(iii)	 Earnings Before Interest, related income tax expense and individually material items.
(iv)	 Profit after tax (excluding individually material items).
(v)	 Net segment assets exclude deferred tax balances.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
94
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
95
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
3. Taxation
Income tax expense for the year
2024
2023
Continuing 
Operations
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations
$mill
Consolidated 
Group
$mill
Continuing 
Operations
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations
$mill
Consolidated 
Group
$mill
Current tax expense/(benefit)
61.2
511.8
573.0
(39.3)
103.1 
63.8
Deferred tax (benefit)/expense
(270.3)
(264.1)
(534.4)
80.2
(3.5)
76.7
Total income tax (benefit)/expense
(209.1)
247.7
38.6
40.9 
99.6
140.5
Income tax reconciliation to prima facie tax payable
2024
2023
Continuing 
Operations
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations
$mill
Consolidated 
Group
$mill
Continuing 
Operations
$mill
Discontinued 
Operations
$mill
Consolidated 
Group
$mill
(Loss)/profit before income tax
(687.7)
414.5
(273.2)
317.4 
382.9 
700.3 
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2023: 30%)
(206.3)
124.4
(81.9)
95.2 
114.9 
210.1 
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/
(taxable) in calculating taxable income:
Joint venture income
(13.5)
–
(13.5)
(14.3)
–
(14.3)
Sundry items
(8.6)
(32.6)
(41.2)
(17.0)
–
(17.0)
Reversal of deferred tax liabilities
(24.6)
–
(24.6)
–
–
–
Goodwill impairment
57.9 
237.2 
295.1 
–
–
–
Non assessable gains
–
(68.5)
(68.5)
–
–
–
Difference in overseas tax rates
(14.0)
(12.8)
(26.8)
(23.0)
(15.3)
(38.3)
Total income tax (benefit)/expense
(209.1)
247.7
38.6
40.9 
99.6
140.5
Tax amounts recognised directly in equity
The aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the financial year and not recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged to equity  
is a credit of $0.1m for the year ended 30 September 2024 (2023: debit of $22.3m).
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Deferred tax balances comprise temporary differences attributable to the following:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Employee entitlements provision
26.8
19.1 
Retirement benefit obligations
3.5
4.2 
Provisions and accruals
85.9
74.3 
Lease liabilities
72.8
64.7 
Tax losses
6.6
29.2
Property, plant and equipment
(163.4)
(671.2)
Right-of-use lease assets
(68.1)
(61.0)
Intangible assets
(86.7)
(93.1)
Joint venture income
(18.1)
(17.5)
Inventories impairment
10.6
5.4
Share based payments
7.9
9.3
Foreign exchange movement
7.0
(5.3)
Other
13.5
(6.2)
Net deferred tax liabilities
(101.7)
(648.1)
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Goods and services tax
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities (other than receivables 
and payables) are recognised net of the amount of goods and 
services tax (GST). The only exception is where the amount of GST 
incurred is not recoverable from the relevant taxation authorities. 
In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part of the cost of 
the asset or as part of the item of expenditure.
Other income
Other income represents gains that are not revenue. This includes 
royalty income and management fees from the Group’s joint 
ventures and associates, income from contractual arrangements 
that are not considered external sales and government grants.  
During 2023, IPL received Government grants of $6.2m to fund the 
increased production of AdBlue at the Gibson Island facility given 
the shortage in the domestic market. Grant income was recognised 
as a deduction from the related expense with any excess income 
reported as other income. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
2. Revenue and expenses
Notes
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Revenue
External sales from continuing operations
5,278.5
5,403.5 
External sales from discontinued operations
86.4
604.6 
Total revenue
5,364.9
6,008.1 
Financial income
Interest income
57.3
8.5 
Other income
Royalty income and management fees
(15)
38.7
37.0 
Net gain on sale of property, plant and 
equipment 
14.7
11.5
Government grant income
–
7.4
Other income from continuing operations
25.3
3.1
Total financial and other income from 
continuing operations
136.0
67.5 
Other income from discontinued operations
–
0.2 
Expenses
Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:
Notes
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Depreciation and amortisation continuing operations
Depreciation
 
property, plant and equipment
(9)
261.5
251.8 
leases
(10)
54.6
52.4 
Amortisation
(11)
28.9
20.5 
Total depreciation and amortisation
345.0
324.7
Depreciation and amortisation discontinued operations
Depreciation
property, plant and equipment
(9)
– 
10.7 
leases
(10)
– 
0.1 
Amortisation
(11)
– 
0.1 
Total depreciation and amortisation
(14)
– 
10.9 
Asset impairment and site exit costs
property, plant and equipment
(9)
793.9
4.9
intangible assets
(11)
197.2
–
inventories
32.7
–
exploration and evaluation assets
18.0
–
site exit costs
30.9
–
Total asset impairment and site exit costs
1,072.7
4.9
Amounts set aside to provide for:
Impairment losses on trade and other receivables
(4)
6.7
3.6
Inventory losses and obsolescence
(4)
9.9
4.1
Employee entitlements
(17)
17.6
6.9 
Environmental liabilities
(17)
21.0
5.5
Legal and other provisions
(17)
15.3
2.5 
Restructuring and rationalisation costs
(17)
29.6
4.5 
Research and development expense
30.2
30.6 
Defined contribution superannuation expense
40.8
38.4
Defined benefit superannuation expense
(21)
1.3
7.1
Financial expenses
Interest on lease liabilities
(10)
8.6
6.1 
Unwinding of discount on provisions
(17)
6.4
5.2 
Net interest expense on defined benefit 
obligation
(21)
1.3
1.0
Interest expenses on financial liabilities
144.8
144.1
Total financial expenses continuing operations 
161.1
156.4 
Interest on lease liabilities
(10)
0.1
0.3
Unwinding of discount on provisions
(17)
0.5
0.5
Total financial expenses discontinued operations
0.6
0.8 
Individually material items
Profit after tax includes the following expenses whose disclosure  
is relevant in explaining the financial performance of the Group:
Gross 
$mill
Tax 
$mill
Net 
$mill
30 September 2024
Impairment and site exit costs of Australian 
Fertilisers business (1)
940.9
(224.3)
 716.6 
Impairment of US Fertilisers business (2)
 100.1 
 (26.0)
 74.1 
Fertilisers separation costs (3)
 8.5 
 (2.5)
 6.0 
Gain on sale of WALA (4)
 (356.4)
 232.6  (123.8)
Business transformation costs (5)
 31.3 
 (9.4)
 21.9 
DNAP site closure (6)
 24.2 
 (7.3)
 16.9 
Total individually material items
748.6
(36.9)
711.7
30 September 2023
Fertilisers separation costs (3)
 18.0 
 (5.4)
 12.6 
WALA sale transaction costs (7)
 12.8 
 (3.3)
 9.5 
Total individually material items
 30.8 
 (8.7)
 22.1 
(1)	 IPL has written down the carrying value of its Australian Fertilisers business based on a value-in-
use approach as summarised below: 
a.  Assets related to the Phosphate Hill operations have been impaired which is reflective of the 
uncertain gas outlook on the east coast of Australia. 
b.  Geelong manufacturing assets have been fully impaired as a result of movements in the 
global phosphate market, fluctuations in phosphate rock costs and movements in the domestic 
SSP sale price.  
c.  Ahead of a distribution center relocation at Gibson Island, infrastructure at the distribution 
centre which cannot be relocated to the new facility has also been written off.
(2)	 During FY24, IPL undertook a competitive sale process for the potential sale of its Fertilisers 
manufacturing facility located in St Helens, Oregon, US. While the facility was not sold, the 
process did indicate that the fair value of the asset was below the carrying amount. This 
triggered an impairment review of the asset and a partial impairment of the asset was 
recognised on a value-in-use basis.
(3)	 Separation costs, primarily advisor fees and IT transition costs, were incurred to optimally 
position IPF for standalone operation, whether this be in preparation for sale or as a separately 
managed business within the IPL Group.
(4)	 In December 2023, IPL completed the sale of its ammonia manufacturing facility located 
in Waggaman, Louisiana, US, resulting in a gain on sale. In addition to the net proceeds 
received and the disposal of net tangible assets, the gain on sale includes a non-cash, non-tax-
deductible release of goodwill and foreign currency translation reserve. 
(5)	 In FY24, IPL initiated a business transformation project for the Dyno Nobel business. The 
project has identified opportunities for innovation, collaboration, and more efficient ways of 
working and is expected to deliver significant value. The one-off project costs primarily reflect 
redundancy costs and advisor fees.  
(6)	 In September 2024, IPL decided to cease manufacturing at its emulsion plant located in 
Warkworth, New South Wales. The conclusion of a contract to source Ammonium Nitrate 
solution to the facility resulted in the operations becoming uneconomical beyond 2024. As a 
result of the decision, IPL will incur costs to demolish the plant, remediate the land, and pay 
redundancies to impacted employees.   
(7)	 Costs incurred to effect the sale of WALA operations. These costs include advisory fees, legal, 
accounting and tax advice during 2023.
Key accounting policies
Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received 
or receivable by the Group. Amounts disclosed as revenue are 
net of returns, trade allowances and amounts collected on behalf 
of third parties. Revenue is recognised for the major business 
activities on the following basis:
	» Sale of goods and services: revenue from the sale of goods 
and services is recognised at the point in time when the 
performance obligations under the customer contract are 
satisfied. This is typically when control of goods or services is 
transferred to the customer. The fee for the service component 
is recognised separately from the sale of goods.
	» Interest income is recognised as it accrues using the effective 
interest method.
The Group disaggregates its revenue per reportable segment as 
presented in note 1, as the revenue within each business unit is 
affected by economic factors in a similar manner.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
96
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
97
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
4. Trade and other receivables  
and payables
The Group’s total trade and other receivables and payables consists 
of inventory, receivables and payables balances, net of provisions 
for any impairment losses.
30 September 2024
Trade 
$mill
Other 
$mill
Total 
$mill
Inventories
785.3
–
785.3
Receivables
615.3 
54.8 
670.1 
Payables
(558.5)
(336.9)
(895.4)
 
842.1
(282.1)
560.0
30 September 2023
Trade 
$mill
Other 
$mill
Total 
$mill
Inventories
817.4 
–
817.4 
Receivables
538.4 
59.5
597.9
Payables
(782.1)
(288.0)
(1,070.1)
 
573.7
(228.5)
345.2
Inventories by category:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Raw materials and stores
221.0
 246.0 
Work-in-progress
 75.4 
 94.9 
Finished goods
512.1
 495.9 
Provisions
 (23.2)
 (19.4)
Total inventory balance
785.3
 817.4 
Provision movement:
30 September 2024
Trade 
receivables 
$mill
Inventories 
$mill
Carrying amount at 1 October 2023
 (16.7)
 (19.4)
Provisions made during the year
 (6.7)
(9.9)
Provisions written back during the year
 5.8 
3.0
Amounts written off against provisions
 2.1 
2.6
Foreign exchange rate movements
 1.4 
0.5
Carrying amount at 30 September 2024
 (14.1)
(23.2)
Trade receivables ageing and credit loss provision
Included in the following table is an age analysis of the Group’s 
trade receivables, along with credit loss provisions against these 
balances at 30 September:
30 September 2024
Gross 
$mill
Credit loss 
provision 
$mill
Net 
$mill
Current
584.3
(0.8)
583.5 
30–90 days
29.2 
(1.2)
28.0 
Over 90 days
15.9 
(12.1)
3.8 
Total
629.4
(14.1)
615.3 
30 September 2023
Gross 
$mill
Credit loss 
provision 
$mill
Net 
$mill
Current
518.1 
(2.3)
515.8 
30–90 days
21.4 
(2.2)
19.2 
Over 90 days
15.6 
(12.2)
3.4 
Total
555.1 
(16.7)
538.4 
The graph below shows the Group’s trade working capital (trade 
assets and liabilities) performance over a five year period.
* Trade working capital is reported gross of debtor factoring and supply chain financing 	
	 arrangements. 
Key accounting policies
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
The cost of manufactured goods is based on a weighted average 
costing method. For third party sourced goods, cost is net cost  
into warehouse.
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value 
plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial measurement they are measured at amortised cost less any 
provisions for expected impairment losses or actual impairment 
losses. Credit losses and recoveries of items previously written  
off are recognised in the profit or loss.
Where substantially all risks and rewards relating to a receivable  
are transferred to a third party, the receivable is derecognised.
To manage cash inflows which are impacted by seasonality and 
demand and supply variability, the Group has a nonrecourse 
receivable purchasing agreement to sell certain receivables to 
an unrelated entity in exchange for cash. These receivables are 
derecognised upon sale as substantially all risks and rewards 
associated with the receivables are passed to the purchaser.  
As at 30 September 2024, there were no receivables sold under  
this arrangement (2023: $117.9m).
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are stated at cost and represent liabilities 
for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of 
financial year, which are unpaid at the reporting date.
To manage the cash flow conversion cycle on some products 
procured by the Group, and to ensure that suppliers receive 
payment in a time period that suits their business model, the 
Group offers some suppliers the opportunity to use supply chain 
financing. The Group evaluates supplier arrangements against a 
number of indicators to assess if the payable continues to have 
the characteristics of a trade payable or should be classified as 
borrowings. These indicators include whether the payment terms 
exceed customary payment terms in the industry. At 30 September 
2024, the balance of the supply chain finance program was $nil 
(2023: $148.3m).
13 month rolling average trade working capital*/
Annual net revenue from continuing operations
0.0%
2.5%
5.0%
7.5%
10.0%
12.5%
15.0%
17.5%
20.0%
22.5%
25.0%
27.5%
FY20
FY21
FY22
FY23
FY24
Explosives (DNA, DNAP)          Fertilisers           Group
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Presented in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as follows:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Deferred tax assets
6.7
9.7 
Deferred tax liabilities
(108.4)
(657.8)
Net deferred tax liabilities
(101.7)
(648.1)
Movements in net deferred tax liabilities
The table below sets out movements in net deferred tax balances for the period ended 30 September:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Opening balance at 1 October
(648.1)
(544.9)
Credited/(debited) to the profit or loss
534.4
(76.7)
Charged to equity
0.1
(22.3)
Foreign exchange movements
11.9
(4.2)
Closing balance at 30 September
(101.7)
(648.1)
Key accounting policies
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises current tax (amounts payable or receivable within 12 months) and deferred tax (amounts payable or 
receivable after 12 months). Tax expense is recognised in the profit or loss, unless it relates to items that have been recognised in equity  
(as part of other comprehensive income). In this instance, the related tax expense is also recognised in equity.
Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year. It is calculated using tax rates applicable at the reporting date, 
and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of previous years.
Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised for all taxable temporary differences and is calculated based on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected 
to be applied when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the assets 
can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the 
related tax benefits will be realised.
The Group has and will continue to apply the temporary exemption in AASB 112 Income Taxes not to recognise or disclose information 
about deferred tax assets and liabilities that could arise from OECD Pillar Two model rules.
Offsetting tax balances
Tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legal right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.
Tax consolidation
For details on the Company’s tax consolidated group refer to note 23.
Key estimates and judgements
Uncertain tax matters
The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and foreign jurisdictions and as a result, the calculation of the Group’s tax charge 
involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items. In addition, there are transactions and calculations relating 
to the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities for potential tax 
audit issues in deferred tax liabilities based on management’s assessment of whether additional taxes may be payable and calculates 
the provision in accordance with the applicable accounting standards including IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. 
Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, these differences impact  
the current and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
98
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
99
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL STRUCTURE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
7. Capital management
Capital is defined as the amount subscribed by shareholders 
to the Company’s ordinary shares and amounts advanced by 
debt providers to any Group entity. The Group’s objectives when 
managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going 
concern and invest in business growth, while providing returns to 
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders.
The Group’s key strategies for maintenance of an optimal capital 
structure include:
	» Aiming to maintain an investment grade credit profile and the 
requisite financial metrics;
	» Securing access to diversified sources of debt funding with a 
spread of maturity dates and sufficient undrawn committed 
facility capacity;
	» Optimising over the long-term, to the extent practicable, 
the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC), while 
maintaining financial flexibility.
In order to optimise its capital structure, the Group may undertake 
one or a combination of the following actions:
	» change the amount of dividends paid to shareholders and/or 
offer a dividend reinvestment plan with or without a discount 
and/or with or without an underwriting facility  
when appropriate;
	» return capital or issue new shares to shareholders;
	» vary discretionary capital expenditure;
	» raise new debt funding or repay existing debt balances; and
	» draw down additional debt or sell non-core assets to  
reduce debt.
Key financial metrics
The Group uses a range of financial metrics to monitor the 
efficiency of its capital structure, including EBITDA, interest cover 
and Net debt/EBITDA before individually material items. Financial 
metric targets are maintained inside debt covenant restrictions. At 
30 September the Group’s position in relation to these metrics was:
Target range
2024
2023
Net debt/EBITDA (times) (1)
equal or less than 1.5
0.8
1.2
Interest cover (times)
equal or more than 6.0
12.5
9.9
(1)  Consistent with IPL debt covenants, net debt does not include trade working capital facilities. 
These ratios are impacted by a number of factors, including the 
level of cash retained from operating cash flows generated by the 
Group after paying all of its commitments (including dividends or 
other returns of capital), movements in foreign exchange rates, 
changes to market interest rates and the fair value of hedges 
economically hedging the Group’s net debt.
Self-insurance
The Group also self-insures for certain insurance risks under the 
Singapore Insurance Act. Under this Act, authorised general insurer, 
Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited (the Group’s self-insurance company), 
is required to maintain a minimum amount of capital. For the 
financial year ended 30 September 2024, Coltivi Insurance Pte 
Limited maintained capital in excess of the minimum requirements 
prescribed under this Act.
Issued capital
Ordinary shares
Ordinary shares issued are classified as equity and are fully paid, 
have no par value and carry one vote per share and the right to 
dividends. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of  
new shares are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of  
any related income tax benefit.
Issued capital as at 30 September 2024 amounted to $3,354.7m 
(2023: $3,806.2m) and ordinary shares of 1,892,101,721 (2023: 
1,942,225,029).
Capital Returns
On 8 February 2024, the Company returned $500.0m of surplus 
capital to shareholders. The cash distribution of 25.7 cents per 
share is in the form of a 15.6 cents per share capital reduction, 
totalling $302.4m and an unfranked special dividend of 10.2 cents 
per share, totalling $197.5m.
Additionally, the Group bought back shares valued at $149.0m  
as part of a planned $900.0m on-market share buyback program. 
The Group remains committed to executing the remainder of the 
program and has sufficient cash reserves and committed bank 
facilities to complete the buyback.
8. Net debt
The Group’s net debt comprises the net of interest bearing 
liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of derivative 
instruments economically hedging the foreign exchange rate and 
interest rate exposures of the Group’s interest bearing liabilities 
at the reporting date. The Group’s net debt at 30 September is 
analysed as follows:
Notes
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Interest bearing liabilities
1,684.1
1,731.7 
Cash and cash equivalents
(1,068.9)
(399.4)
Fair value of derivatives
(18)
36.4
82.7
Net debt
651.6
1,415.0
At 30 September 2024, the Group’s Net debt/EBITDA before 
individually material items was 0.8 times (2023: 1.2 times).  
Refer to note 7 for detail on the key financial metrics related  
to the Group’s capital structure.
Interest bearing liabilities
The Group’s interest bearing liabilities are unsecured and expose it 
to various market and liquidity risks. Details of these risks and their 
mitigation are included in note 18.
The following table details the interest bearing liabilities of the 
Group at 30 September:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Current
Loans from joint ventures
19.5
21.1 
19.5
21.1 
Non-current
Other non-current loans
13.3
20.7 
Fixed interest rate bonds
1,651.3
1,689.9 
1,664.6
1,710.6 
Total interest bearing liabilities
1,684.1
1,731.7 
Fixed Interest Rate Bonds
The Group has on issue the following fixed interest rate bonds:
	» USD500.0m of Notes as a private placement in the US  
market. USD250.0m has a fixed rate semi-annual coupon  
of 4.03 percent and matures in October 2028 and USD250.0m  
has a fixed rate semi-annual coupon of 4.13 percent and  
matures in October 2030. 
	» HKD560.0m 7 year bond as a private placement in the 
Regulation S debt capital market. The bond has a fixed rate 
annual coupon of 4.13 percent and matures in February 2026.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: SHAREHOLDER RETURNS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
5. Earnings per share
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Earnings used in the calculation of 
earnings per share attributable to 
ordinary shareholders
Profit from continuing operations 
attributable to ordinary shareholders
(477.7)
 276.7 
Profit from discontinued operations 
attributable to ordinary shareholders
166.8
 283.3 
Individually material items after tax
711.7
 22.1 
Profit attributable to ordinary 
shareholders excluding individually 
material items	
400.8
 582.1 
Number
Number
Weighted average number of ordinary 
shares used in the calculation of basic 
earnings per share
1,935,814,215
 1,942,225,029 
Weighted average number of ordinary 
shares used in the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share
1,935,814,215
 1,946,428,912 
2024 
Cents per 
share
2023 
Cents per 
share
Basic earnings per share
Continuing operations including
individually material items
(24.7)
14.2
Discontinued operations
8.6
 14.6 
Total basic earnings per share
(16.1)
28.8
Diluted earnings per share
Continuing operations including
individually material items
(24.7)
14.2
Discontinued operations
8.6
 14.6 
Total diluted earnings per share
(16.1)
28.8
Excluding individually material items
Basic earnings per share
20.7
30.0
Diluted earnings per share
20.7
29.9
The graph below shows the Group’s earnings per share and 
dividend payout over the last five years.
6. Dividends
Dividends paid or declared by the Company in the year ended  
30 September were:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Ordinary shares
Final dividend of 17.0 cents per share, fully franked, 
paid 21 December 2022
–
330.2
Interim dividend of 10.0 cents per share, 60 percent 
franked, paid 4 July 2023
–
194.2 
Final dividend of 5.0 cents per share, unfranked, paid 
19 December 2023
97.1
– 
Special dividend of 10.2 cents per share, unfranked, 
paid 8 February 2024
197.5
–
Interim dividend of 4.3 cents per share, unfranked, 
paid 4 July 2024
83.6
–
Total ordinary share dividends
378.2
524.4 
Since the end of the financial year, the directors have determined 
to pay a final dividend of 6.3 cents per share, unfranked, to be  
paid on 18 December 2024. The record date for entitlement to  
this dividend is 4 December 2024. Based on the number of shares 
on issue at 30 September 2024, the total dividend payment will be 
$119.2m.
The financial effect of this dividend has not been recognised in  
the 2024 Consolidated Financial Statements and will be recognised 
in subsequent Financial Reports.
The dividend reflects a payout ratio of approximately 50 percent  
of net profit after tax (before individually material items).
Franking credits
Franking credits as at 30 September 2024 were $13.9m (2023: 
$3.9m).
Key accounting policies
A provision for dividends payable is recognised in the reporting 
period in which the dividends are paid. The provision is for the total 
undistributed dividend amount, regardless of the extent to which 
the dividend will be paid in cash.
Key estimates and judgements
The expected impairment loss calculation for trade 
receivables considers the impact of past events, and 
exercises judgement over the impact of current and future 
economic conditions when considering the recoverability of 
outstanding trade receivable balances at the reporting date. 
In establishing the expected credit loss provision, the Group 
also assessed the impact of the global economic challenges 
and its potential to affect customers’ repayment ability. 
Subsequent changes in economic and market conditions may 
result in the provision for impairment losses increasing or 
decreasing in future periods.
Company performance and dividends declared
0
5
10
15
-15
-10
-5
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
Cents
Earnings per Share (including individually material items)
Earnings per Share (excluding individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
100
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
101
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
9. Property, plant and equipment
Notes
Freehold land 
and buildings 
$mill
Machinery, plant 
and equipment 
$mill
Work in progress 
$mill
Total 
$mill
At 30 September 2022
Cost
 
 1,169.4 
 5,433.7 
398.0 
7,001.1 
Accumulated depreciation
 
(446.9)
(2,307.3)
– 
(2,754.2)
Net book amount
 
722.5 
3,126.4 
398.0 
4,246.9 
Year ended 30 September 2023
Opening net book amount
 
722.5
3,126.4
398.0
4,246.9
Adjustment due to change in discount rates (1)
(22.1)
(1.8)
–
(23.9)
Additions
 
0.7 
24.6 
467.5 
492.8 
Reclassification to held for sale (2)
(120.9)
(1,050.6)
(75.1)
(1,246.6)
Disposals
 
(1.8)
 – 
 – 
(1.8)
Depreciation
(2)
(31.2)
(231.3)
 – 
(262.5)
Impairment of assets
(2)
–
(4.9)
 – 
(4.9)
Reclassification from work in progress
49.4 
379.5 
(428.9)
–
Reclassification to exploration and evaluation assests
–
–
(8.7)
(8.7)
Foreign exchange movement
 
3.4
(22.0)
10.0 
(8.6)
Closing net book amount
 
 600.0 
 2,219.9 
362.8
3,182.7
At 30 September 2023
Cost
 
 1,034.0 
 4,429.4 
362.8
5,826.2
Accumulated depreciation
 
(434.0)
(2,209.5)
 – 
(2,643.5)
Net book amount
 
600.0 
2,219.9 
362.8
3,182.7
Year ended 30 September 2024
Opening net book amount
 
 600.0 
 2,219.9 
 362.8 
3,182.7 
Adjustment due to change in discount rates (1)
4.9
–
–
4.9
Additions
 
28.7
11.6
354.6
394.9
Disposals
 
(4.6)
(11.1)
–
(15.7)
Depreciation
(2)
(30.1)
(231.4)
–
(261.5)
Impairment of assets
(2)
(117.9)
(596.2)
(79.8)
(793.9)
Reclassification from work in progress
57.2 
240.0 
(297.2)
–
Foreign exchange movement
 
(16.4)
(47.9)
(11.2)
(75.5)
Closing net book amount
 
 521.8 
 1,584.9 
329.2
2,435.9
At 30 September 2024
Cost
 
 1,083.6 
 4,400.2 
329.2
5,813.0
Accumulated depreciation
 
(561.8)
(2,815.3)
–
(3,377.1)
Net book amount
 
521.8 
1,584.9 
329.2
2,435.9
(1)	 Movement in site retirement obligation assets is driven by changes in long-term Government bond rates. The net present value of these assets are adjusted at each reporting period to reflect 
current rates. 
(2)	 The Waggaman property, plant and equipment was transferred to held for sale at November 2022. Refer to note 14 for further disclosure on discontinued operations. 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL STRUCTURE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Key accounting policies
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value  
less any directly attributable borrowing costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest bearing liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, with any 
difference between cost and redemption value recognised in  
the profit or loss over the period of the borrowings.
The Group derecognises interest bearing liabilities when its 
obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Any gains and  
losses arising on derecognition are recognised in the profit  
or loss.
Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities, 
except for those liabilities where the Group has an unconditional 
right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the year end, 
which are classified as non-current.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash includes cash at bank, cash on hand and short term 
investments, net of bank overdrafts.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs include interest on borrowings and the 
amortisation of premiums relating to borrowings.
Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, unless they relate 
to qualifying assets (refer note 9). In this instance, the borrowing 
costs are capitalised and depreciated over the asset’s expected  
useful life.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL STRUCTURE
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
	» AUD431.3m 7 year bond on issue in the Australian debt capital 
market. The bond was issued in March 2019 for AUD450.0m 
and reduced by AUD18.7m as a result of the buyback in 
November 2020. The bond has a fixed rate semi-annual coupon 
of 4.30 percent and matures in March 2026. 
	» USD305.7m 10 year bond on issue in the Regulation S  
debt capital market. The bond was issued in August 2017  
for USD400.0m and reduced by USD94.3m as a result of the  
buyback in November 2020. The bond has a fixed rate semi-
annual coupon of 3.95 percent and matures in August 2027.
Bank Facilities
The Group holds committed Syndicated Term facility domiciled in 
Australia and consisting of two tranches: Tranche A has a limit of 
AUD490.0m and Tranche B has a limit of USD200.0m. The facility 
had a maturity of April 2025 which was extended to October 2025.
Tenor of interest bearing liabilities
The Group’s average tenor of its drawn interest bearing liabilities 
at 30 September 2024 is 3.4 years (2023: 4.4 years) and the average 
tenor of its total debt facilities is 2.6 years (2023: 3.4 years).
The table below includes detail on the movements in the Group’s interest bearing liabilities.
Cash flow
Non-cash changes
30 September 2024
1 October 
2023
$mill
Proceeds 
from borrowings 
$mill
Repayments 
of borrowings 
$mill
Foreign exchange 
movement 
$mill
Funding costs 
& fair value 
adjustments 
$mill
30 September 
2024 
$mill
Current
 
 
 
 
 
Loans from joint ventures
 21.1
–
(0.1)
(1.5)
–
19.5
Non-current
Other loans
20.7
0.8
(8.0)
(0.2)
–
13.3
Fixed interest rate bonds
1,689.9
–
–
(94.0)
55.4
1,651.3
Total liabilities from financing activities
1,731.7
0.8
(8.1)
(95.7)
55.4
1,684.1
Derivatives held to hedge interest  
bearing liabilities
82.7
–
–
7.2
(53.5)
36.4
Debt after hedging
1,814.4
0.8
(8.1)
(88.5)
1.9
1,720.5
Cash flow
Non-cash changes
30 September 2023
1 October 
2022 
$mill
Repayments 
of borrowings 
$mill
Foreign exchange 
movement 
$mill
Funding costs 
& fair value 
adjustments 
$mill
30 September 
2023 
$mill
Current
 
 
 
 
 
Loans from joint ventures
 21.1
 (0.2)
0.2
–
21.1
Non-current
Other loans
28.0
 (9.5)
2.2
–
20.7
Fixed interest rate bonds
 1,662.9 
–
16.9
 10.1 
 1,689.9 
Total liabilities from financing activities
1,712.0 
 (9.7)
19.3
 10.1 
 1,731.7 
Derivatives held to hedge interest  
bearing liabilities
87.7
–
(1.6)
 (3.4)
82.7
Debt after hedging
1,799.7
 (9.7)
17.7
 6.7 
1,814.4
Interest rate profile
The table below summarises the Group’s interest rate profile of its 
interest bearing liabilities, net of hedging, at 30 September:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Fixed interest rate financial instruments
1,025.1
894.1
Variable interest rate financial instruments
659.0
837.6
1,684.1
1,731.7
Detail on the Group’s interest hedging profile and duration  
is included in note 18.
Funding profile
The graph below details the Group’s available funding limits,  
its maturity dates and drawn funds at 30 September 2024.
The Group has undrawn financing facilities of $779.0m (2023: 
$801.2m) at 30 September 2024.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September 2024 were $1,068.9m 
(2023: $399.4m) and consisted of cash at bank of $166.7m (2023: 
$209.5m) and short term investments of $902.2m (2023: $189.9m).
0
200
400
600
AUDm
Bank facility
AUD490m
Bank facility
USD200m
Reg S 
HKD560m
Bond
AUD431.3m
Reg S
USD305.7m
USPP Tranche 1
USD250m
USPP Tranche 2
USD250m
Oct 25
Maturity
Date
Oct 25
Feb 26
Mar 26
Aug 27
Oct 28
Oct 30
Available limits
Drawn funds

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
102
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
103
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
11. Intangibles
Notes
Software 
$mill
Goodwill 
$mill
Patents, trademarks, 
customer contracts 
and supplier 
contracts
$mill
Brand names 
$mill
Total 
$mill
At 30 September 2022
Cost
116.2 
2,873.0 
338.1 
329.3 
3,656.6 
Accumulated amortisation
(72.7)
 – 
(302.5)
– 
(375.2)
Net book amount
43.5 
2,873.0 
35.6 
329.3 
3,281.4 
Year ended 30 September 2023
Opening net book amount
43.5 
2,873.0 
35.6 
329.3 
3,281.4
Additions
17.7 
–
–
–
17.7
Reclassification to held for sale
(1.5)
(879.1)
–
–
(880.6)
Amortisation 
(2)
(7.9)
–
(12.7)
–
(20.6)
Foreign exchange movement
0.2 
(8.7)
1.3 
3.7 
(3.5)
Closing net book amount
52.0 
1,985.2 
24.2 
333.0 
2,394.4 
At 30 September 2023
Cost
119.7 
1,985.2 
342.8 
333.0 
2,780.7 
Accumulated amortisation
(67.7)
 – 
(318.6)
–
(386.3)
Net book amount
52.0 
1,985.2 
24.2 
333.0 
2,394.4 
Year ended 30 September 2024
Opening net book amount
52.0 
1,985.2 
24.2 
333.0 
2,394.4 
Additions (1)
19.2
–
454.3
–
473.5
Subsidiaries acquired
–
2.9 
–
–
2.9 
Impairment of assets
(2)
(1.4)
(195.8)
–
–
(197.2)
Amortisation
(2)
(9.3)
–
(19.6)
–
(28.9)
Foreign exchange movement
(2.4)
(59.5)
(16.2)
(20.9)
(99.0)
Closing net book amount
58.1
1,732.8 
442.7 
312.1 
2,545.7
At 30 September 2024
Cost
132.6
1,732.8 
762.4 
312.1 
2,939.9
Accumulated amortisation
(74.5)
–
(319.7)
–
(394.2)
Net book amount
58.1
1,732.8 
442.7 
312.1 
2,545.7
Allocation of indefinite life intangible assets
The Group’s indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to groups of cash generating units (CGUs) as follows:
30 September 2024
Goodwill 
$mill
Brand names 
$mill
Total 
$mill
Fertilisers APAC
–
–
– 
Titanobel
 71.7 
– 
 71.7 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP)
 908.5 
 40.3 
 948.8 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA)
 752.6 
 271.8 
 1,024.4 
 
 1,732.8 
 312.1 
 2,044.9 
30 September 2023
Goodwill 
$mill
Brand names 
$mill
Total 
$mill
Fertilisers APAC
 195.9 
–
195.9
Titanobel
 73.4 
–
 73.4 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP)
 908.5 
 40.3 
 948.8 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA)
 807.4 
 292.7 
 1,100.1 
 
 1,985.2 
 333.0 
 2,318.2 
(1)	 Includes the recognition of the 25-year ammonia supplier contract which was entered into as a part of the Waggaman sale agreement. This supply contract was valued at $454.3m.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Key accounting policies
Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. Subsequent 
costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised 
as a separate asset, only when it is probable that future economic 
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the 
cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Borrowing costs in relation to the funding of qualifying assets are 
capitalised and included in the cost of the asset. Qualifying assets 
are assets that take more than 12 months to get ready for their 
intended use or sale. Where funds are borrowed, generally  
a weighted average interest rate is used for the capitalisation  
of interest.
During 2024, IPL received Government grants of $8.2m for 
capital projects in the Fertilisers business. The grants were 
recognised as a reduction in the carrying amount of property, 
plant and equipment. Property, plant and equipment is subject to 
impairment testing. For details of impairment of assets, refer note 12.
Depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, 
is depreciated on a straight-line basis. Freehold land is not 
depreciated. Depreciation rates are calculated to spread the cost 
of the asset (less any residual value), over its estimated useful life. 
Residual value is the estimated value of the asset at the end of its 
useful life.
Estimated useful lives for each class of asset are as follows:
	» Buildings and improvements	
20 – 50 years
	» Machinery, plant and equipment 	
3 – 50 years
Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted  
where relevant when changes in circumstances impact the  
use of the asset.
10. Leases
The Group has lease contracts for various items of property, plant 
and equipment used within its operations and office premises.  
These assets have lease terms ranging from 1 to 48 years for land  
and buildings, and 1 to 8 years for machinery, plant and equipment.
The carrying value of right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities  
is presented below: 
Right-of-use lease assets
Notes
Land and 
buildings 
$mill
Machinery, 
plant and 
equipment 
$mill
Total 
$mill
Year ended 30 September 2023
Opening net book amount
 154.4 
66.6 
221.0 
Reclassification to held for sale
–
(9.9)
(9.9)
Additions
12.9 
37.4 
50.3 
Disposals
(1.4)
(0.3)
(1.7)
Depreciation
(2)
(21.7)
(30.8)
(52.5)
Foreign exchange movement
0.7 
1.4 
2.1 
Closing net book amount
 144.9 
 64.4 
209.3 
At 30 September 2023
Cost
204.7 
137.5 
342.2 
Accumulated depreciation
(59.8)
(73.1)
(132.9)
Net book amount
144.9 
64.4 
209.3 
Year ended 30 September 2024
Opening net book amount
144.9 
64.4 
209.3 
Reclassification
(9.5)
9.5 
–
Additions
34.8 
66.1
100.9
Disposals
(1.1)
(3.2)
(4.3)
Depreciation
(2)
(19.4)
(35.2)
(54.6)
Foreign exchange movement
(2.9)
(5.0)
(7.9)
Closing net book amount
 146.8 
 96.6 
243.4 
At 30 September 2024
Cost
214.6 
172.2 
386.8 
Accumulated depreciation
(67.8)
(75.6) (143.4)
Net book amount
146.8 
96.6 
243.4 
Lease liabilities
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Opening carrying amount at 1 October
234.7
245.9
Additions
100.7 
50.3 
Disposals
(3.2)
(3.0)
Reclassification to held for sale
–
(9.9)
Payments
(61.7)
(56.9)
Interest unwind
8.7
6.4
Foreign exchange movement
(7.9)
1.9
Carrying amount at 30 September
271.3 
234.7
Current
48.9 
41.3 
Non-current
222.4 
193.4 
Refer to note 18 for the maturity profile of the Group’s committed 
lease liabilities before discounting.
Amounts recognised in the income statement
Amounts recognised in the income statement relating to the 
Group’s lease arrangements are as follows:
Notes
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Depreciation
(2)
54.6
52.5
Interest 
(2)
8.7
6.4
Total 
 
63.3
58.9
Key accounting policies
All leases except for short term or low value leases are recognised 
on the balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding 
lease liability. Short term (12 months or less) and low value leases 
are recognised in the profit or loss as a lease expense.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any 
remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use 
assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial 
direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date less any lease incentive received. Right-of-
use assets are depreciated on a straight line basis in the profit or 
loss over the lease term.
Lease liabilities are recognised by the Group at the commencement 
date of the lease and are measured at the present value of lease 
payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments include 
fixed payments and variable lease payments that depend on an 
index or rate.
Key estimates and judgements
Extension options – The Group considers whether an option 
to extend a lease is reasonably certain on a lease-by-lease 
basis, which considers the importance of the lease to the 
Group’s operations and its economic incentive to extend the 
lease. The lease term is reassessed upon the occurrence of a 
significant event or change in circumstance. 
Incremental borrowing rate – To calculate the present value 
of lease payments, the Group uses an incremental borrowing 
rate at the commencement date of the lease. The incremental  
borrowing rate reflects the duration and the financing 
characteristics of the lease. Where the interest rate implicit 
in the lease is not readily available, the Group uses its 
incremental borrowing rate applicable to a portfolio of  
leases with reasonably similar characteristics.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
104
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
105
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Climate Related Risks
IPL considers climate change and other sustainability risks when 
determining the recoverable amount of each CGU. The Group has 
greenhouse gas emission reduction targets for its manufacturing 
facilities which are disclosed in the annual Sustainability and 
Climate Change Reports. Capital forecasts in the cash flows used in 
the impairment models include investment in sustainability related 
projects that have either commenced or are committed, including 
the earnings attributable to these capital projects.
The commodity forecast assumptions used in the impairment 
models were obtained from external sources which include the 
impacts of sustainability and carbon costs.
For both DNAP and the Phosphate Hill facility, the estimated 
impact of the Safeguard Mechanism (SGM) 2.0 policy was included 
in the recoverable amount assessment of each CGU. Refer below, 
for further information on SGM estimates and assumptions.
Safeguard Mechanism (SGM)
For the Fertilisers CGU, the Phosphate Hill facility is in scope.  
A cost to comply with the SGM has been included in cash flow 
forecasts supporting the carrying value of Fertilisers net assets.  
This cost reflects the assumed cost of purchasing Australian Carbon 
Credit Units to offset emissions above the baseline set by the SGM. 
In forecasting this cost, assumptions have been developed with 
respect to future emissions, future production levels, the market 
value of carbon credits and baseline decline rates (including an 
assessment of Phosphate Hill as a Trade Exposed facility).
For the DNAP CGU, the Moranbah manufacturing facility is in  
scope of the SGM given the plant’s historical level of emissions.  
The Moranbah N2O abatement project which was installed in  
2024 is anticipated to reduce emissions to a level below the 
baseline in the near term. As the baseline of the facility declines, 
this benefit will reduce. This outlook has been factored into cash 
flow forecasts for the DNAP CGU.
Sensitivity analyses
Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the 
recoverable amounts of the CGUs and, where applicable, the 
impairment charge considering reasonable change scenarios 
relating to key assumptions at 30 September 2024.
Each of the sensitivities below assumes that a specific assumption 
moves in isolation, while all other assumptions are held constant.  
A change in one assumption could be accompanied by a change 
in another assumption, which may increase or decrease the net 
impact.
Post-tax 
discount rate
Terminal value 
growth rate
Natural 
gas price
+0.5%
-1.0%
+AU$1 per 
gigajoule
DNAP
AU$mill
AU$mill
AU$mill
Change in  
recoverable amount
(197.2)
(282.5)
(69.9)
Impairment charge
–
(54.9)
–
Post-tax 
discount rate
Terminal value 
growth rate
Urea price
+0.5%
-1.0%
-US$50 
per tonne
St Helens Facility
US$mill
US$mill
US$mill
Change in  
recoverable amount
(3.6)
(5.6)
(34.0)
Impairment charge
(3.6)
(5.6)
(19.0)
Post-tax 
discount rate
AUD:USD 
exchange rate
DAP 
Price
Natural gas 
price
+0.5%
+5c
-US$50 
per tonne
+AUD1 per 
gigajoule
Phosphate Hill Facility
AU$mill
AU$mill
AU$mill
AU$mill
Change in  
recoverable amount
(11.0)
(301.0)
(405.0)
(52.0)
Impairment charge
(11.0)
(119.0)
(119.0)
(52.0)
Post-tax 
discount rate
Terminal value 
growth rate
+0.5%
-1.0%
DNA continuing operations 
US$mill
US$mill
Change in  
recoverable amount
(200.2)
(289.2)
Impairment charge
–
–
Post-tax 
discount rate
Terminal value 
growth rate
+0.5%
-1.0%
Fertilisers Distribution
AU$mill
AU$mill
Change in  
recoverable amount
(73.9)
(111.0)
Impairment charge
–
–
Post-tax 
discount rate
Terminal value 
growth rate
+0.5%
-1.0%
Titanobel
EUR €mill 
EUR €mill 
Change in  
recoverable amount
(13.2)
(19.9)
Impairment charge
–
–
Key accounting policies
Impairment testing
The identification of impairment indicators involves management 
judgement. Where an indicator of impairment is identified, a 
formal impairment assessment is performed. The Group’s annual 
impairment testing determines whether the recoverable amount  
of a CGU or group of CGUs, to which goodwill and/or indefinite  
life intangible assets are allocated, exceeds its carrying amount.
A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate 
cash flows largely independent of cash flows of other groups of 
assets. Goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets are 
allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs which are no larger than  
one of the Group’s reportable segments.
Determining the recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of an asset is determined as the higher of 
its fair value less cost of disposal and its value-in-use. Value-in-use 
is a term that means an asset’s value based on the expected future 
cash flows arising from its continued use in its current condition, 
discounted to present value. For discounting purposes, a post-tax 
rate is used that reflects current market assessments of the risks 
specific to the asset. The Group has prepared value-in-use models 
for the purpose of impairment testing as at 30 September 2024, 
using five year discounted cash flow models based on Board 
approved forecasts. Cash flows beyond the five year period are 
extrapolated using a terminal value growth rate.
Transition of the world’s energy systems and sustainability forms 
part of the Group's strategy and these have been considered in the 
market data utilised to assess growth rates for each CGU.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Key accounting policies
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less any 
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment 
annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate 
that it might be impaired.
Brand names
Brand names acquired by the Group have indefinite useful lives 
and are measured at cost less accumulated impairment. They are 
tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have finite lives.
They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.
Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only 
when it increases the future economic benefits of the asset to 
which it relates. All other such expenditure is expensed as incurred.
Amortisation
Goodwill and brand names are not amortised.
For intangible assets with finite lives, amortisation is recognised in 
the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful 
life. The estimated useful lives of intangible assets in this category 
are as follows:
	» Software 	
3 – 10 years
	» Product trademarks 	 4 – 10 years
	» Patents 	
13 – 15 years
	» Customer contracts 	 10 – 17 years
Useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted  
where relevant.
12. Impairment of goodwill and  
non-current assets 
Impairment testing
The Group performs annual impairment testing as at 30 September 
for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. More frequent 
reviews are performed for indicators of impairment of all the 
Group’s assets, including operating assets. The 30 September 
impairment testing resulted in no impairment of DNAP, Titanobel 
or DNA (excluding St Helens Fertilisers manufacturing facility as 
noted below) as the recoverable amounts exceeded their carrying 
amounts. Indicators of impairment were noted with regards to a 
number of Fertiliser assets across the Group as noted below:
Impairment of Fertilisers Goodwill and Phosphate Hill assets
Due to a range of factors, including the continuation of the 
Fertilisers separation process and the increased uncertainty 
regarding the near-term and long-term cost of gas on the east 
coast of Australia, the Group has recognised an impairment of 
the Fertilisers CGU. A gross impairment charge of $195.8m was 
recognised against goodwill and $656.8m against property, plant 
and equipment, inventories and exploration and evaluation assets.
Impairment of St Helens Fertilisers manufacturing facility
During FY24, IPL undertook a competitive sale process for the 
potential sale of its Fertilisers manufacturing facility located in  
St Helens, Oregon, US. While the facility was not sold, the process 
did indicate that the fair value of the asset was below the carrying 
amount. This triggered an impairment review of the asset and a 
partial impairment of the asset of A$100.1m was recognised on a 
value-in-use basis. The St Helens Fertilisers manufacturing facility  
is part of the DNA segment.
Impairment of Geelong SSP manufacturing facility
During FY24, an impairment assessment was conducted at the 
Geelong SSP manufacturing asset level. The assessment was 
performed due to movements in the global phosphate market, 
fluctuations in phosphate rock costs and movements in the 
domestic SSP sale price. As a result, the assets related to the 
manufacturing facility of $38.8m were fully impaired. A strategic 
review over the Geelong manufacturing assets is currently 
underway.
Write-down of Gibson Island distribution assets
In FY24, IPL made the decision to exit the Fertilisers distribution 
centre located at Gibson Island, Brisbane in preference of a third-
party owned and operated distribution centre which will service 
IPL’s customers. The brand new facility is a capital-light and more 
cost effective option than the current facility at Gibson Island.  
While the relocation is expected to take place in late FY25/early 
FY26, infrastructure at the distribution centre which cannot be 
relocated to the new facility has been written off. Total assets of 
$49.5m were written off primarily relating to structures, sheds  
and loadout facilities which will not be relocated.
The IPF Distribution CGU was also assessed for impairment and 
significant headroom remains.
Key assumptions
Details of the key assumptions used in the recoverable amount 
calculations at 30 September are set out below:
Key assumptions
1 – 5 years
Terminal value  
(after 5 years)
2024
2023
2024
2023
US$
US$
US$
US$
DAP (1)
535 to 562
451 to 668
668
688
AUD:USD (2)
0.70 to 0.72
0.70 to 0.72
0.72
0.72
(1)	 Di-Ammonium Phosphate price (FOB China/Saudi – USD per tonne).
(2)	 AUD:USD exchange rate.
The delivered gas price assumption to Phosphate Hill for the 
outlook period is based on management’s best estimate of the 
short-term and long-term cost of gas on the east coast of Australia. 
This outlook incorporates external forecasts and ranges from $9.00 
- $17.30 per gigajoule in nominal terms.
Fertiliser prices and foreign exchange rates are estimated by 
reference to external market publications and market analyst 
estimates where available, and are updated at each reporting date.
Discount and growth rates
The post-tax discount rate used in the calculations was 9% for the 
Fertilisers Distribution CGU and Phosphate Hill assets (2023: 9%), 
8.5% for the DNA, St Helens Fertilisers manufacturing facility and 
DNAP CGUs (2023: 8.5%) and 9% for the Titanobel CGU (2023: 9%). 
The rate reflects the underlying cost of capital adjusted for market 
and asset specific risks.
The terminal value growth rate represents the forecast consumer 
price index (CPI) of 2.5% (2023: 2.5%) for all CGUs. Sensitivity 
analyses on the discount and growth rates, considering the current 
volatile market conditions, are provided below.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
106
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
107
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
2023 
$mill
Assets held for sale
Trade and other receivables
24.0 
Inventories
7.4 
Property, plant and equipment
1,296.5 
Right-of-use asset
10.3 
Intangible assets(1)
915.8 
Other assets
8.8 
Total assets held for sale
2,262.9 
(1)	 As the Waggaman assets contributed to the future cashflows of the DNA CGU, which includes 
goodwill, a relative share of that goodwill was included as part of the gain on sale.
2023 
$mill
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale
Trade and other payables
33.6 
Lease liabilities
10.4 
Provisions
11.6 
Total liabilities directly associated with assets classified as 
held for sale
55.6 
A discontinued operation represents a separate major line of 
operations within the Group where the cash flows can be clearly 
identified and there is a plan to dispose. Classification as a 
discontinued operation occurs at the earlier of disposal date or 
when the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held for 
sale. In the case of the Waggaman operations, the re-classification 
was made in November 2022 when the assets and liabilities met 
the definition as held for sale.
Once classified as held for sale, the disposal group is measured at 
the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell and 
intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer 
amortised or depreciated.
15. Equity accounted investments
The Group has performed an analysis of the statements of financial 
position and the results of each of its joint ventures and associates 
(as listed in note 16) at 30 September 2024 and considers them to 
be individually immaterial to the Group. As a result, no individual 
disclosures are included for the Group’s investments in joint 
ventures and associates.
Included in the table below is the summarised financial information 
of the Group’s joint ventures and associates at 30 September:
Carrying amount of joint ventures and associates
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Carrying amount at 1 October
404.8 
379.4
Share of net profit
62.2 
61.4
Dividends received
(32.8)
(37.7)
Foreign exchange movement
(16.3)
1.7 
Carrying amount at 30 September
417.9 
404.8 
Carrying amount of investments in:
 
 
Joint ventures
306.8
298.9 
Associates
111.1
105.9 
Carrying amount of investments in joint 
ventures and associates
417.9
404.8 
Transactions between subsidiaries of the Group and joint 
ventures and associates
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Sales of goods/services
429.1
495.6 
Purchase of goods/services
(84.4)
(75.1)
Royalty income and management fees
38.7 
37.0 
Interest expense
1.2 
1.2 
Dividend income
32.8 
37.7 
Joint ventures and associates transactions represent amounts that 
do not eliminate on consolidation.
Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Amounts owing to related parties
9.2 
9.4 
Amounts owing from related parties
67.0 
85.7 
Loans with joint ventures and associates
Loans from joint ventures and associates
19.5
21.1 
Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint ventures 
and associates are on standard market terms.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Impairment losses
An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount 
of an asset (or its CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount.  
Impairment losses are recognised in the profit or loss.
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
against assets in the following order:
	» Firstly, against the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated  
to the CGU.
	» Secondly, against the carrying amount of any remaining assets 
in the CGU.
An impairment loss recognised in a prior period for an asset (or 
its CGU) other than goodwill may be reversed only if there has 
been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable 
amount of the asset (or its CGU) since the last impairment loss was 
recognised. When this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset 
(or its CGU) is increased to its recoverable amount.
13. Commitments
Capital expenditure commitments
Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for or payable  
at 30 September:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
No later than one year
78.1 
78.5
78.1 
78.5
Other commitments
In May 2023, IPL entered into a long-term gas supply agreement 
with Queensland Pacific Metals (QPM) commencing in April 2026 
upon expiry of the existing gas supply agreement. As part of the 
arrangement, Dyno Nobel will provide an initial development 
funding facility of up to $80.0m. This facility will be used to 
accelerate development of the Moranbah Gas Project by funding 
the capital costs of new infill production wells. 
As at 30 September 2024, Dyno Nobel has provided $28.0m of 
funding for field development and a similar value is expected for 
the 2025 financial year. Dyno Nobel will recognise the cash outflow 
as a prepayment which will be amortised over the duration of the 
gas supply agreement with QPM. 
14. Discontinued operations
On 1 December 2023, the Group completed the sale of its ammonia 
manufacturing facility located in Waggaman, Louisiana, US. The 
Group recorded a gain on sale after tax of $123.8m which included 
a gain of $254.1m relating to the release of the foreign currency 
translation reserve (FCTR) as required by Australian Accounting 
Standards.
The Group also secured a 25-year ammonia supply agreement 
with CF Industries Holdings Inc for up to 200,000 short tonnes of 
ammonia per annum at estimated producer cost to support the 
Dyno Nobel Americas explosives business. The supply agreement 
has been assigned a value of $454.3m which offset part of the 
proceeds.
2024 
$mill
Cash consideration
1,830.2 
Transaction costs
(33.7)
Offtake supply agreement(1)
454.3 
Net consideration
2,250.8
Carrying value of net assets of business disposed
Trade and other receivables
50.7
Inventories
3.4 
Property, plant and equipment
1,252.9
Right-of-use asset
9.3 
Intangible assets
881.6 
Other assets
0.1 
Trade and other payables
(28.3)
Lease liabilities
(10.0)
Provisions
(11.2)
2,148.5 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations before FCTR release
102.3
Foreign currency translation reserve release to profit or loss
254.1 
Gain on sale of discontinued operations before tax
356.4
Income tax expense
(232.6)
Net gain on sale of discontinued operations
123.8
(1)	The offtake supply agreement has been recognised as an intangible asset.
The results of the Waggaman facility up until completion date of 
the sale are presented below:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
Revenue
86.4 
604.6 
Financial and other income
–
0.2 
Depreciation and amortisation (1)
–
(10.9)
Expenses
(28.3)
(198.2)
Gain on sale of discontinued operations
356.4 
(12.8)
Profit before income tax
414.5 
382.9 
Income tax expense
(247.7)
(99.6)
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
166.8 
283.3 
(1)	 Depreciation and amortisation for 2023 represents the two months ended November 2022 
at which point the assets were reclassified to held for sale. 
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Cash flows from/(used in) discontinued operations
Net cash flows from operating activities
19.8 
373.3 
Net cash flows from investing activities
(6.3)
(56.6)
Net cash flows from financing activities
(0.1)
(0.5)
Total cash flows from discontinued operations (1)
13.4 
316.2 
(1)	 Excludes cash flows from sale of discontinued operations.
Key estimates and judgements
The Group is required to make significant estimates and 
judgements in determining whether the carrying amount  
of its assets and/or CGUs has any indication of impairment,  
in particular in relation to:
	» key assumptions used in forecasting future cash flows;
	» discount rates applied to those cash flows; and
	» the expected long-term growth in cash flows.
Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a 
result of changing economic, operational, environmental and 
weather conditions. Actual cash flows may therefore differ 
from forecasts and could result in changes in the recognition 
of impairment charges in future periods.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
108
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
109
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Joint arrangements and associates
Name of entity
Ownership 
interest
Joint ventures
Incorporated in USA
Buckley Powder Co.
50%
IRECO Midwest Inc.
50%
Wampum Hardware Co.
50%
Western Explosives Systems Company
50%
Warex Corporation
50%
Warex, LLC
50%
Warex Transportation, LLC
50%
Vedco Holdings, Inc.
50%
Virginia Explosives & Drilling Company, Inc.
50%
Austin Sales, LLC
50%
Virginia Drilling Company, LLC
50%
DetNet Americas, Inc.
50%
Incorporated in Canada
Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. (3)
49%
Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc. (4)
49%
Incorporated in Australia
Queensland Nitrates Pty Ltd
50%
Queensland Nitrates Management Pty Ltd
50%
Incorporated in South Africa
DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd
50%
Sasol Dyno Nobel (Pty) Ltd
50%
Incorporated in Mexico
DNEX Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
49%
Explosivos de la Region Lagunera, S.A. de C.V.
49%
Explosivos de la Region Central, S.A. de C.V.
49%
Nitro Explosivos de Ciudad Guzmán, S.A. de C.V.
49%
Explosivos y Servicios Para la Construcción, S.A. de C.V.
49%
Incorporated in France
Newcomat SARL (1)
10%
Incorporated in New Caledonia
Katiramona Explosifs SAS (1)
50%
Incorporated in Mongolia 
Titanobel Mongolia LLC (1)
49%
Nitrosibir Mongolia LLC (1)
49%
Incorporated in Nigeria
Titanobel & Dynatrac Limited (1)
55%
Name of entity
Ownership 
interest
Associates
Incorporated in Australia
Precision Agriculture Pty Ltd (2)
22%
Incorporated in USA
Maine Drilling and Blasting Group
49%
Independent Explosives
49%
Maine Drilling and Blasting, Inc.
49%
MD Drilling and Blasting, Inc.
49%
Incorporated in Canada
Labrador Maskuau Ashini Ltd
49%
Innu Namesu Ltd
49%
Incorporated in French Guiana 
Guyanexplo Société en Nom collectif (1)
35%
Joint operations
IPL has a 50% interest in an unincorporated joint operation with 
Senex Energy Pty Ltd (previously with Central Petroleum Limited) 
for the development of gas acreage in Queensland, Australia, 
which commenced in the 2018 financial year.
(1)	 This entity has a 31 December year end.
(2)	 This entity has a 30 June financial year end.
(3)	 Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot  
own more than 49 percent of shares in Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. However, under  
the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 75 percent of the profit of  
Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc.
(4)	 Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot  
own more than 49 percent of shares in Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc. However, under  
the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 100 percent of the profit of Dene  
Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: CAPITAL INVESTMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
16. Investments in subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates
The following list includes the Group’s principal operating subsidiaries. Other than as noted below, there were no changes in the Group’s 
existing shareholdings in its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates in the financial year.
Subsidiaries
Name of entity
Ownership 
interest
Company
Incitec Pivot Limited (1)
Controlled Entities – operating
Incorporated in Australia
Incitec Fertilisers Operations Pty Ltd (1)
100%
TOP Australia Pty Limited (1)
100%
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers Limited (1)
100%
Southern Cross International Pty Ltd (1)
100%
Dyno Nobel LTI Plan Company Pty Ltd (3)
100%
Dyno Nobel Explosives Holdings Pty Ltd (1)(3)
100%
Queensland Operations Pty Limited (1)(4)
100%
Dyno Nobel Investments 1 Pty Ltd (1)(3)
100%
Dyno Nobel Investments 2 Pty Ltd (1)(3)(4)
100%
Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd
100%
Dyno Nobel Finance Australia Pty Ltd (1)(3)
100%
Dyno Nobel Pty Limited
100%
Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd
100%
Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited (1)(4)
100%
Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty Limited (1)(4)
100%
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited (1)
100%
Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd
100%
DNX Australia Pty Ltd (1)
100%
Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd (1)
100%
Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited (1)
100%
Incitec Pivot Queensland Gas Pty Ltd
100%
Easy Liquids Pty Ltd (1)(4)
100%
Australian Bio Fert Pty Ltd
64%
OZBIOFERT Pty Ltd
64%
Incorporated in USA
Dyno Nobel US Investments
100%
Dyno Nobel Management LLC
100%
Dyno Nobel Finance LLC
100%
Dyno Nobel Australia LLC
100%
Dyno Nobel SPS LLC
100%
Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC
100%
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc.
100%
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II
100%
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc.
100%
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc. 
100%
Dyno Nobel Inc.
100%
Dyno Nobel Transportation, Inc
100%
Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC 
100%
Dyno Nobel Holdings V LLC 
100%
Tradestar Corporation
100%
CMMPM, LLC 
100%
CMMPM Holdings, L.P.
100%
Dyno Nobel Louisiana Ammonia, LLC
100%
Nobel Labs, LLC
100%
Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company
100%
Controlled Explosives, Inc.
100%
Drisk Insurance Inc.
100%
Falconi Construction, Inc.
100%
Alpha Dyno Nobel
100%
Name of entity
Ownership 
interest
Controlled Entities – operating (continued)
Incorporated in Canada
Dyno Nobel Canada Inc. 
100%
Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc.
100%
Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc. 
100%
Dyno Nobel Finance Canada Inc.
100%
Polar Explosives 2000 Inc.
100%
Dene Dyno Nobel (Polar) Inc. 
100%
Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc.
100%
Incorporated in Hong Kong
Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited 
100%
Incorporated in Singapore
Coltivi Insurance Pte Ltd
100%
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
100%
Incorporated in Chile
Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada 
100%
Incorporated in Peru
Dyno Nobel Peru S.A.
100%
Incorporated in Mexico
Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (2)
99.98%
Incorporated in Papua New Guinea
DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd (2)
100%
Incorporated in Indonesia
PT DNX Indonesia
100%
Incorporated in Turkey
Nitromak Dnx Kimya Sanayii Anonim Sirketi
100%
Incorporated in Romania
RomNitro Explosives SRL
100%
Incorporated in Albania
Nitro Industria Kimike Shpk
100%
Incorporated in Switzerland
Dyno Nobel Holdings Europe SA
100%
Incorporated in France
Dyno Nobel Holdings France Sas
100%
Explinvest SASU
100%
Titanobel SASU
100%
Société d’Explosifs du Centre-Est SA
99.9%
Société Financière de Terrassement SAS
99.51%
Groupement Forestier Minez Clegueric
66%
Titanobel-NPGM Equipment SAS (2)
51%
Incorporated in South Africa
Titanobel Southern Africa (Pty) Limited (2)
100%
Enviro Blasting Services (Pty) Limited
74%
Incorporated in New Caledonia
Nord-Sud Dynamitage-Sofiter SARL (2)
51%
Incorporated in Benin
Titanobel Benin SASU (2)
100%
Incorporated in Cameroon
Titanobel Cameroun SASU (2)
100%
Incorporated in Senegal
Afrique Ouest Drilling Sofiter SARL (2)
100%
(1)	 A party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 25 September 2024.
(2)	 This entity has a 31 December financial year end.
(3)	 This entity had its name changed during FY24 .
(4)	 This entity was added to the Deed of Cross Guarantee during FY24.
Quantum Fertilisers Limited, Société Civile Immobilière des 
Champs Chanaux and C.E.M.E SARL were deregistered during FY24.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
110
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
111
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
18. Financial risk management
The Group is exposed to financial risks including liquidity risk, market risk and credit risk. This note explains the Group’s financial risk 
exposures and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks.
The Board of Directors (the Board) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management 
framework. The Board established the Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC) which is responsible for, amongst other things,  
the monitoring of the Group’s risk management plans. The ARMC is assisted in its oversight role by the Group’s Risk Management  
function. The Risk Management function performs reviews of the Group’s risk management controls and procedures, the results  
of which are reported to the ARMC. The ARMC reports regularly to the Board on its activities.
The Group’s financial risk management framework includes policies to identify, analyse and manage the Group’s financial risks.  
These policies set appropriate financial risk limits and controls, identify permitted derivative instruments and provide guidance on  
how to monitor and report financial risks and adherence to set limits. Financial risk management policies, procedures and systems  
are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain appropriate given changes in market conditions and/or the Group’s activities.
Financial risks
Source of risk
Exposure to liquidity risk derives from the Group’s operations  
and from the external interest bearing liabilities that it holds.
Risk mitigation
Liquidity risk is managed by ensuring there are sufficient 
committed funding facilities available to meet the Group’s  
financial commitments in a timely manner.
The Group’s forecast liquidity requirements are continually 
reassessed based on regular forecasting of earnings and  
capital requirements.
This includes stress testing of critical assumptions such as input 
costs, sales prices, production volumes, exchange rates and  
capital expenditure.
The Group aims to hold a minimum liquidity buffer of at least 
$500.0m in undrawn non-current committed funding to meet 
any unforeseen cash flow requirements. Details on the Group’s 
committed finance facilities, including the maturity dates of  
these facilities, are included in note 8.
Outstanding financial instruments
The Group’s exposures to liquidity risk are set out in the tables below:
30 September 2024
Contractual 
cash flows (1) 
$mill
0 – 12 
months 
$mill
1 – 5 
years 
$mill
More than 
5 years 
$mill
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
 
 
 
Interest bearing liabilities
1,684.1 
19.5 1,664.6 
–
Interest payments
235.9 
54.1 
159.4 
22.4 
Trade and other payables
895.4
883.0
12.4
–
Lease liabilities
327.8
54.7
131.4
141.7
Bank guarantees
95.2 
65.3 
29.5 
0.4 
Total non-derivative  
cash outflows
3,238.4 1,076.6 1,997.3
164.5
Derivative financial (assets)/liabilities 
 
 
Forward exchange 
contracts(2)
(0.2)
(0.2)
–
–
Cross currency interest  
rate swaps(2)
(2.5)
0.6 
(3.1)
–
Interest rate swaps
41.9 
18.5 
23.4 
–
Commodity swaps
0.1 
0.1 
–
–
Net derivative cash 
outflows/(inflows)
39.3 
19.0 
20.3 
–
30 September 2023
Contractual 
cash flows (1) 
$mill
0 – 12 
months 
$mill
1 – 5 
years 
$mill
More than 
5 years 
$mill
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
 
 
 
Interest bearing liabilities
1,731.7 
21.1 
976.4 
734.2 
Interest payments
325.7 
57.0 
220.7 
48.0 
Trade and other payables
1,070.1
1,059.3
10.8 
–
Lease liabilities
284.9
42.0 
95.0 
147.9
Bank guarantees
89.1 
71.0 
17.8 
0.3 
Total non-derivative  
cash outflows
3,501.5
1,250.4
1,320.7 
930.4
Derivative financial (assets)/liabilities 
 
 
Forward exchange  
contracts(2)
(4.1)
(4.1)
–
–
Cross currency interest  
rate swaps(2)
(10.7)
–
(10.7)
–
Interest rate swaps
102.9 
36.4 
66.3 
0.2 
Commodity swaps
0.5 
0.5 
–
–
Net derivative cash 
outflows/(inflows)
88.6
32.8 
55.6 
0.2 
(1)	 Contractual cash flows are not discounted, and are based on foreign exchange rates at year end. Any subsequent movements in foreign exchange rates could impact the actual cash flows  
on settlement of these assets and liabilities.
(2)	 The forward exchange contracts and cross currency interest rate swaps asset positions have been added for completeness and there is no material liability positions associated with these instruments.
Liquidity risk: The risk that the Group is not able to refinance its debt obligations or meet other cash outflow 
obligations when required.
Key accounting policies
Provisions are measured at management’s estimate of the expenditure 
required to settle the obligation. This estimate is based on a “present 
value” calculation, which involves the application of a discount rate 
to the expected future cash flows associated with settlement. The 
discount rate takes into account factors such as risks specific to the 
liability and the time value of money.
Employee entitlements
Provisions are made for liabilities to employees for annual leave, 
long service leave and other employee entitlements. Where the 
payment to employees is expected to take place in 12 months  
time or later, a present value calculation is performed. In this 
instance, the corporate bond rate is used to discount the liability  
to its present value.
Restructuring and rationalisation
Provisions for restructuring or rationalisation are only recognised 
when a detailed plan has been approved and the restructuring or 
rationalisation has either commenced or been publicly announced.
Environmental
Provisions relating to the remediation of soil, groundwater, untreated 
waste and other environmental contamination are made when the 
Group has an obligation to carry out the clean-up operation as a result 
of a past event. In addition, a provision will only be made where it is 
possible to reliably estimate the costs involved.
Asset retirement
In certain circumstances, the Group has an obligation to dismantle 
and remove an asset and to restore the site on which it is located.  
The present value of the estimated costs of this process is recognised 
as part of the asset that is depreciated and also as a provision.
At each reporting date, the provision is remeasured in line with 
changes in discount rates and the timing and amount of future 
estimated cash flows. Any changes in the provision are added to 
or deducted from the related asset, other than changes associated 
with the passage of time which is recognised as a borrowing cost  
in the profit or loss.
Legal and other
There are a number of legal claims and other exposures, including 
claims for damages arising from products and services supplied  
by the Group, that arise from the ordinary course of business. 
A provision is only made where it is probable that a payment  
or restitution will be required and the costs involved can be  
reliably estimated.
Contingencies
The following contingent liabilities are considered unlikely. 
However the directors consider they should be disclosed:
	» The Group is regularly subject to investigations and audit 
activities by the revenue authorities of jurisdictions in which 
the Group operates. The outcome of these investigations 
and audits depends upon several factors which may result in 
further tax payments or refunds of tax payments already made 
by the Group over and above existing provisions. 
	» Contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of business 
and include a number of legal claims, environmental cleanup 
requirements and bank guarantees.
	» In May 2023, IPL announced entry into a new long-term gas 
supply agreement for the Moranbah ammonium nitrate 
plant with wholly owned subsidiaries of Queensland Pacific 
Metals Ltd (QPM). IPL have provided QPM with a corporate 
guarantee until February 2025 to guarantee performance of 
contracts relating to operations of the Moranbah gas project. 
The value of the guarantee reduces on a monthly basis until 
the obligations of QPM have been satisfied. At 30 September 
2024, this guarantee has not been called upon. It is anticipated 
that QPM will draw down approximately $20.0m under the 
Corporate Guarantee Facility in the 2025 financial year with 
repayments expected to comment in April 2026.
The Directors are of the opinion that no additional provisions are 
required in respect of these matters, as it is either not probable  
that a future sacrifice of economic benefits will be required or  
the amount is not capable of reliable measurement.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
17. Provisions and contingencies
Provisions at 30 September 2024 are analysed as follows:
30 September 2024
Employee 
entitlements 
$mill
Restructuring and 
rationalisation 
$mill
Environmental 
$mill
Asset retirement 
obligations 
$mill
Legal 
and other 
$mill
Total 
provisions 
$mill
Carrying amount at 1 October 2023
61.3 
20.6 
40.5 
93.6 
25.5 
241.5 
Adjustment due to change in discount rates
–
–
–
4.9
–
4.9
Provisions made during the year
17.6
29.6(1) 
21.0 (2) 
21.7
15.3
105.2
Provisions written back during the year
(2.2)
–
–
–
–
(2.2)
Payments made during the year
(6.8)
(14.0)
(7.3)
(0.5)
(27.0)
(55.6)
Interest unwind
0.7 
–
2.3 
3.9 
–
6.9 
Foreign exchange movement
(0.2)
(0.7)
(1.6)
(1.2)
(1.1)
(4.8)
Carrying amount at 30 September 2024
70.4 
35.5 
54.9 
122.4 
12.7 
295.9 
Current
67.6 
26.8 
33.2 
1.2 
11.2 
140.0 
Non-current
2.8 
8.7 
21.7 
121.2 
1.5 
155.9 
(1)	 Includes individually material items of $26.6m.
(2)	 Includes individually material items of $16.9m.
Key estimates and judgements
Provisions are based on the Group’s estimate of the timing 
and value of outflows of resources required to settle or 
satisfy commitments and liabilities known to the Group  
at the reporting date.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
112
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
113
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Sensitivity to foreign exchange rate movements during the year 
(unhedged)
The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement in the 
AUD:USD foreign exchange rate on the Group’s profit before 
tax, in relation to sales and earnings during the year that were 
denominated in USD.
+ 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2024
- 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2024
+ 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2023
- 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2023
USD Fertiliser sales from 
Australian plants
(9.5)
9.8
(12.9)
13.3
North American USD 
earnings
(3.9)
4.0
(8.7)
8.9
The fertiliser sales sensitivity calculation is based on actual tonnes 
manufactured by the Australian fertiliser plants and sold during  
the year, the average AUD:USD exchange rate for the year, and  
the average USD fertiliser price.
The North American earnings translation sensitivity calculation 
is based on the earnings before interest and tax from the North 
American business for the year and the average AUD:USD 
exchange rate for the year.
Interest rate risk
Source of risk
Exposure to interest rate risk is a result of the effect of changes in 
interest rates on the Group’s outstanding interest bearing liabilities 
and derivative instruments.
Risk mitigation
The exposure to interest rate risk is mitigated by maintaining a mix 
of fixed and variable interest rate borrowings and by entering into 
interest rate derivative instruments.
Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis
The tables below include the Group’s derivative contracts that are exposed to changes in interest rates at 30 September:
Interest rate swaps
Average 
pay/(rec) 
fixed rate 
SOFR 
Average 
pay/(rec) 
fixed rate 
BBSW
Average 
pay/(rec) 
fixed rate 
HIBOR
Duration 
(years)
Net 
contract 
amounts 
mill
2024
1 to 5 years
(1.48%)
–
–
3.5 USD 400
1 to 5 years
–
–
(4.13%)
1.4 HKD 560
2023
Less than 1 year
–
(0.25%)
–
1.0
AUD 181
1 to 5 years
(0.71%)
–
–
3.8
USD 200
1 to 5 years
–
–
(4.13%)
2.4
HKD 560
Later than 5 years
(2.02%)
–
–
5.1
USD 200
Interest rate sensitivity on outstanding financial instruments
The following table shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a 1 per cent change in interest rates. The sensitivity 
is calculated based on the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and 
derivative financial instruments that are exposed to interest rate 
movements and the AUD:USD exchange rate at 30 September:
Interest rate sensitivity
+ 1% 
AUD mill 
2024
- 1% 
AUD mill 
2024
+ 1% 
AUD mill 
2023
- 1% 
AUD mill 
2023
SOFR
(6.0)
6.0
(6.4)
6.4
BBSW
(1.0)
1.0
(2.8)
2.8 
The sensitivity above is also representative of the Group’s interest 
rate exposures during the year.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Market risk: The risk that changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices  
will affect the Group’s earnings, cash flows and the carrying values of its financial instruments.
The Group only considers hedging to prevent unacceptable balance sheet events such as potential impacts on the Group’s credit ratings 
and/or the possibility for debt covenant breaches. Any hedging performed in these circumstances would be executed using instruments 
that allow as much participation in favourable movements while limiting downside risk to an acceptable level. An exception to this principle 
is related to foreign exchange exposures on specific or bespoke transactions where managing the exposure is important for margin 
management. 
Foreign exchange risk
Source of risk
The Group is exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates 
(primarily in USD) on the following transactions and balances:
	» Sales and purchases
	» Trade receivables and trade payables
	» Interest bearing liabilities
The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange movements 
(primarily in USD) on the translation of the earnings, assets  
and liabilities of its foreign operations.
Risk mitigation
Foreign exchange exposure to sales and purchases is managed  
by entering into formal hedging arrangements.
The Group hedges both specific transactions and net exposures  
by entering into foreign exchange rate derivative contracts.
Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis
The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to movements in the AUD:USD exchange rate and the derivative financial instruments 
that are in place to hedge these exposures at 30 September:
2024 
USD mill
2023 
USD mill
Transactional exposures
Cash(1)
244.1 
–
Trade and other receivables
1.1 
46.1 
Trade and other payables (1)
(339.9)
(136.6)
Gross exposure (before hedging)
(94.7)
(90.5)
Hedge of transactional exposures
 
 
Trade and other receivables
Forward exchange contracts
–
(45.3)
Trade and other payables
 
 
Forward exchange contracts
84.4 
133.7 
Total hedge contract values
84.4 
88.4 
Net exposure (after hedging)
(10.3)
(2.1)
2024 
USD mill
2023 
USD mill
Hedge of forecast sales and purchases
Forward exchange contracts
(63.7)
(36.1)
Foreign exchange options
–
(60.0)
Total hedge contract values
(63.7)
(96.1)
2024 
USD mill
2023 
USD mill
Translational exposures
Net investment in foreign operations
1,014.0 
2,219.8 
Gross exposure (before hedging)
1,014.0 
2,219.8 
Hedge of translational exposures
 
 
Interest bearing liabilities
(500.0)
(500.0)
Total hedge contract values
(500.0)
(500.0)
Net exposure (after hedging)
514.0 
1,719.8 
(1)	 Cash balance at September 2024 was held to pay USD obligations including outstanding tax 
liability relating to the Waggaman sale.
Foreign exchange options
Net contract 
amounts 
mill 
2024
Strike (1) 
2024
Net contract 
amounts 
mill 
2023
Strike (1) 
2023
Contracts maturing within 1 year
Bought AUD Call
–
N/A
USD 60
0.73
Sold AUD Put
–
N/A
USD 60
0.60
(1)	 AUD:USD foreign exchange rate
Foreign exchange rates
The AUD:USD foreign exchange rates used by the Group to 
translate its foreign denominated earnings, assets and liabilities  
are set out below:
2024 
AUD:USD
2023 
AUD:USD
30 September foreign exchange rate
0.6920
0.6427 
Average foreign exchange rate for the year
0.6593
0.6661 
Foreign exchange rate sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments
The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement (net of 
hedging) in the AUD:USD exchange rate on the Group’s profit and 
equity before tax in relation to foreign denominated assets and 
liabilities at 30 September:
+ 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2024
- 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2024
+ 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2023
- 1c 
AUD:USD 
AUD mill 
2023
Foreign exchange sensitivity – (net of hedging)
Trade and other receivables 
and payables – (profit or loss)
(0.1)
0.1
(0.2)
0.2 
Hedge of forecast 
transactions – (equity)
1.3
(1.3)
0.9 
(0.9)
Investments in foreign 
operations – (equity)
(10.6)
10.9
(41.0)
42.3 

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
114
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
115
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2024, classified by hedge accounting type and 
market risk category:
Balance at 30 September 2024
During the period
30 September 2024
Note
Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset 
$mill
Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
liability 
$mill
Fair value 
hedge 
adjustment of 
hedged item 
$mill
Balance 
of gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax 
$mill
Gains/ 
(losses) 
recognised 
in reserves(1) 
$mill
Reclassification 
of (gains)/ losses 
from reserves to 
profit or loss(1,4) 
$mill
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward exchange contracts
 
 2.1 
(1.9)
–
 1.5 
 2.1 
–
Foreign exchange options
–
–
–
–
 0.8 
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
 1.3 
 4.2 
(3.6)
Commodity price risk on forecast purchases
 
Commodity swaps
 
 0.3 
(0.3)
–
(0.1)
 0.3 
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
–
(1.3)
 1.1 
Interest rate risk on highly probable debt
 
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
(13.4)
–
 13.6 
Total cash flow hedges
 
 2.4 
(2.2)
–
(10.7)
 6.1 
 11.1 
Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing liabilities
–
–
–
(75.6)
 55.4 
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
(187.0)
–
 344.7 
Total net investment hedges
 
–
–
–
(262.6)
 55.4 
 344.7 
Fair value hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk on HKD borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross currency interest rate swaps
 
 3.3 
–
(3.5)
–
–
–
Interest rate risk on fixed USD and HKD bonds (3)
 
Interest rate swaps
 
–
(39.7)
 43.0 
–
–
–
Discontinued hedge
 
–
–
 1.9 
–
–
–
Total fair value hedges
(8)
 3.3 
(39.7)
 41.4 
–
–
–
Equity instruments
 
–
–
– 
(17.0)
–
–
Total net
 
 5.7 
(41.9)
 41.4 
(290.3)
 61.5 
 355.8 
(1)	 Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when the underlying forecast transaction occurs.
(2)	 Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the underlying transactions occur or upon disposal  
of the underlying net investment. Any changes in the market value of the discontinued hedges are recognised in the profit or loss from discontinuation. Gains or losses on net investment hedges offset 
the gains or losses on translation of foreign owned subsidiaries into AUD. A portion of the discontinued net investment hedges was released to the profit or loss with the completion of the sale of 
Waggaman.
(3)	 Interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD400m and HKD560m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. The fair value hedge adjustment  
of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.
(4)	 At 30 September 2024, there were no gains/losses that were transferred from reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Commodity price risk
Source of risk
Exposure to changes in commodity prices is by virtue of the  
products that the Group sells and purchases in its manufacturing 
operations, and can be categorised into five main commodities, 
namely: Ammonia, Ammonium Nitrate, Ammonium Phosphate, 
Urea and Natural Gas.
Risk mitigation
Where possible, commodity price risk exposure is managed by 
entering into long-term contracts with customers and suppliers 
(i.e Ammonium Nitrate and Ammonia) or derivative contracts for 
input cost (i.e US natural gas). However, in some instances price risk 
exposure cannot be economically mitigated by either contractual 
arrangements or derivative contracts by virtue of the products that 
the Group sells.
Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis
The table below includes the Group’s derivative contracts that are 
exposed to changes in natural gas prices at 30 September:
Natural gas
Total 
volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2024
Price/ 
Strike 
USD (2) 
2024
Total 
volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2023
Price/ 
Strike 
USD (2) 
 2023
Contracts maturing within 1 year
Natural gas swaps  
fixed payer
80,000
3.80
480,000 
 3.80 
Contracts maturing between 1 and 5 years
Natural gas swaps  
fixed payer
–
–
80,000 
 3.80 
(1)	 Million Metric British Thermal Units
(2)	 Nymex Henry Hub gas price
Natural gas price sensitivity on outstanding financial instruments
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s equity  
before tax to a change of US 10c per MMBTU in the US Henry Hub 
natural gas price. The sensitivity is based on natural gas derivative 
contracts held by the Group at 30 September. Gains or losses 
recognised in equity will be reclassified to the profit or loss as  
the underlying forecast transaction occurs:
Natural gas price 
sensitivity
+US 10c 
per 1 
 MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2024
-US 10c 
per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2024
+US 10c 
per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2023
-US 10c 
 per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2023
Henry Hub
–
–
0.1 
(0.1)
Sensitivity to natural gas price movements during the year
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit before 
tax to a change of US 10c per MMBTU in the Henry Hub natural gas 
price. The sensitivity is based on the average natural gas price,  
the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the impact of 
hedging) and the current annual natural gas consumption of 
the Group’s manufacturing operations in the Americas that are 
exposed to changes in natural gas prices:
Natural gas price 
sensitivity
+US 10c 
per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2024
-US 10c 
per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2024
+US 10c 
per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2023
-US 10c 
per 1 
MMBTU 
AUD mill 
2023
Henry Hub(1)
(0.7)
0.7
(3.8)
3.8 
(1)	 The price sensitivity to Henry Hub relates to the Waggaman operations which was sold in FY24
Sensitivity to fertiliser price and ammonia movements during  
the year
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit before 
tax to a US$10 per tonne change in Ammonium Phosphates, 
Urea and Ammonia prices. The sensitivity is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured and sold by the Group that is sensitive to 
commodity price changes and the average AUD:USD exchange  
rate (excluding the impact of hedging) for the year:
Price sensitivity
+ US$10 
per tonne 
AUD mill
- US$10 
per tonne 
AUD mill
2024
DAP/MAP (FOB China/Saudi)
11.2
(11.2)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
1.8
(1.8)
Ammonia (FOB Tampa)(2)
2.2
(2.2)
2023
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)(1)
2.4
(2.4)
DAP/MAP (FOB China/Saudi)
12.4
(12.4)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
1.9
(1.9)
Ammonia (FOB Tampa)(2)
10.4
(10.4)
(1)	 The Group’s price sensitivity to Granular Urea (FOB Middle East) is nil in FY24 due to the Gibson 
Island manufacturing closure in FY23.
(2)	 The price sensitivity to Ammonia (FOB Tampa) relates to the Waggaman operations, which was 
sold in FY24. 

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
116
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
117
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Credit risk: The risk of financial loss to the Group as a result of customers or counterparties to financial  
assets failing to meet their contractual obligations.
Source of risk
The Group is exposed to counterparty credit risk from trade and 
other receivables and financial instrument contracts that are 
outstanding at the reporting date.
Risk mitigation
The Group minimises the credit risk associated with trade and  
other receivables balances by undertaking transactions with  
a large number of customers in various countries.
The creditworthiness of customers is reviewed prior to granting 
credit, using trade references and credit reference agencies. Credit 
limits are established and monitored for each customer, and these 
limits represent the highest level of exposure that a customer can 
reach. Trade credit insurance is purchased when required.
The Group mitigates credit risk from financial instrument contracts 
by only entering into transactions with counterparties that have 
sound credit ratings and, where applicable, with whom the Group 
has a signed netting agreement. Given their high credit ratings, 
the Group does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its 
obligations.
Credit risk exposure
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 September is 
the carrying amount, net of any provision for impairment, of the 
financial assets as detailed in the table below:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Trade and other receivables
670.1
597.9 
Cash and cash equivalents
1,068.9
399.4 
Derivative assets
5.7
16.9 
1,744.7
1,014.2 
Financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to 
enforceable master netting arrangements and are intended to 
be settled on a net basis are offset in the Statement of Financial 
Position. At 30 September 2024, the amount netted in other 
financial assets and other financial liabilities is nil (2023: nil).
Fair value
Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is calculated 
using a variety of techniques depending on the type  
of financial instrument as follows:
	» The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities traded  
in active markets (such as equity securities and fixed interest 
rate bonds) is the quoted market price at the reporting date.
	» The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities not 
traded in active markets is calculated using discounted cash 
flows. Future cash flows are calculated based on observable 
forward interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
	» The fair value of forward exchange contracts, interest rate 
swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps, commodity swaps 
and forward contracts is calculated using discounted cash 
flows, reflecting the credit risk of various counterparties. 
Future cash flows are calculated based on the contract rate, 
observable forward interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
	» The fair value of option contracts is calculated using the 
contract rates and observable market rates at the end of 
the reporting period, reflecting the credit risk of various 
counterparties. The valuation technique is consistent with 
the Black-Scholes methodology and utilises Monte Carlo 
simulations.
	» The fair value of commodity swaps and commodity forward 
contracts is calculated using their quoted market price, where 
available. If a quoted market price is not available, then fair 
value is calculated using discounted cash flows. Future cash 
flows are estimated based on the difference between the 
contractual price and the current observable market price, 
reflecting the credit risk of various counterparties. These future 
cash flows are then discounted to present value.
	» The nominal value less expected credit losses of trade 
receivables and payables are assumed to approximate  
their fair values due to their short term maturity.
Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair  
value by valuation method. The different levels have been  
defined as follows:
	» Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets  
for identical assets or liabilities.
	» Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within  
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
	» Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based  
on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
2024
Level 1 
$mill
Level 2 
$mill
Level 3 
$mill
Derivative financial assets
–
5.7
–
Derivative financial liabilities
–
(41.9)
–
2023
Level 1 
$mill
Level 2 
$mill
Level 3 
$mill
Derivative financial assets
–
16.9 
–
Derivative financial liabilities
–
(96.8)
–
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised 
cost
Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and trade 
and other payables are carried at amortised cost which equals  
their fair value.
Interest bearing liabilities are carried at amortised cost and  
have a carrying value of $1,684.1m (2023: $1,731.7m) – refer to 
note 8. The fair value of the interest bearing financial liabilities  
at 30 September 2024 was $1,694.3m (2023: $1,693.3m) and was 
based on the level 2 valuation methodology.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2023, classified by hedge accounting type and 
market risk category:
Balance at 30 September 2023
During the period
30 September 2023
Note
Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset 
$mill
Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
liability 
$mill
Fair value 
hedge 
adjustment of 
hedged item 
$mill
Balance 
of gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax 
$mill
Gains/ 
(losses) 
recognised 
in reserves(1) 
$mill
Reclassification 
of (gains)/ losses 
from reserves to 
profit or loss(1,4) 
$mill
Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward exchange contracts
 
 5.5 
(1.5)
–
(0.6)
 2.8 
–
Foreign exchange options
–
(0.8)
–
(0.8)
 5.9 
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
 0.7 
 11.8 
 45.5 
Commodity price risk on forecast purchases
 
Commodity swaps
 
 0.1 
(0.5)
–
(0.5)
(0.6)
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 0.2 
(3.4)
 3.4 
Interest rate risk on highly probable debt
 
Interest rate swaps
 
–
–
–
–
(12.4)
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
(26.9)
12.1
13.2
Total cash flow hedges
 
 5.6 
(2.8)
–
(27.9)
16.2
62.1
Net investment hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing liabilities
–
–
–
(131.0)
(9.7)
–
Discontinued hedge (2)
 
–
–
–
(531.7)
–
–
Total net investment hedges
 
–
–
–
(662.7)
(9.7)
–
Fair value hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange risk on HKD borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross currency interest rate swaps
 
 11.3 
–
(10.7)
–
–
–
Interest rate risk on fixed USD, HKD and AUD bonds (3)
 
Interest rate swaps
 
–
(94.0)
 98.4 
–
–
–
Discontinued hedge
 
–
–
 2.7 
–
–
–
Total fair value hedges
(8)
 11.3 
(94.0)
90.4
–
–
–
Equity instruments
 
–
–
–
(17.0)
–
–
Total net
 
 16.9 
(96.8)
90.4
(707.6)
6.5
62.1
(1)	 Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when the underlying forecast transaction occurs.
(2)	 Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the underlying transactions occur or upon disposal  
of the underlying net investment. Any changes in the market value of the discontinued hedges are recognised in the profit or loss from discontinuation. Gains or losses on net investment hedges 
offset the gains or losses on translation of foreign owned subsidiaries into AUD. A portion of the discontinued net investment hedges will be released to the profit or loss upon completion of the sale of 
Waggaman.
(3)	 Interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD400m, AUD181m and HKD560m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. The fair value hedge adjustment  
of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.
(4)	 At 30 September 2023, there were no gains/losses that were transferred from reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
118
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
119
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: OTHER
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
19. Share-based payments
Incentive Plans
The Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs) are designed to link reward 
with the key performance drivers that underpin sustainable growth 
in shareholder value. With regard to the 2021/24 and 2022/25 LTIs, 
the performance conditions comprise relative total shareholder 
return, the delivery of certain long term value metrics, return on 
invested capital and sustainability metrics. The 2023/26 LTI plan 
consists of two components being performance rights and share 
options, the performance measures attached to the performance 
rights comprise of relative total shareholder return and return on 
invested capital. The 2023/26 LTI share options are subject to an 
absolute total shareholder return measure.
Certain Executives have been awarded performance rights under 
Short Term Incentive Plans (STIs) based on financial, safety and 
strategic outcomes.
These arrangements support the Company’s strategy for retention 
and motivation of its executives.
Expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions
Total expenses arising from share-based payment transactions 
recognised during the period as part of employee benefit expense 
were as follows:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Accounting value of performance rights and 
share options issued under the LTI and STI 
performance plans
3.8
2.9
2024 
Number
2023 
Number
Number of performance rights outstanding 
under the LTI and STI performance plans
4,262,265
5,302,195
Number of performance share options 
outstanding under the LTI and STI performance 
plans
12,312,761
–
Details of the movements in LTI and STI performance rights are 
disclosed in the Remuneration Report for key management 
personnel.
Key accounting policies
The rights to shares granted to employees under the terms of the 
plans are measured at fair value. The fair value is recognised as 
an employee expense over the period that employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the rights. There is a corresponding 
increase in equity, which is reflected in the share based payments 
reserve.
The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the 
actual number of rights taken up, once related service and other 
non-market conditions are met.
20. Key management personnel  
	
disclosures
Key management personnel remuneration
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Short-term employee benefits
8,844
7,988
Post-employment benefits
212
169
Other long-term benefits
132
58
Termination benefits
–
922
Share-based payments
1,200
1,471
10,388
10,608
Determination of key management personnel and detailed 
remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration Report.
Loans to key management personnel
In the year ended 30 September 2024, there were no loans to key 
management personnel and their related parties (2023: nil).
Other key management personnel transactions
In the year ended 30 September 2024, there were no material 
transactions entered into during the year with key management 
personnel (including their related parties).
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: RISK MANAGEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
Key accounting policies
Foreign currency transactions and balances
The Group presents its accounts in Australian dollars. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars using  
the exchange rates at the date the transaction occurs.
Monetary assets (such as trade receivables) and liabilities (such as 
trade payables) denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
into Australian dollars using the exchange rate at 30 September. 
Non-monetary items (for example, plant and machinery) that  
are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are not  
re-translated.
Foreign exchange gains and losses relating to transactions are 
recognised in the profit or loss with the exception of gains and 
losses arising from cash flow hedges and net investment hedges 
that are recognised in other comprehensive income.
Foreign operations
The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations are 
translated at applicable exchange rates at 30 September. Income 
and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates  
for the period.
Foreign exchange gains and losses arising on translation are 
recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR).  
If and when the Group disposes of the foreign operation, these 
gains and losses are transferred from the FCTR to the profit  
or loss.
Derivatives and hedging
The Group uses contracts known as derivative financial instruments 
to hedge its financial risk exposures.
On entering into a hedging relationship, the Group formally 
designates and documents details of the hedge, risk management 
objective and strategy for entering into the arrangement. The 
Group applies hedge accounting to hedging relationships that are 
expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value, 
i.e. where the cash flows arising from the hedge instrument closely 
match the cash flows arising from the hedged item.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when:
	» The hedging relationship no longer meets the risk  
management objective.
	» The hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated  
or exercised.
	» The hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.
Derivatives are measured at fair value. The accounting treatment 
applied to specific types of hedges is set out below.
Cash flow hedges
Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are 
recognised in equity, in the cash flow hedge reserve. To the  
extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss.
Fair value gains or losses accumulated in the reserve are taken  
to profit or loss when the hedged item affects profit or loss.  
When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognised in the reserve is transferred to the carrying amount  
of the asset when the asset is purchased.
Net investment hedges
Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are accounted 
for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or losses on the 
effective portion of the hedge are recognised directly in equity 
(in the FCTR) while any gains or losses relating to the ineffective 
portion are recognised in the profit or loss.
On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of gains 
or losses recognised in the FCTR are transferred to profit or loss.
Fair value hedges
The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the 
change in the hedged item are recognised in the profit or loss.
Hedge ineffectiveness
The Group aims to transact only highly effective hedge 
relationships, and in most cases the hedging instruments have  
a 1:1 hedge ratio with the hedged items. However, at times, some 
hedge ineffectiveness can arise and is recognised in profit or loss in 
the period in which it occurs. Key sources of hedge ineffectiveness 
for the Group are as follows:
	» Maturity dates of hedging instruments not matching the 
maturity dates of the hedged items.
	» Credit risk inherent within the hedging instrument not 
matching the movement in the hedged item.
	» Interest rates of the Group’s financing facilities not matching 
the interest rates of the hedging instrument.
	» Forecast transactions not occurring.
Classification of financial instruments
Financial instruments are classified into the following categories:
	» Amortised cost (cash and cash equivalents, interest bearing 
liabilities and trade and other receivables and payables).
	» Fair value through other comprehensive income  
(listed equity securities).
	» Fair value through profit or loss (derivative financial 
instruments except those that are in a designated hedge 
relationship).

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
120
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
121
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: OTHER
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
22. Deed of cross guarantee
Entities that are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee are included in 
note 16. The Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income and the Statement of Financial Position for this closed 
group are shown below:
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income
2024 
$mill
2023 (1) 
$mill
(Loss)/profit before income tax
(775.5)
 79.5 
Income tax benefit/(expense)
215.6
 (29.0)
(Loss)/profit for the year
(559.9)
 50.5 
 
Retained profits at 1 October
1,453.5
 1,926.1 
New entities added to the Deed
(92.4)
–
(Loss)/profit for the year
(559.9)
 50.5 
Other movements in retained earnings
0.7
 1.3 
Dividend paid
(378.2)
 (524.4)
Retained profits at 30 September
423.7
 1,453.5 
Statement of Financial Position
2024 
$mill
2023 (1) 
$mill
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
917.7
 197.4 
Trade and other receivables
–
 453.7 
Inventories
487.2
 480.4 
Other assets
42.3
25.3
Other financial assets
2.1
 5.6 
Current tax assets
68.3
90.7
Total current assets
1,517.6
1,253.1
Non-current assets
Other financial assets
2,993.8
 5,249.4 
Property, plant and equipment
1,574.0
 2,176.7
Right-of-use lease assets
123.5
 104.3 
Exploration and evaluation assets
3.5
8.7
Intangible assets
67.6
 251.6 
Deferred tax assets
230.3
 175.4 
Total non-current assets
4,992.7
 7,966.1 
Total assets
6,510.3
9,219.2
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
598.7
 897.5 
Lease liabilities
18.6
 16.4 
Other financial liabilities
1.9
 9.3 
Provisions
115.3
 84.2 
Total current liabilities
734.5
 1,007.4 
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
123.9
 895.7 
Lease liabilities
129.8
 111.0 
Interest bearing liabilities
1,233.5
 1,261.3 
Other financial liabilities
39.7
 87.1 
Provisions
123.5
 86.1 
Deferred tax liabilities
226.6
405.2
Retirement benefit obligation
(1.1)
 0.9 
Total non-current liabilities
1,876.0
2,847.3
Total liabilities
2,610.5
3,854.7
Net assets
3,899.9
 5,364.5 
Equity
Issued capital
3,354.7
 3,806.2 
Reserves
121.5
 104.8 
Retained earnings
423.7
 1,453.5 
Total equity
3,899.9
 5,364.5 
23. Parent entity disclosure
Throughout the financial year ended 30 September 2024  
the parent company of the Group was Incitec Pivot Limited.
Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts  
of its subsidiaries
The parent entity is part of a Deed of Cross Guarantee, under which 
each entity guarantees the debt of the others.
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income
Results of the parent entity
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Profit/(loss) for the year
23.8
(139.8)
Other comprehensive income
6.5
63.4
Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the year
30.3
(76.4)
Statement of Financial Position
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Current assets
1,604.3
673.8
Total assets
8,492.9
8,777.3
Current liabilities
847.1
576.8
Total liabilities
4,960.2
4,445.2
Net assets
3,532.7
4,332.1
Share capital
3,354.7
3,806.2
Reserves
(0.6)
(6.4)
Retained earnings
178.6
532.3
Total equity
3,532.7
4,332.1
Parent entity contingencies and commitments
Contingent liabilities of Incitec Pivot Limited are disclosed  
in note 17.
Capital expenditure – commitments
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Contracted but not yet provided for and payable: 
Within one year
3.8
4.7
Tax consolidation
The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities 
have formed a tax consolidated group. As a result it is taxed as  
a single entity. The head entity of the tax consolidated group is 
Incitec Pivot Limited.
(1)	 FY23 has not been restated for new entities added to the Deed of Cross Guarantee  
during FY24.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: OTHER
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
21. Retirement benefit obligation
The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans in the 
Americas and Asia Pacific to provide benefits for employees  
and their dependants on retirement, disability or death.
The Group also makes contributions to defined contribution 
schemes.
Financial position and performance
Net defined benefit obligation at 30 September
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Present value of obligations
78.4 
78.0 
Fair value of plan assets
(60.2)
(59.2)
Net defined benefit obligation
18.2 
18.8 
Maturity profile of the defined benefit obligation
The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined 
benefit obligation is as follows:
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Within next 10 years
62.5 
61.6 
Within 10 to 20 years
57.4 
54.8 
In excess of 20 years
41.9 
42.4 
Return on plan assets for the year ended 30 September
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Actual return on plan assets
5.9
12.7 
Composition of plan assets at 30 September
2024
2023 
The percentage invested in each asset class:
Equities
40%
40%
Fixed interest securities
32%
32%
Property
17%
18%
Other
11%
10%
Movements in plan assets/liabilities
Amounts recognised in Other Comprehensive Income
Notes
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
Losses arising from changes in acturial 
assumptions
(0.6)
(4.9)
Return on plan assets greater than 
discount rate
2.7 
3.2 
Total profit/(loss) recognised in other 
comprehensive income
2.1 
(1.7)
Amounts recognised in Profit or Loss
 
 
Net interest expense
(2)
(1.3)
(1.0)
Defined benefit superannuation expense
(2)
(1.3)
(7.1)
Key assumptions and sensitivities
Principal actuarial assumptions
2024 
2023 
Discount rate (gross of tax)
3.5% - 9.4%
5.3% - 9.4%
Future salary increases
2.5% - 5.0%
3.5% - 5.0%
Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in a significant 
actuarial assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. 
The following table summarises how the defined benefit obligation 
as at 30 September 2024 would have increased/(decreased) as a 
result of a change in the respective assumption by 1 percentage 
point:
1 percent 
increase 
1 percent 
decrease 
Discount rate
(7.2)
4.6
Rate of salary increase
0.8
(1.3)
Key accounting policies
All employees of the Group are entitled to benefits from the 
Group’s superannuation plan on retirement, disability or death 
or can direct the Group to make contributions to a defined 
contribution plan of their choice. The Group’s superannuation plan 
has a defined benefit section and a defined contribution section. 
The defined benefit section provides defined lump sum benefits 
based on years of service and final average salary. The defined 
contribution section receives fixed contributions from group 
companies and the Group’s legal or constructive obligation is 
limited to these contributions.
The liability or asset recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position in respect of defined benefit superannuation 
plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the 
end of the reporting period less the fair value of plan assets.
Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised 
in the period in which they occur, directly in other comprehensive 
income. They are included in retained earnings in the Consolidated 
Statement of Changes in Equity and in the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position.
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are recognised 
immediately in profit or loss as past service costs.
Contributions to the defined contribution section of the Group’s 
superannuation fund and other independent defined contribution 
superannuation funds are recognised as an expense as they 
become payable.
Key estimates and judgements
The present value of the defined benefit obligation at 
the reporting date is based on expected future payments 
arising from membership of the fund. This is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries considering the expected 
future wage and salary levels of employees, experience of 
employee departures and employee periods of service.
Expected future payments are discounted using market 
yields on corporate bonds at the reporting date, which have 
terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as 
possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
122
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
123
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
The Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement has been prepared in accordance with s.295(3A)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001 and includes 
information for each subsidiary of the Incitec Pivot Limited Group as at 30 September 2024.
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement as at 30 September 2024
Entity name
Entity type
Trustee, 
partner of 
participant 
in JV
Country of 
incorporation
% of 
share 
capital 
held
Australian 
tax resident 
or foreign 
tax resident
Foreign tax 
jurisdiction 
(if applicable) 
Note
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Incitec Fertilisers Operations Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
TOP Australia Pty Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Southern Cross International Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel LTI Plan Company Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
Trustee
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Explosives Holdings Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Queensland Operations Pty Limited
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Investments 1 Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Investments 2 Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Finance Australia Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Pty Limited
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty 
Limited
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
DNX Australia Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Incitec Pivot Queensland Gas Pty Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Easy Liquids Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
100%
Australian
N/A
Australian Bio Fert Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
64%
Australian
N/A
OZBIOFERT Pty Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Australia
64%
Australian
N/A
Dyno Nobel US Investments
Partnership
N/A
N/A
N/A
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Management LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Finance LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
a
Dyno Nobel Australia LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
b
Dyno Nobel SPS LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
a
Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
b
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II
Partnership
N/A
N/A
N/A
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Transportation Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
b
Dyno Nobel Holdings V LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
b
Tradestar Corporation
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
CMMPM, LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
c
CMMPM Holdings L.P.
Partnership
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
c
Dyno Nobel Louisiana Ammonia, LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
b
Nobel Labs, LLC
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
N/A
b
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: OTHER
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024
24. Auditor’s remuneration
2024 
$000
2023 
$000
Deloitte and related network firms
Audit or review of financial reports
  Group
1,571.0
1,410.2
  Subsidiaries and joint operations
698.5
650.2
2,269.5
2,060.4
Other assurance and agreed-upon procedures under 
other legislation or contractual arrangements not 
required to be provided by the auditor
488.0
111.2 
Other services:
   Other consulting services
80.0
75.0
Total remuneration
2,837.5
2,246.6
Non-Deloitte audit firms
Audit services
285.0
329.4
Total remuneration of non-Deloitte audit firms
285.0
329.4
 
From time to time, the auditors provide other services to the 
Group. These services are subject to strict corporate governance 
procedures which encompass the selection of service providers 
and the setting of their remuneration. The Audit and Risk 
Management Committee must approve individual non audit 
assurance engagements provided by the Group’s auditor above a 
value of $100,000, as well as where the aggregate amount exceeds 
$250,000 per annum.
25. Events subsequent to  
	
reporting date
On 11 November 2024, IPL announced a final dividend of 6.3 cents 
per share, unfranked, to be paid on 18 December 2024.  
The record date for entitlement to this dividend is 4 December 
2024. Based on the number of shares on issue at 30 September 
2024, the total dividend payment will be $119.2m.
Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have not 
become aware of any other significant matter or circumstance 
that has arisen since the end of the financial year, that has affected 
or may affect the operations of the Group, the results of those 
operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent years, 
which has not been covered in this report.

FINANCIAL REPORT
FINANCIAL REPORT
124
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
125
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Directors’ Declaration
on the Consolidated Financial Statements set out on pages 83 to 124
In accordance with a resolution of the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company), we state that: 
1.	
In the opinion of the directors:
	
(a) the consolidated financial statements and notes, set out on pages 83 to 124, are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 	
	
	
including: 
 
	
	
(i) 	 giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Group as at 30 September 2024 and of their  
	
	
	
performance for the year ended on that date; and  
 
	
	
(ii)	 complying with Accounting Standards in Australia (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the 	
	
	
	
	
Corporations Regulations 2001; 
 
	
(b) the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed on page 91; and 
 
	
(c) there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company and the Group will be able to pay their debts as and when they become 
	
	
due and payable. 
2.	
There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities identified in note 16 will be able to meet  
any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between the  
Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785. 
3.	
The directors have been given the declaration by the Interim Chief Executive Officer and the Interim Chief Financial Officer as 
required by section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 September 2024.
4.	
The consolidated entity disclosure statement set out on pages 123 to 124 required by section 295(3A) of the Corporations Act 2001 
is true and correct.
                                                                          
Greg Robinson 
Board Chair 
 
Melbourne, 11 November 2024
Mauro Neves 
CEO & Managing Director 
 
Melbourne, 11 November 2024
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement as at 30 September 2024
Entity name
Entity type
Trustee, 
partner of 
participant 
in JV
Country of 
incorporation
% of 
share 
capital 
held
Australian 
tax resident 
or foreign 
tax resident
Foreign tax 
jurisdiction 
(if applicable) 
Note
Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Controlled Explosives, Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Drisk Insurance Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Falconi Construction, Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Alpha Dyno Nobel
Body Corporate
N/A
USA
100%
Foreign
USA
Dyno Nobel Canada Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Dyno Nobel Finance Canada Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Polar Explosives 2000 Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Dene Dyno Nobel (Polar) Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc.
Body Corporate
N/A
Canada
100%
Foreign
Canada
Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited
Body Corporate
N/A
Hong Kong
100%
Australia
N/A
Coltivi Insurance Pte Ltd
Body Corporate
N/A
Singapore
100%
Foreign
Singapore
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
Body Corporate
N/A
Singapore
100%
Foreign
Singapore
Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada
Body Corporate
N/A
Chile
100%
Foreign
Chile
Dyno Nobel Peru S.A.
Body Corporate
N/A
Peru
100%
Foreign
Peru
Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V. 
Body Corporate
N/A
Mexico
99.98%
Foreign
Mexico
DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd 
Body Corporate
N/A
Papua New 
Guinea
100%
Foreign
Papua New 
Guinea
PT DNX Indonesia
Body Corporate
N/A
Indonesia
100%
Foreign
Indonesia
Nitromak Dnx Kimya Sanayii Anonim Sirketi
Body Corporate
N/A
Turkey
100%
Foreign
Turkey
RomNitro Explosives SRL
Body Corporate
N/A
Romania
100%
Foreign
Romania
Nitro Industria Kimike Shpk
Body Corporate
N/A
Albania
100%
Foreign
Albania
Dyno Nobel Holdings Europe SA
Body Corporate
N/A
Switzerland
100%
Foreign
Switzerland
Dyno Nobel Holdings France Sas
Body Corporate
N/A
France
100%
Foreign
France
Explinvest SASU  
Body Corporate
N/A
France
100%
Foreign
France
Titanobel SASU
Body Corporate
N/A
France
100%
Foreign
France
Société d’Explosifs du Centre-Est SA
Body Corporate
N/A
France
99.9%
Foreign
France
Société Financière de Terrassement SAS 
Body Corporate
N/A
France
99.51%
Foreign
France
Groupement Forestier Minez Clegueric 
Body Corporate
N/A
France
66%
Foreign
France
Titanobel-NPGM Equipment SAS 
Body Corporate
N/A
France
51% 
Foreign
France
Titanobel Southern Africa (Pty) Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
South Africa
100%
Foreign
South Africa
Enviro Blasting Services (Pty) Limited 
Body Corporate
N/A
South Africa
74%
Foreign
South Africa
Nord-Sud Dynamitage-Sofiter SARL 
Body Corporate
N/A
France
51% 
Foreign
France
Titanobel Benin SASU 
Body Corporate
N/A
Benin
100%
Foreign
Benin
Titanobel Cameroun SASU 
Body Corporate
N/A
Cameroon
100%
Foreign
Cameroon
Afrique Ouest Drilling Sofiter SARL
Body Corporate
N/A
Senegal
100%
Foreign
Senegal
a.	
Entity is treated as "flow-through" for US federal income tax purposes and therefore, is not considered a tax resident of the US. However, it is treated as a part of a US tax resident entity.  
For Australian tax purposes, the entity is treated as a partnership with Australian resident partners that are part of the Australian tax consolidated group.
b.	
This entity is treated as "flow-through" for US federal income tax purposes and therefore, not considered a tax resident of the US. However, it is treated as part of a US tax resident entity.
c.	
Entity is treated as "flow-through" for US federal income tax purposes and therefore, not considered a tax resident of the US. For Australian tax purposes, the entity is treated as a partnership  
and is included in the Australian tax consolidated group.
Consolidated Entity Disclosure Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2024

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
126
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
127
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
 
 
Key Audit Matter 
How the scope of our audit responded to the Key 
Audit Matter 
Carrying value of goodwill and non-current assets 
Refer to Note 9 Property, plant and equipment, Note 
11 Intangibles and Note 12 Impairment of goodwill 
and non-current assets in the financial statements. 
As at 30 September 2024, the Group held goodwill of 
$1,732.8 million, intangible assets of $812.9 million 
and property, plant and equipment of $2,435.9 
million, which is allocated to the Group’s cash 
generating units (CGUs).  
As disclosed in Note 12, an impairment charge of 
$195.8 million was recognised against goodwill and 
$845.2 million against property, plant and equipment, 
inventories, exploration and evaluation assets and 
intangibles. 
Goodwill is monitored and tested annually for 
impairment at the operating segment level. An 
assessment is made for indicators of impairment for 
each CGU, including the individual operating asset 
CGUs.  
The assessment of the recoverable amount is subject 
to a high level of judgement and is based on 
management’s view of key variables and market 
conditions. The Group has prepared a value-in-use 
model to determine the recoverable amount of each 
CGU with goodwill or where an indicator of 
impairment was identified.  
The Group’s Fertilisers and Phosphate Hill models are 
highly sensitive to changes in key assumptions, 
including natural gas prices, commodity prices, growth 
rate and discount rate.  
The Group’s Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (“DNAP”) model 
is highly sensitive to changes in terminal value 
assumptions, including natural gas prices, growth rate, 
and discount rate. 
The Group’s St Helens model is highly sensitive to 
changes in terminal value assumptions, including 
commodity prices, growth rate and discount rate. 
Forecast 
assumptions 
used 
in 
assessing 
the 
recoverable amount incorporate management’s 
estimates of the potential impacts of climate change 
through 
sustainability 
projects, 
decarbonisation 
initiatives and consideration of the estimated impact 
of the Safeguard Mechanism 2.0, which are subject to 
judgement.  
Given the sensitivities of the assumptions in the 
Fertilisers, Phosphate Hill, DNAP and St Helens 
models, we consider the carrying value of goodwill 
and non-current assets to be a Key Audit Matter. 
Our procedures to assess the recoverable amounts of 
the CGUs included, but were not limited to: 
• Understanding the relevant controls and process 
that management has undertaken to assess the 
recoverable amounts; 
• In conjunction with our valuation specialists:   
o Evaluating the appropriateness of the models 
used and the valuation techniques applied by 
management; 
o Testing the mechanics of the models; and  
o Comparing the discount rates applied with an 
independently developed rate. 
• Assessing and challenging the key assumptions in 
the models and terminal values by:  
o Corroborating the key independent market 
based assumptions to external analysts’ 
reports, published industry growth rates and 
industry reports, considering the potential 
impacts of climate change, including the 
Safeguard Mechanism 2.0, where applicable; 
o Corroborating the key non-market based 
assumptions, including cash flows from 
sustainability 
projects, 
the 
Safeguard 
Mechanism 2.0 and other Board approved 
climate and de-carbonation initiatives, by 
comparing Board approved forecasts to 
historical performance to test the accuracy of 
management’s forecasts; 
o Agreeing contracted volumes and pricing 
assumptions in the models to the Board 
approved forecasts; and 
o Performing a range of sensitivity analyses on 
the key assumptions including discount rates, 
natural gas prices and commodity prices used 
in the cash flow forecasts. 
We have also assessed the adequacy of the 
disclosures included in Notes 9, 11, and 12 in the 
financial statements. 
 
 
 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Member of Deloitte Asia Pacific and the Deloitte organisation  
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
A.B.N. 74 490 121 060 
 
477 Collins Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
Tel:  +61 3 9671 7000 
www.deloitte.com.au 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report  
to the members of Incitec Pivot Limited 
 
Report on the Audit of the Financial Report 
Opinion 
We have audited the financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”), 
which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 September 2024, the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and 
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the financial statements, including 
material accounting policy information and other explanatory information, the directors’ declaration and the 
consolidated entity disclosure statement.  
In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 
including:  
• 
Giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 September 2024 and of its financial 
performance for the year then ended; and   
• 
Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 
Basis for Opinion 
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report section of our 
report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical Standards Board’s 
APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the “Code”) that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with the Code.  
We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, which has been given to 
the directors of the Company, would be in the same terms if given to the directors as at the time of this auditor’s 
report. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. 
Key Audit Matter  
The key audit matter is the matter that, in our professional judgement, was of most significance in our audit of the 
financial report for the current period. This matter was addressed in the context of our audit of the financial report 
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on this matter. 
 
 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
128
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
129
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
 
 
• 
Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, 
based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to 
the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. 
Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. 
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to cease to continue as a going concern.  
 
• 
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the disclosures, 
and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events in a manner that 
achieves fair presentation.  
 
• 
Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or 
business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are responsible for 
the direction, supervision and performance of the Group’s audit. We remain solely responsible for our 
audit opinion. 
We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit 
and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our 
audit.  
We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements 
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably 
be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards 
applied.  
From the matters communicated with the directors, we determine those matters that were of most significance 
in the audit of the financial report of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe 
these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or 
when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report 
because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest 
benefits of such communication. 
Report on the Remuneration Report 
Opinion on the Remuneration Report 
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 60 to 81 of the Directors’ Report for the year ended 
30 September 2024.  
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of Incitec Pivot Limited, for the year ended 30 September 2024, complies 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  
Responsibilities  
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Remuneration Report 
in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.  
 
 
DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 
 
 
Suzana Vlahovic  
 
 
Terry Ludeman  
Partner 
 
 
 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
 
 
Chartered Accountants 
Melbourne, 11 November 2024  
 
Melbourne, 11 November 2024 
 
 
Other Information  
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the Directors’ Report, 
which we obtained prior to the date of the auditor’s report, and also includes the following information which will 
be included in the Group’s annual report (but does not include the financial report and our auditor’s report 
thereon): About Us, Performance and Outlook, Being a Sustainability Business, Governance, and Additional 
Information, which is expected to be made available to us after that date.  
Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of 
assurance conclusion thereon.  
In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial report or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, 
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.  
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report 
The directors of the Company are responsible: 
• 
For the preparation of the financial report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving 
a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Group in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards; and  
 
• 
For such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial 
report in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including giving  a true and fair view of the financial 
position and performance of the Group, and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error.  
In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.  
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Report  
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance 
with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 
As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional judgement and 
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:   
• 
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or 
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material 
misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve 
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.  
 
• 
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that 
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  
 
• 
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates 
and related disclosures made by the directors.  
 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
130
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
131
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Achieving Zero Harm  
for Everyone Everywhere  
is our number one  
priority as a business.
Additional 
Information

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
132
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
133
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Five Year Financial Statistics
(1)	 The above results include continuing and discontinued operations for the consolidated Group.
Incitec Pivot Limited and its controlled entities(1) 
2024 
$mill
2023 
$mill
2022 
$mill
2021 
$mill
2020 
$mill
Sales
5,364.9 
6,008.1 
6,315.3 
4,348.5 
3,942.2 
Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, net borrowing costs, individually material  
items (IMIs) and tax 
924.8 
1,215.4 
1,857.7 
934.9 
730.5 
Depreciation and amortisation (excluding IMI's)
(345.0)
(335.6)
(372.5)
(368.5)
(356.0)
Earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax (EBIT)
579.8 
879.8 
1,485.2 
566.4 
374.5 
Net borrowing costs (excluding IMIs)
(104.4)
(148.7)
(107.2)
(112.8)
 (135.7)
IMIs before tax
(748.6)
(30.8)
(19.2)
(293.4)
(87.9)
Taxation (expense) / benefit
(38.6)
(140.5)
(345.0)
(11.1)
(27.5)
Operating (loss)/profit after tax and IMIs
(311.8)
559.8 
1,013.8 
149.1 
123.4
Operating (loss)/profit after tax and IMIs attributable to non-controlling interest
(0.9)
(0.2)
0.1 
– 
– 
Operating (loss)/profit after tax and IMIs attributable to shareholders of Incitec Pivot Limited
(310.9)
560.0 
1,013.7 
149.1 
123.4 
IMIs after tax
(711.7)
(22.1)
(13.4)
(209.5)
(64.8)
Operating profit after tax before IMIs (net of tax)
400.8 
582.1 
1,027.1 
358.6 
188.2
Dividends paid
378.2 
524.4 
355.4 
19.4 
54.6 
Current assets
2,672.3 
4,253.2 
2,654.3 
1,819.4 
1,529.9 
Property, plant and equipment
2,435.9 
3,191.4 
4,246.9 
3,928.9 
4,071.7 
Equity accounted investments
417.9 
404.8 
379.4 
324.8 
326.3 
Intangible assets 
2,545.7 
2,394.4 
3,281.4 
3,000.9 
3,019.7 
Other non-current assets
326.6 
301.5 
301.7 
316.6 
343.4 
Total assets
8,398.4 
10,545.3 
10,863.7 
9,390.6 
9,291.0 
Current borrowings, payables and other liabilities
1,191.9 
1,198.6
1,658.6 
1,427.1 
1,227.2 
Current provisions
140.0 
108.8 
166.7 
101.3 
102.3 
Non-current borrowings, payables and other liabilities
2,065.7 
2,678.5 
2,578.1 
2,284.6 
2,632.7 
Non-current provisions
155.9 
132.7 
170.6 
209.0 
125.5 
Total liabilities
3,553.5 
4,118.6 
4,574.0 
4,022.0 
4,087.7 
Net assets
4,844.9 
6,426.7 
6,289.7 
5,368.6 
5,203.3 
Shareholders’ equity
4,845.9 
6,426.8 
6,289.6 
5,368.6 
5,203.3 
Equity attributable to non-controlling interest
(1.0)
(0.1)
0.1 
– 
– 
Total shareholders’ equity
4,844.9 
6,426.7 
6,289.7 
5,368.6 
5,203.3 
Ordinary Shares
thousands
1,892,102 
1,942,225 
1,942,225 
1,942,225 
1,942,225 
Number of shares on issue at year end
thousands 1,892,102 1,942,225 1,942,225 1,942,225 1,942,225 
Weighted average number of shares on issue (investor and ordinary)
thousands
1,935,814 
1,942,225 
1,942,225 
1,942,225 
1,734,435 
Earnings per share
 
before IMIs
cents
20.7 
30.0 
52.9 
18.5 
10.9 
including IMIs
cents
(16.1)
28.8 
52.2 
7.7 
7.1 
 
 
Dividends (declared)
cents
20.8 
15.0
27.0 
9.3 
–
Dividends (paid)
cents
19.5 
27.0 
18.3 
1.0 
3.4 
Dividend franking
%
– 
40
100 
24
–
Share price range
High
$3.20
$4.14
$4.06
$2.94
$3.63
 
Low
$2.63
$2.62
$2.97
$1.92
$1.67
 
Year end
$3.11
$3.14
$3.51
$2.94
$2.03
Stockmarket capitalisation at year end
$mill
5,884.4 
6,098.6 
6,817.2 
5,710.1 
3,942.7 
Net tangible assets per share
$
 1.22 
1.60 
 1.55 
 1.22 
 1.12 
Net Debt/EBITDA
times
0.8 
1.2 
0.5 
1.1 
1.4 
Interest Cover
times
12.5 
9.9 
20.3 
9.7 
6.1 
Net capital expenditure on plant and equipment (cash flow)
$mill
348.3 
418.8 
428.3 
349.3 
271.0 
Net capital expenditure on acquisitions (cash flow)
$mill
–
–
143.9 
8.5 
23.4 
Return on average shareholders funds
 
before IMIs
%
7.1 
9.2 
17.6 
6.8 
3.8 
including IMIs
%
(5.5)
8.8 
17.4 
2.8 
2.5 
Shareholder Information
As at 11 November 2024
Distribution of ordinary shareholder and shareholdings	
Size of holding
Number of shareholders
Number of shares
Percentage of issued capital
1 – 1,000
11,307
 5,134,649
0.27
1,001 – 5,000
19,717
57,508,054
3.04
5,001 – 10,000
6,541
48,194,847
2.55
10,001 – 100,000
5,899
129,315,167
6.83
100,001 and over
 146
1,651,949,004
87.31
Total
43,610
1,892,101,721
100.00 %
The number of shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of shares ($500) was 2,145 (based on the closing market price on  
11 November 2024 of $3.11).
The holdings of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares represents 85.42% of that class of shares.
Twenty largest ordinary fully paid shareholders
Number of shares
Percentage of issued capital
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
637,591,601
33.70
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited
355,055,823
18.77
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited
264,558,118
13.98
Merrill Lynch (Australia) Nominees Pty Limited
140,583,873
7.43
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2
43,629,079
2.31
National Nominees Limited
39,533,735
2.09
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
36,450,464
1.93
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd
22,927,910
1.21
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
14,631,072
.77
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd
10,357,106
.55
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited-GSCO ECA
9,982,925
.53
Warbont Nominees Pty Ltd 
8,905,056
.47
BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
6,468,172
.34
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited
5,991,244
.32
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
5,518,834
.29
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
4,648,932
.25
Netwealth Investments Limited 
3,469,848
.18
BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd
2,315,723
 .12
Neweconomy com au Nominees Pty Limited <900 Account>
1,939,134
.10
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd 
1,741,500
.09
Total
1,616,300,149
85.42
Substantial shareholders
The number of shares to which each substantial holder and the substantial holders’ associates have a relevant interest, as disclosed  
in substantial holding notices given to IPL under the Corporations Act, are as follows:
Name
Date Notice Received
Votes/Number of shares
Percentage of issued capital
Janchor Partners Limited
16 January 2023
173,065,979
8.91
Vanguard Group
9 August 2024
119,559,181
6.156
Allan Gray Australia Pty Ltd
22 January 2024
118,611,309
6.11
State Street Corporation
15 October 2024
114,436,327
6.05
Cooper Investors Pty Limited
22 May 2024
102,109,362
5.257
Voting Rights for Ordinary Shares
Votes of shareholders are governed by the Company’s Constitution. In broad summary, but without prejudice to the provisions of these 
rules, the Constitution provides for votes to be cast: (a) on a show of hands, one vote for each shareholder; and (b) on a poll, one vote for 
each fully paid share.
Unquoted Equity Securities
As at 11 November 2024, there were 16,626,556 of rights on issue, comprising of:
	» 4,262,265 performance rights with 11 holders were on issue pursuant to Incitec Pivot employee incentive plans;
	» 41,530 share rights with 3 holders were on issue pursuant to Non-executive Director minimum shareholding plan; and
	» 12,312,761 options with 9 holders were on issue pursuant to Incitec Pivot employee incentive plans.
Performance rights, share rights and options do not carry any voting rights.
On-Market Share Purchases
During the 2024 financial year, 1,850,000 ordinary shares were purchased on-market for the purposes of awards under IPL employee 
incentive plans and the Non-executive Director minimum shareholding plan.
On 15 November 2022, IPL announced its intention to undertake an on-market share buyback of up to $400m. On 13 November 2023, IPL 
announced its intention to undertake an additional on-market share buyback of up to $500m, which amounts to a total planned on-market 
buyback of up to $900m. IPL commenced the on-market share buyback on 10 July 2024. To date (and during the financial year), 50,123,308 
shares have been purchased on-market by IPL to the value of $148.98m. On 11 November 2024, IPL announced that it will extend the on-
market share buyback program by a further twelve months.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
134
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
135
Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2024
Corporate Directory
Registered Office
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 
Australia
Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile: +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au
Company Secretary: Richa Puri
Auditor
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
477 Collins Street 
Melbourne Victoria 3000 
Australia
Securities Exchange Listing
Incitec Pivot Limited shares are listed on the  
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX: IPL).
Notes issued under Incitec Pivot’s  
US$1,500,000,000 Euro Medium Term  
Note Programme are listed on the  
Singapore Exchange.
Incitec Pivot Limited ordinary shares are  
traded in the US in the form of American  
Depository Receipts (ADR) issued by the  
Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary.
Share Registry and Other Enquiries
If you have any enquiries in relation to your 
shareholding, share transfers or dividends, 
please contact our share registry:
Link Market Services Limited
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South  
New South Wales 1235 
Australia
Telephone: +61 1300 303 780 
General Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Proxy Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0309
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au 
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au
For enquiries about American Depositary Receipts:
Computershare Investor Services 
150 Royall St., Suite 101 
Canton, MA 02021 
United States of America
Telephone: 1-888-269-2377 
International: +1-201-680-6825
Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com  
Website: www-us.computershare.com/investor
For enquiries about the operations of the Company,  
please contact our Investor Relations team:
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 
Australia
Email: investor.relations@incitecpivot.com.au 
Website: www.incitecpivot.com.au
Shareholder Information
The Company has an online share registry facility,  
where shareholders can:
	» check their current and previous holding balances;
	» update their address details;
	» update their bank details;
	» review their transaction and dividend history;
	» confirm whether they have lodged a TFN/ABN exemption;
	» elect to receive electronic communciations and Company 
information eletroncially and change their Annual Report 
election; 
	» download commonly used forms; and
	» subscribe to email announcements.
The online share registry can be accessed at https://investors.
incitecpivot.com.au/shareholder-information/shareholder-services. 
For security reasons, shareholders will be required to verify their 
identity before being able to access their records.
Annual General Meeting
Incitec Pivot Limited’s 2024 Annual General Meeting will  
be held on 19 December 2024.
Glossary
Our Company
Board
Board of directors of Incitec Pivot Limited
DNA
Dyno Nobel Americas
DNAP
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific 
IPF
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
IPL or the Company 
Incitec Pivot Limited
LOMO
Dyno Nobel Americas' Louisiana, Missouri ammonium nitrate manufacturing facility
The Group, We, Us or Our
Incitec Pivot Limited and its subsidiaries 
Titanobel
Titanobel, France
WALA
Dyno Nobel Americas' ammonia manufacturing facility located in Waggaman, Louisiana
Financial and Remuneration
AASB
Australian Accounting Standards Board
BBSW
Bank Bill Swap Rate
CGU
Smallest identifiable group of assets that generate independent cash flows
CPI
Consumer Price Index
DAP
Diammonium Phosphate
DRP
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
EBIT
Earnings Before Interest and Tax 
EBITDA
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation
EPS
Earnings Per Share
FAR
Fixed Annual Remuneration 
FCTR
Foreign Currency Translation Reserve
HIBOR
Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate
IFRS
International Financial Reporting Standards
IMI
Individually Material Items
ISSB
International Sustainability Standards Board
KMP
Key Management Personnel
KPI
Key Performance Indicator
LIBOR
London Inter-Bank Offered Rate
LTI
Long Term Incentive
MAP
Mono-Ammonium Phosphate
MSR
Minimum Shareholding Requirement
NPAT
Net Profit After Tax
PCP
Previous Calendar Period
PP&E
Property Plant and Equipment
ROE
Return On Equity
ROIC
Return On Invested Capital
STI
Short Term Incentive
TSR
Total Shareholder Return
TWC
Trade Working Capital
VWAP
Volume Weighted Average Price
Other
AN
Ammonium Nitrate
ARENA
Australian Renewable Energy Agency
ASIC
Australian Securities and Investments Commission
ASX
Australian Securities Exchange
ASX Recommendations
ASX Corporate Governance Council's Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (4th Edition)
CCS
Carbon Capture and Storage
CDP
Carbon Disclosure Project
CO2
Carbon Dioxide
Corporations Act
Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)
DEI
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
ESG
Environmental, Social and Governance
EEF
Enhanced Efficiency Fertiliser
FEED
Front End Engineering Design
FTSE
Financial Times Stock Exchange
GEI
Gender-Equity Index
GHG
Greenhouse Gas
GRI
Global Reporting Initiative
IBP
Integrated Business Planning
LTIFR
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate
MPU
Mobile Processing Unit
N2O
Nitrous Oxide
S&P Global CSA
Standard & Poor's Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment (previously Dow Jones Sustainability Index - DJSI)
SSP
Single Super Phosphate
TNFD
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures
TRIFR
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
TCFD
Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

Incitec Pivot Limited  
ABN: 42 004 080 264
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, Southbank, Victoria 3006, Australia
This report is printed on Sovereign Silk 
stock which contains mixed fibre and  
is FSC® Mix Certified, which ensures 
that pulp is derived from well-managed 
forests. Sovereign Silk is manufactured 
by an ISO 14001 certified mill.